#
8ade3356 |
|
28-Feb-2024 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: cfg80211: allow cfg80211_defragment_element() without output If we just want to determine the length of the fragmented data, we basically need the same logic, and really we want it to be _literally_ the same logic, so it cannot be out of sync in any way. Allow calling cfg80211_defragment_element() without an output buffer, where it then just returns the required output size. Also add this to the tests, just to exercise it, using the pre-calculated length to really do the defragmentation, which checks that this is sufficient. Reviewed-by: Miriam Rachel Korenblit <miriam.rachel.korenblit@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Benjamin Berg <benjamin.berg@intel.com> Link: https://msgid.link/20240228095718.6d6565b9e3f2.Ib441903f4b8644ba04b1c766f90580ee6f54fc66@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
22667035 |
|
28-Feb-2024 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: cfg80211: expose cfg80211_iter_rnr() to drivers In mac80211 we'll need to look at reduced neighbor report entries for channel switch purposes, so export the iteration function to make that simpler. Reviewed-by: Miriam Rachel Korenblit <miriam.rachel.korenblit@intel.com> Link: https://msgid.link/20240228095718.0954809964ef.I53e95c017aa71f14e8d1057afbbc75982ddb43df@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
7e899c1d |
|
16-Feb-2024 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: cfg80211: clean up cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data() Make cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data() call the existing cfg80211_inform_bss_data() after parsing the frame in the appropriate way, so we have less code duplication. This required introducing a new CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_S1G_BEACON, but that can be used by other drivers as well. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Miri Korenblit <miriam.rachel.korenblit@intel.com> Link: https://msgid.link/20240216135047.874aed1eff5f.Ib7d88d126eec50c64763251a78cb432bb5df14df@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
414532d8 |
|
14-Feb-2024 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: cfg80211: use IEEE80211_MAX_MESH_ID_LEN appropriately Even if that's the same as IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN, we really should just use IEEE80211_MAX_MESH_ID_LEN for mesh, rather than having the BUILD_BUG_ON()s. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
a64be829 |
|
06-Feb-2024 |
Shaul Triebitz <shaul.triebitz@intel.com> |
wifi: cfg80211: report unprotected deauth/disassoc in wowlan Add to cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup another wakeup reason - unprot_deauth_disassoc. To be set to true if the woke up was due to an unprotected deauth or disassoc frame in MFP. In that case report WOWLAN_TRIG_UNPROTECTED_DEAUTH_DISASSOC. Signed-off-by: Shaul Triebitz <shaul.triebitz@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Miri Korenblit <miriam.rachel.korenblit@intel.com> Link: https://msgid.link/20240206164849.a3d739850d03.I8f52a21c4f36d1af1f8068bed79e2f9cbf8289ef@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
a110a3b7 |
|
06-Feb-2024 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: cfg80211: optionally support monitor on disabled channels If the hardware supports a disabled channel, it may in some cases be possible to use monitor mode (without any transmit) on it when it's otherwise disabled. Add a new channel flag IEEE80211_CHAN_CAN_MONITOR that makes it possible for a driver to indicate such a thing. Make it per channel so drivers could have a choice with it, perhaps it's only possible on some channels, perhaps some channels are not supported at all, but still there and marked disabled. In _nl80211_parse_chandef() simplify the code and check only for an unknown channel, _cfg80211_chandef_usable() will later check for IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED anyway. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Miri Korenblit <miriam.rachel.korenblit@intel.com> Link: https://msgid.link/20240206164849.87fad3a21a09.I9116b2fdc2e2c9fd59a9273a64db7fcb41fc0328@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
7b5e25b8b |
|
06-Feb-2024 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: cfg80211: rename UHB to 6 GHz UHB stands for "Ultra High Band", but this term doesn't really exist in the spec. Rename all occurrences to "6 GHz", but keep a few defines for userspace API compatibility. Link: https://msgid.link/20240206164849.c9cfb9400839.I153db3b951934a1d84409c17fbe1f1d1782543fa@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
f6ca96aa |
|
05-Feb-2024 |
Aditya Kumar Singh <quic_adisi@quicinc.com> |
wifi: cfg80211: add support for link id attribute in NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION Currently whenever NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION command is called without any MAC address, all stations present on that interface are flushed. However with MLO there is a need to flush such stations only which are using at least a particular link from the AP MLD interface. For example - 2 GHz and 5 GHz are part of an AP MLD. To this interface, following stations are connected - 1. One non-EHT STA on 2 GHz link. 2. One non-EHT STA on 5 GHz link. 3. One Multi-Link STA having 2 GHz and 5 GHz as active links. Now if currently, NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION is issued by the 2 GHz link without any MAC address, it would flush all station entries. However, flushing of station entry #2 at least is not desireable since it is connected to 5 GHz link alone. Hence, add an option to pass link ID as well in the command so that if link ID is passed, stations using that passed link ID alone would be flushed and others will not. So after this, station entries #1 and #3 alone would be flushed and #2 will remain as it is. Signed-off-by: Aditya Kumar Singh <quic_adisi@quicinc.com> Link: https://msgid.link/20240205162952.1697646-2-quic_adisi@quicinc.com [clarify documentation] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
d4655db0 |
|
09-Feb-2024 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: cfg80211: fix kernel-doc for cfg80211_chandef_primary This was still referring to cfg80211_chandef_primary_freq(), fix it. Reported-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au> Fixes: b82730bf57b5 ("wifi: cfg80211/mac80211: move puncturing into chandef") Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
4ace04c0 |
|
30-Jan-2024 |
Aditya Kumar Singh <quic_adisi@quicinc.com> |
wifi: cfg80211: send link id in channel_switch ops Currently, during channel switch, no link id information is passed down. In order to support channel switch during Multi Link Operation, it is required to pass link id as well. Add changes to pass link id in the channel_switch cfg80211_ops. Signed-off-by: Aditya Kumar Singh <quic_adisi@quicinc.com> Link: https://msgid.link/20240130140918.1172387-2-quic_adisi@quicinc.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
68de1302 |
|
21-Dec-2023 |
Michael-CY Lee <michael-cy.lee@mediatek.com> |
wifi: cfg80211: Add utility for converting op_class into chandef This utility is used in STA CSA handling. The op_class in the ECSA Element can be converted into chandef. Co-developed-by: Money Wang <money.wang@mediatek.com> Signed-off-by: Michael-CY Lee <michael-cy.lee@mediatek.com> Link: https://msgid.link/20231222010914.6521-2-michael-cy.lee@mediatek.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
b82730bf |
|
29-Jan-2024 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: cfg80211/mac80211: move puncturing into chandef Aloka originally suggested that puncturing should be part of the chandef, so that it's treated correctly. At the time, I disagreed and it ended up not part of the chandef, but I've now realized that this was wrong. Even for clients, the RX, and perhaps more importantly, CCA configuration needs to take puncturing into account. Move puncturing into the chandef, and adjust all the code accordingly. Also add a few tests for puncturing in chandef compatibility checking. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/linux-wireless/20220214223051.3610-1-quic_alokad@quicinc.com/ Suggested-by: Aloka Dixit <quic_alokad@quicinc.com> Link: https://msgid.link/20240129194108.307183a5d2e5.I4d7fe2f126b2366c1312010e2900dfb2abffa0f6@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
8f251a0a |
|
29-Jan-2024 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: cfg80211: simplify cfg80211_chandef_compatible() Simplify cfg80211_chandef_compatible() a bit by switching c1 and c2 around so that c1 is always the narrower one (once they're not identical or narrow/S1G). Then we can just check the various primary channels and exit with the wider one (c2), or NULL. Also refactor the primary 40/80/160 function to not have all the calculations hard-coded, and use a wrapper around it to check primary 40/80/160 compatibility. While at it, add some kunit tests for this functionality. Also expose the new cfg80211_chandef_primary_freq() to drivers, mac80211 will use it. Link: https://msgid.link/20240129194108.be3e6eccaba3.I8399c2ff1435d7378e5837794cb5aa6dd2ee1416@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
a923ff87 |
|
25-Jan-2024 |
Jeff Johnson <quic_jjohnson@quicinc.com> |
Revert "nl80211/cfg80211: Specify band specific min RSSI thresholds with sched scan" This *mostly* reverts commit 1e1b11b6a111 ("nl80211/cfg80211: Specify band specific min RSSI thresholds with sched scan"). During the review of a new patch [1] it was observed that the functionality being modified was not actually being used by any in-tree driver. Further research determined that the functionality was originally introduced to support a new Android interface, but that interface was subsequently abandoned. Since the functionality has apparently never been used, remove it. However, to mantain the sanctity of the UABI, keep the nl80211.h assignments, but clearly mark them as obsolete. Cc: Lin Ma <linma@zju.edu.cn> Cc: Vamsi Krishna <quic_vamsin@quicinc.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/linux-wireless/20240119151201.8670-1-linma@zju.edu.cn/ [1] Signed-off-by: Jeff Johnson <quic_jjohnson@quicinc.com> Link: https://msgid.link/20240125-for-next-v1-1-fd79e01c6c09@quicinc.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
2518e89d |
|
02-Jan-2024 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: cfg80211: add support for SPP A-MSDUs Add SPP (signaling and payload protected) AMSDU support. Since userspace has to build the RSNX element, add an extended feature flag to indicate that this is supported. In order to avoid downgrade/mismatch attacks, add a flag to the assoc command on the station side, so that we can be sure that the value of the flag comes from the same RSNX element that will be validated by the supplicant against the 4-way-handshake. If we just pulled the data out of a beacon/probe response, we could theoretically look an RSNX element from a different frame, with a different value for this flag, than the supplicant is using to validate in the 4-way-handshake. Note that this patch is only geared towards software crypto implementations or hardware ones that can perfectly implement SPP A-MSDUs, i.e. are able to switch the AAD construction on the fly for each TX/RX frame. For more limited hardware implementations, more capability advertisement would be required, e.g. if the hardware has no way to switch this on the fly but has only a global configuration that must apply to all stations. The driver could of course *reject* mismatches, but the supplicant must know so it can do things like not negotiating SPP A-MSDUs on a T-DLS link when connected to an AP that doesn't support it, or similar. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Daniel Gabay <daniel.gabay@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Miri Korenblit <miriam.rachel.korenblit@intel.com> Link: https://msgid.link/20240102213313.fadac8df7030.I9240aebcba1be49636a73c647ed0af862713fc6f@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
177fbbcb |
|
29-Jan-2024 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: cfg80211: detect stuck ECSA element in probe resp We recently added some validation that we don't try to connect to an AP that is currently in a channel switch process, since that might want the channel to be quiet or we might not be able to connect in time to hear the switching in a beacon. This was in commit c09c4f31998b ("wifi: mac80211: don't connect to an AP while it's in a CSA process"). However, we promptly got a report that this caused new connection failures, and it turns out that the AP that we now cannot connect to is permanently advertising an extended channel switch announcement, even with quiet. The AP in question was an Asus RT-AC53, with firmware 3.0.0.4.380_10760-g21a5898. As a first step, attempt to detect that we're dealing with such a situation, so mac80211 can use this later. Reported-by: coldolt <andypalmadi@gmail.com> Closes: https://lore.kernel.org/linux-wireless/CAJvGw+DQhBk_mHXeu6RTOds5iramMW2FbMB01VbKRA4YbHHDTA@mail.gmail.com/ Fixes: c09c4f31998b ("wifi: mac80211: don't connect to an AP while it's in a CSA process") Reviewed-by: Miriam Rachel Korenblit <miriam.rachel.korenblit@intel.com> Link: https://msgid.link/20240129131413.246972c8775e.Ibf834d7f52f9951a353b6872383da710a7358338@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
645f3d85 |
|
20-Dec-2023 |
Mukesh Sisodiya <mukesh.sisodiya@intel.com> |
wifi: cfg80211: handle UHB AP and STA power type UHB AP send supported power type(LPI, SP, VLP) in beacon and probe response IE and STA should connect to these AP only if their regulatory support the AP power type. Beacon/Probe response are reported to userspace with reason "STA regulatory not supporting to connect to AP based on transmitted power type" and it should not connect to AP. Signed-off-by: Mukesh Sisodiya <mukesh.sisodiya@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Miri Korenblit <miriam.rachel.korenblit@intel.com> Link: https://msgid.link/20231220133549.cbfbef9170a9.I432f78438de18aa9f5c9006be12e41dc34cc47c5@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
9be61558 |
|
20-Dec-2023 |
Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com> |
wifi: cfg80211: Schedule regulatory check on BSS STA channel change Due to different relaxation policies it may be needed to re-check channels after a BSS station interface is disconnected or performed a channel switch. Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Miri Korenblit <miriam.rachel.korenblit@intel.com> Link: https://msgid.link/20231220133549.1f2f8475bcf1.I1879d259d8d756159c8060f61f4bce172e6d323e@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
41a313d8 |
|
20-Dec-2023 |
Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com> |
wifi: cfg80211: reg: Support P2P operation on DFS channels FCC-594280 D01 Section B.3 allows peer-to-peer and ad hoc devices to operate on DFS channels while they operate under the control of a concurrent DFS master. For example, it is possible to have a P2P GO on a DFS channel as long as BSS connection is active on the same channel. Allow such operation by adding additional regulatory flags to indicate DFS concurrent channels and capable devices. Add the required relaxations in DFS regulatory checks. Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Miri Korenblit <miriam.rachel.korenblit@intel.com> Link: https://msgid.link/20231220133549.bdfb8a9c7c54.I973563562969a27fea8ec5685b96a3a47afe142f@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
33615978 |
|
19-Dec-2023 |
Jonathan Corbet <corbet@lwn.net> |
wifi: cfg80211: address several kerneldoc warnings include/net/cfg80211.h includes a number of kerneldoc entries for struct members that do not exist, leading to these warnings: ./include/net/cfg80211.h:3192: warning: Excess struct member 'band_pref' description in 'cfg80211_bss_selection' ./include/net/cfg80211.h:3192: warning: Excess struct member 'adjust' description in 'cfg80211_bss_selection' ./include/net/cfg80211.h:6181: warning: Excess struct member 'bssid' description in 'wireless_dev' ./include/net/cfg80211.h:6181: warning: Excess struct member 'beacon_interval' description in 'wireless_dev' ./include/net/cfg80211.h:7299: warning: Excess struct member 'bss' description in 'cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp_data' Remove and/or repair each entry to address the warnings and ensure a proper docs build for the affected structures. Signed-off-by: Jonathan Corbet <corbet@lwn.net> Reviewed-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org> Link: https://msgid.link/87plz1g2sc.fsf@meer.lwn.net Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
1c1c2b37 |
|
15-Dec-2023 |
Dmitry Antipov <dmantipov@yandex.ru> |
wifi: cfg80211: introduce cfg80211_ssid_eq() Since SSIDs comparison is commonly used across many drivers, introduce generic 'cfg80211_ssid_eq()' to replace driver-private implementations. Signed-off-by: Dmitry Antipov <dmantipov@yandex.ru> Link: https://msgid.link/20231215123859.196350-1-dmantipov@yandex.ru [fix kernel-doc return docs] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
05b23456 |
|
12-Dec-2023 |
Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org> |
wifi: cfg80211: fix spelling & punctutation Correct spelling and run-on sentences. Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org> Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org Cc: Kalle Valo <kvalo@kernel.org> Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net> Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com> Cc: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Cc: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com> Link: https://msgid.link/20231213043558.10409-1-rdunlap@infradead.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
b61e6b41 |
|
11-Dec-2023 |
Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> |
wifi: cfg80211: Add support for setting TID to link mapping Add support for setting the TID to link mapping for a non-AP MLD station. This is useful in cases user space needs to restrict the possible set of active links, e.g., since it got a BSS Transition Management request forcing to use only a subset of the valid links etc. Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Miri Korenblit <miriam.rachel.korenblit@intel.com> Link: https://msgid.link/20231211085121.da4d56a5f3ff.Iacf88e943326bf9c169c49b728c4a3445fdedc97@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
d02a12b8 |
|
11-Dec-2023 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: cfg80211: add BSS usage reporting Sometimes there may be reasons for which a BSS that's actually found in scan cannot be used to connect to, for example a nonprimary link of an NSTR mobile AP MLD cannot be used for normal direct connections to it. Not indicating these to userspace as we do now of course avoids being able to connect to them, but it's better if they're shown to userspace and it can make an appropriate decision, without e.g. doing an additional ML probe. Thus add an indication of what a BSS can be used for, currently "normal" and "MLD link", including a reason bitmap for it being not usable. The latter can be extended later for certain BSSes if there are other reasons they cannot be used. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Miri Korenblit <miriam.rachel.korenblit@intel.com> Link: https://msgid.link/20231211085121.0464f25e0b1d.I9f70ca9f1440565ad9a5207d0f4d00a20cca67e7@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
10fa22b6 |
|
11-Dec-2023 |
Evan Quan <quanliangl@hotmail.com> |
wifi: cfg80211: expose nl80211_chan_width_to_mhz for wide sharing The newly added WBRF feature needs this interface for channel width calculation. Signed-off-by: Evan Quan <quanliangl@hotmail.com> Signed-off-by: Ma Jun <Jun.Ma2@amd.com> Reviewed-by: Mario Limonciello <mario.limonciello@amd.com> Link: https://msgid.link/20231211100630.2170152-4-Jun.Ma2@amd.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
88f29324 |
|
30-Nov-2023 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: cfg80211: make RX assoc data const This is just a collection of data and we only read it, so make it const. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
6285ee30 |
|
13-Nov-2023 |
Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> |
wifi: cfg80211: Extend support for scanning while MLO connected To extend the support of TSF accounting in scan results for MLO connections, allow to indicate in the scan request the link ID corresponding to the BSS whose TSF should be used for the TSF accounting. Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231113112844.d4490bcdefb1.I8fcd158b810adddef4963727e9153096416b30ce@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
b590b9ae |
|
24-Nov-2023 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: cfg80211: add locked debugfs wrappers Add wrappers for debugfs files that should be called with the wiphy mutex held, while the file is also to be removed under the wiphy mutex. This could otherwise deadlock when a file is trying to acquire the wiphy mutex while the code removing it holds the mutex but waits for the removal. This actually works by pushing the execution of the read or write handler to a wiphy work that can be cancelled using the debugfs cancellation API. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
e4e7e3af |
|
26-Sep-2023 |
Vinayak Yadawad <vinayak.yadawad@broadcom.com> |
wifi: cfg80211: Allow AP/P2PGO to indicate port authorization to peer STA/P2PClient In 4way handshake offload, cfg80211_port_authorized enables driver to indicate successful 4way handshake to cfg80211 layer. Currently this path of port authorization is restricted to interface type NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION and NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT. This patch extends the support for NL80211_IFTYPE_AP and NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO interfaces to authorize peer STA/P2P_CLIENT, whenever authentication is offloaded on the AP/P2P_GO interface. Signed-off-by: Vinayak Yadawad <vinayak.yadawad@broadcom.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/dee3b0a2b4f617e932c90bff4504a89389273632.1695721435.git.vinayak.yadawad@broadcom.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
8e4687f6 |
|
12-Oct-2023 |
Kalle Valo <quic_kvalo@quicinc.com> |
wifi: mac80211: rename struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp to cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp_data make htmldocs warns: Documentation/driver-api/80211/cfg80211:48: ./include/net/cfg80211.h:7290: WARNING: Duplicate C declaration, also defined at cfg80211:7251. Declaration is '.. c:function:: void cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp (struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp *data)'. This is because there's a function named cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp() and a struct named cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp, see previous patch for more info. To workaround this rename the struct to cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp_data. The parameter for the function is named 'data' anyway so the naming here is consistent. Compile tested only. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <quic_kvalo@quicinc.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231012114229.2931808-3-kvalo@kernel.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
98e0c7f8 |
|
01-Oct-2023 |
Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org> |
wifi: cfg80211: fix header kernel-doc typos Correct spelling of several words. Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org> Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Cc: Kalle Valo <kvalo@kernel.org> Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net> Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com> Cc: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Cc: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com> Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <horms@kernel.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231001191633.19090-1-rdunlap@infradead.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
ec06bdb2 |
|
28-Sep-2023 |
Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> |
wifi: cfg80211: Fix typo in documentation Fix a small typo in a comment. Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230928172905.9dce226e393f.I929bfb9371e31c9e8d2bb1c1a96e9b1f3d02f2d0@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
a7b2cc59 |
|
20-Sep-2023 |
Benjamin Berg <benjamin.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: cfg80211: report per-link errors during association When one of the links (other than the assoc_link) is misconfigured and cannot work the association will fail. However, userspace was not able to tell that the operation only failed because of a problem with one of the links. Fix this, by allowing the driver to set a per-link error code and reporting the (first) offending link by setting the bad_attr accordingly. This only allows us to report the first error, but that is sufficient for userspace to e.g. remove the offending link and retry. Signed-off-by: Benjamin Berg <benjamin.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230920211508.ebe63c0bd513.I40799998f02bf987acee1501a2522dc98bb6eb5a@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
bb55441c |
|
25-Sep-2023 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: cfg80211: split struct cfg80211_ap_settings Using the full struct cfg80211_ap_settings for an update is misleading, since most settings cannot be updated. Split the update case off into a new struct cfg80211_ap_update. Change-Id: I3ba4dd9280938ab41252f145227a7005edf327e4 Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
ddd7f45c |
|
14-Sep-2023 |
Wen Gong <quic_wgong@quicinc.com> |
wifi: cfg80211: save power spectral density(psd) of regulatory rule 6 GHz regulatory domains introduces Power Spectral Density (PSD). The PSD value of the regulatory rule should be taken into effect for the ieee80211_channels falling into that particular regulatory rule. Save the values in the channel which has PSD value and add nl80211 attributes accordingly to handle it. Co-developed-by: Aditya Kumar Singh <quic_adisi@quicinc.com> Signed-off-by: Aditya Kumar Singh <quic_adisi@quicinc.com> Signed-off-by: Wen Gong <quic_wgong@quicinc.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230914082026.3709-1-quic_wgong@quicinc.com [use hole in chan flags, reword docs] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
9c386911 |
|
14-Sep-2023 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: cfg80211: fix kernel-doc for wiphy_delayed_work_flush() Now that I fixed the function name, we see the parameters are wrong as well. Fix that too. Change-Id: I1a4cfea446875998a5a242ca36acc8244991a199 Reported-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
30ca8b0c |
|
11-Sep-2023 |
Aditya Kumar Singh <quic_adisi@quicinc.com> |
wifi: cfg80211: export DFS CAC time and usable state helper functions cfg80211 has cfg80211_chandef_dfs_usable() function to know whether at least one channel in the chandef is in usable state or not. Also, cfg80211_chandef_dfs_cac_time() function is there which tells the CAC time required for the given chandef. Make these two functions visible to drivers by exporting their symbol to global list of kernel symbols. Lower level drivers can make use of these two functions to be aware if CAC is required on the given chandef and for how long. For example drivers which maintains the CAC state internally can make use of these. Signed-off-by: Aditya Kumar Singh <quic_adisi@quicinc.com> Reviewed-by: Jeff Johnson <quic_jjohnson@quicinc.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230912051857.2284-2-quic_adisi@quicinc.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
b13b6bbf |
|
28-Jun-2023 |
Abhishek Kumar <kuabhs@chromium.org> |
wifi: cfg80211: call reg_call_notifier on beacon hints Currently the channel property updates are not propagated to driver. This causes issues in the discovery of hidden SSIDs and fails to connect to them. This change defines a new wiphy flag which when enabled by vendor driver, the reg_call_notifier callback will be trigger on beacon hints. This ensures that the channel property changes are visible to the vendor driver. The vendor changes the channels for active scans. This fixes the discovery issue of hidden SSID. Signed-off-by: Abhishek Kumar <kuabhs@chromium.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230629035254.1.I059fe585f9f9e896c2d51028ef804d197c8c009e@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
66f85d57 |
|
27-Jul-2023 |
Aloka Dixit <quic_alokad@quicinc.com> |
wifi: cfg80211: modify prototype for change_beacon Modify the prototype for change_beacon() in struct cfg80211_op to accept cfg80211_ap_settings instead of cfg80211_beacon_data so that it can process data in addition to beacons. Modify the prototypes of ieee80211_change_beacon() and driver specific functions accordingly. Signed-off-by: Aloka Dixit <quic_alokad@quicinc.com> Reviewed-by: Jeff Johnson <quic_jjohnson@quicinc.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230727174100.11721-4-quic_alokad@quicinc.com [while at it, remove pointless "if (info)" check in tracing that just makes all the lines longer than they need be - it's never NULL] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
0cfaec25 |
|
27-Jul-2023 |
Aloka Dixit <quic_alokad@quicinc.com> |
wifi: nl80211: fixes to FILS discovery updates Add a new flag 'update' which is set to true during start_ap() if (and only if) one of the following two conditions are met: - Userspace passed an empty nested attribute which indicates that the feature should be disabled and templates deleted. - Userspace passed all the parameters for the nested attribute. Existing configuration will not be changed while the flag remains false. Add similar changes for unsolicited broadcast probe response transmission. Signed-off-by: Aloka Dixit <quic_alokad@quicinc.com> Reviewed-by: Jeff Johnson <quic_jjohnson@quicinc.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230727174100.11721-2-quic_alokad@quicinc.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
5add321c |
|
28-Aug-2023 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: cfg80211: remove scan_width support There really isn't any support for scanning at different channel widths than 20 MHz since there's no way to set it. Remove this support for now, if somebody wants to maintain this whole thing later we can revisit how it should work. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
8c73d524 |
|
13-Sep-2023 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: cfg80211: fix kernel-doc for wiphy_delayed_work_flush() Clearly, there's no space in the function name, not sure how that could've happened. Put the underscore that it should be. Reported-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au> Fixes: 56cfb8ce1f7f ("wifi: cfg80211: add flush functions for wiphy work") Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
5806ef25 |
|
27-Aug-2023 |
Benjamin Berg <benjamin.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: cfg80211: add ieee80211_fragment_element to public API This function will be used by the kunit tests within cfg80211. As it is generally useful, move it from mac80211 to cfg80211. Signed-off-by: Benjamin Berg <benjamin.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230827135854.5af9391659f5.Ie534ed6591ba02be8572d4d7242394f29e3af04b@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
e8c18412 |
|
28-Aug-2023 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: cfg80211: annotate iftype_data pointer with sparse There were are a number of cases in mac80211 and iwlwifi (at least) that used the sband->iftype_data pointer directly, instead of using the accessors to find the right array entry to use. Make sparse warn when such a thing is done. To not have a lot of casts, add two helper functions/macros - ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data() - for_each_sband_iftype_data() Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
076fc877 |
|
28-Aug-2023 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: cfg80211: remove wdev mutex Since we're now protecting everything with the wiphy mutex (and were really using it for almost everything before), there's no longer any real reason to have a separate wdev mutex. It may feel better, but really has no value. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
56cfb8ce |
|
28-Aug-2023 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: cfg80211: add flush functions for wiphy work There may be sometimes reasons to actually run the work if it's pending, add flush functions for both regular and delayed wiphy work that will do this. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
d1383077 |
|
13-Sep-2023 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: cfg80211: add missing kernel-doc for cqm_rssi_work As reported by Stephen, I neglected to add the kernel-doc for the new struct member. Fix that. Reported-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au> Fixes: 37c20b2effe9 ("wifi: cfg80211: fix cqm_config access race") Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
37c20b2e |
|
16-Aug-2023 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: cfg80211: fix cqm_config access race Max Schulze reports crashes with brcmfmac. The reason seems to be a race between userspace removing the CQM config and the driver calling cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify(), where if the data is freed while cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify() runs it will crash since it assumes wdev->cqm_config is set. This can't be fixed with a simple non-NULL check since there's nothing we can do for locking easily, so use RCU instead to protect the pointer, but that requires pulling the updates out into an asynchronous worker so they can sleep and call back into the driver. Since we need to change the free anyway, also change it to go back to the old settings if changing the settings fails. Reported-and-tested-by: Max Schulze <max.schulze@online.de> Closes: https://lore.kernel.org/r/ac96309a-8d8d-4435-36e6-6d152eb31876@online.de Fixes: 4a4b8169501b ("cfg80211: Accept multiple RSSI thresholds for CQM") Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
234249d8 |
|
25-Aug-2023 |
Wen Gong <quic_wgong@quicinc.com> |
wifi: cfg80211/mac80211: hold link BSSes when assoc fails for MLO connection When connect to MLO AP with more than one link, and the assoc response of AP is not success, then cfg80211_unhold_bss() is not called for all the links' cfg80211_bss except the primary link which means the link used by the latest successful association request. Thus the hold value of the cfg80211_bss is not reset to 0 after the assoc fail, and then the __cfg80211_unlink_bss() will not be called for the cfg80211_bss by __cfg80211_bss_expire(). Then the AP always looks exist even the AP is shutdown or reconfigured to another type, then it will lead error while connecting it again. The detail info are as below. When connect with muti-links AP, cfg80211_hold_bss() is called by cfg80211_mlme_assoc() for each cfg80211_bss of all the links. When assoc response from AP is not success(such as status_code==1), the ieee80211_link_data of non-primary link(sdata->link[link_id]) is NULL because ieee80211_assoc_success()->ieee80211_vif_update_links() is not called for the links. Then struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp resp in cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp() and struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params cr in __cfg80211_connect_result() will only have the data of the primary link, and finally function cfg80211_connect_result_release_bsses() only call cfg80211_unhold_bss() for the primary link. Then cfg80211_bss of the other links will never free because its hold is always > 0 now. Hence assign value for the bss and status from assoc_data since it is valid for this case. Also assign value of addr from assoc_data when the link is NULL because the addrs of assoc_data and link both represent the local link addr and they are same value for success connection. Fixes: 81151ce462e5 ("wifi: mac80211: support MLO authentication/association with one link") Signed-off-by: Wen Gong <quic_wgong@quicinc.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230825070055.28164-1-quic_wgong@quicinc.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
a49a0d4e |
|
10-Jul-2023 |
Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org> |
wifi: cfg80211: remove dead/unused enum value Drop an unused (extra) enum value to prevent a kernel-doc warning. cfg80211.h:1492: warning: Excess enum value 'STATION_PARAM_APPLY_STA_TXPOWER' description in 'station_parameters_apply_mask' Fixes: 2d8b08fef0af ("wifi: cfg80211: fix kernel-doc warnings all over the file") Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org> Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net> Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com> Cc: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Cc: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com> Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org Cc: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@kernel.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230710230312.31197-3-rdunlap@infradead.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
1dcf396b |
|
13-Jul-2023 |
Dmitry Antipov <dmantipov@yandex.ru> |
wifi: cfg80211: improve documentation for flag fields Fix and hopefully improve documentation for 'flag' fields of a few types by adding references to relevant enumerations. Signed-off-by: Dmitry Antipov <dmantipov@yandex.ru> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230713132957.275859-1-dmantipov@yandex.ru Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
545d3523 |
|
17-Aug-2023 |
Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> |
wifi: cfg80211: Annotate struct cfg80211_tid_config with __counted_by Prepare for the coming implementation by GCC and Clang of the __counted_by attribute. Flexible array members annotated with __counted_by can have their accesses bounds-checked at run-time checking via CONFIG_UBSAN_BOUNDS (for array indexing) and CONFIG_FORTIFY_SOURCE (for strcpy/memcpy-family functions). As found with Coccinelle[1], add __counted_by for struct cfg80211_tid_config. [1] https://github.com/kees/kernel-tools/blob/trunk/coccinelle/examples/counted_by.cocci Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net> Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com> Cc: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Cc: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com> Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Reviewed-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavoars@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jeff Johnson <quic_jjohnson@quicinc.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230817211531.4193219-7-keescook@chromium.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
e3eac9f3 |
|
17-Aug-2023 |
Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> |
wifi: cfg80211: Annotate struct cfg80211_scan_request with __counted_by Prepare for the coming implementation by GCC and Clang of the __counted_by attribute. Flexible array members annotated with __counted_by can have their accesses bounds-checked at run-time checking via CONFIG_UBSAN_BOUNDS (for array indexing) and CONFIG_FORTIFY_SOURCE (for strcpy/memcpy-family functions). As found with Coccinelle[1], add __counted_by for struct cfg80211_scan_request. Additionally, since the element count member must be set before accessing the annotated flexible array member, move its initialization earlier. [1] https://github.com/kees/kernel-tools/blob/trunk/coccinelle/examples/counted_by.cocci Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net> Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com> Cc: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Cc: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com> Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Reviewed-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavoars@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jeff Johnson <quic_jjohnson@quicinc.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230817211531.4193219-6-keescook@chromium.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
7b6d7087 |
|
17-Aug-2023 |
Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> |
wifi: cfg80211: Annotate struct cfg80211_rnr_elems with __counted_by Prepare for the coming implementation by GCC and Clang of the __counted_by attribute. Flexible array members annotated with __counted_by can have their accesses bounds-checked at run-time checking via CONFIG_UBSAN_BOUNDS (for array indexing) and CONFIG_FORTIFY_SOURCE (for strcpy/memcpy-family functions). As found with Coccinelle[1], add __counted_by for struct cfg80211_rnr_elems. Additionally, since the element count member must be set before accessing the annotated flexible array member, move its initialization earlier. [1] https://github.com/kees/kernel-tools/blob/trunk/coccinelle/examples/counted_by.cocci Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net> Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com> Cc: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Cc: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com> Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Reviewed-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavoars@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jeff Johnson <quic_jjohnson@quicinc.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230817211531.4193219-5-keescook@chromium.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
342bc7c9 |
|
17-Aug-2023 |
Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> |
wifi: cfg80211: Annotate struct cfg80211_pmsr_request with __counted_by Prepare for the coming implementation by GCC and Clang of the __counted_by attribute. Flexible array members annotated with __counted_by can have their accesses bounds-checked at run-time checking via CONFIG_UBSAN_BOUNDS (for array indexing) and CONFIG_FORTIFY_SOURCE (for strcpy/memcpy-family functions). As found with Coccinelle[1], add __counted_by for struct cfg80211_pmsr_request. Additionally, since the element count member must be set before accessing the annotated flexible array member, move its initialization earlier. [1] https://github.com/kees/kernel-tools/blob/trunk/coccinelle/examples/counted_by.cocci Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net> Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com> Cc: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Cc: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com> Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Reviewed-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavoars@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jeff Johnson <quic_jjohnson@quicinc.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230817211531.4193219-4-keescook@chromium.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
c14679d7 |
|
17-Aug-2023 |
Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> |
wifi: cfg80211: Annotate struct cfg80211_mbssid_elems with __counted_by Prepare for the coming implementation by GCC and Clang of the __counted_by attribute. Flexible array members annotated with __counted_by can have their accesses bounds-checked at run-time checking via CONFIG_UBSAN_BOUNDS (for array indexing) and CONFIG_FORTIFY_SOURCE (for strcpy/memcpy-family functions). As found with Coccinelle[1], add __counted_by for struct cfg80211_mbssid_elems. Additionally, since the element count member must be set before accessing the annotated flexible array member, move its initialization earlier. [1] https://github.com/kees/kernel-tools/blob/trunk/coccinelle/examples/counted_by.cocci Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net> Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com> Cc: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Cc: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com> Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Reviewed-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavoars@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jeff Johnson <quic_jjohnson@quicinc.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230817211531.4193219-3-keescook@chromium.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
93ca8244 |
|
17-Aug-2023 |
Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> |
wifi: cfg80211: Annotate struct cfg80211_acl_data with __counted_by Prepare for the coming implementation by GCC and Clang of the __counted_by attribute. Flexible array members annotated with __counted_by can have their accesses bounds-checked at run-time checking via CONFIG_UBSAN_BOUNDS (for array indexing) and CONFIG_FORTIFY_SOURCE (for strcpy/memcpy-family functions). As found with Coccinelle[1], add __counted_by for struct cfg80211_acl_data. Additionally, since the element count member must be set before accessing the annotated flexible array member, move its initialization earlier. [1] https://github.com/kees/kernel-tools/blob/trunk/coccinelle/examples/counted_by.cocci Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net> Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com> Cc: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Cc: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com> Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Reviewed-by: Justin Stitt <justinstitt@google.com> Reviewed-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavoars@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jeff Johnson <quic_jjohnson@quicinc.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230817211531.4193219-1-keescook@chromium.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
5fb9a9fb |
|
22-Jun-2023 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> |
wifi: cfg80211: fix sband iftype data lookup for AP_VLAN AP_VLAN interfaces are virtual, so doesn't really exist as a type for capabilities. When passed in as a type, AP is the one that's really intended. Fixes: c4cbaf7973a7 ("cfg80211: Add support for HE") Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230622165919.46841-1-nbd@nbd.name Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
4ef2f53e |
|
19-Jun-2023 |
Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> |
wifi: cfg80211: Retrieve PSD information from RNR AP information Retrieve the Power Spectral Density (PSD) value from RNR AP information entry and store it so it could be used by the drivers. PSD value is explained in Section 9.4.2.170 of Draft P802.11Revme_D2.0. Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230619161906.067ded2b8fc3.I9f407ab5800cbb07045a0537a513012960ced740@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
065563b2 |
|
17-Mar-2023 |
Veerendranath Jakkam <quic_vjakkam@quicinc.com> |
wifi: cfg80211/nl80211: Add support to indicate STA MLD setup links removal STA MLD setup links may get removed if AP MLD remove the corresponding affiliated APs with Multi-Link reconfiguration as described in P802.11be_D3.0, section 35.3.6.2.2 Removing affiliated APs. Currently, there is no support to notify such operation to cfg80211 and userspace. Add support for the drivers to indicate STA MLD setup links removal to cfg80211 and notify the same to userspace. Upon receiving such indication from the driver, clear the MLO links information of the removed links in the WDEV. Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <quic_vjakkam@quicinc.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230317142153.237900-1-quic_vjakkam@quicinc.com [rename function and attribute, fix kernel-doc] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
f837a653 |
|
16-Jun-2023 |
Benjamin Berg <benjamin.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: cfg80211: add element defragmentation helper This is already needed within mac80211 and support is also needed by cfg80211 to parse ML elements. Signed-off-by: Benjamin Berg <benjamin.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230616094949.29c3ebeed10d.I009c049289dd0162c2e858ed8b68d2875a672ed6@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
5db25290 |
|
16-Jun-2023 |
Benjamin Berg <benjamin.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: cfg80211: add inform_bss op to update BSS This new function is called from within the inform_bss(_frame)_data functions in order for the driver to update data that it is tracking. Signed-off-by: Benjamin Berg <benjamin.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230616094949.8d7781b0f965.I80041183072b75c081996a1a5a230b34aff5c668@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
c6112046 |
|
16-Jun-2023 |
Mukesh Sisodiya <mukesh.sisodiya@intel.com> |
wifi: cfg80211: make TDLS management link-aware For multi-link operation(MLO) TDLS management frames need to be transmitted on a specific link. The TDLS setup request will add BSSID along with peer address and userspace will pass the link-id based on BSSID value to the driver(or mac80211). Signed-off-by: Mukesh Sisodiya <mukesh.sisodiya@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230616094948.cb3d87c22812.Ia3d15ac4a9a182145bf2d418bcb3ddf4539cd0a7@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
6cf963ed |
|
08-Jun-2023 |
Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> |
wifi: cfg80211: Support association to AP MLD with disabled links An AP part of an AP MLD might be temporarily disabled, and might be enabled later. Such a link should be included in the association exchange, but should not be used until enabled. Extend the NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE to also indicate disabled links. Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230608163202.c4c61ee4c4a5.I784ef4a0d619fc9120514b5615458fbef3b3684a@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
2ad66fcb |
|
17-May-2023 |
Gilad Itzkovitch <gilad.itzkovitch@morsemicro.com> |
wifi: cfg80211: S1G rate information and calculations Increase the size of S1G rate_info flags to support S1G and add flags for new S1G MCS and the supported bandwidths. Also, include S1G rate information to netlink STA rate message. Lastly, add rate calculation function for S1G MCS. Signed-off-by: Gilad Itzkovitch <gilad.itzkovitch@morsemicro.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230518000723.991912-1-gilad.itzkovitch@morsemicro.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
a3ee4dc8 |
|
06-Jun-2023 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: cfg80211: add a work abstraction with special semantics Add a work abstraction at the cfg80211 level that will always hold the wiphy_lock() for any work executed and therefore also can be canceled safely (without waiting) while holding that. This improves on what we do now as with the new wiphy works we don't have to worry about locking while cancelling them safely. Also, don't let such works run while the device is suspended, since they'll likely need to interact with the device. Flush them before suspend though. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
5097f844 |
|
22-Mar-2023 |
Jaewan Kim <jaewan@google.com> |
wifi: nl80211: make nl80211_send_chandef non-static Expose nl80211_send_chandef functionality for mac80211_hwsim or vendor netlink can use it where needed. Signed-off-by: Jaewan Kim <jaewan@google.com> Reviewed-by: Michal Kubiak <michal.kubiak@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230322131637.2633968-3-jaewan@google.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
dbbb27e1 |
|
23-Mar-2023 |
Aloka Dixit <quic_alokad@quicinc.com> |
cfg80211: support RNR for EMA AP As per IEEE Std 802.11ax-2021, 11.1.3.8.3 Discovery of a nontransmitted BSSID profile, an EMA AP that transmits a Beacon frame carrying a partial list of nontransmitted BSSID profiles should include in the frame a Reduced Neighbor Report element carrying information for at least the nontransmitted BSSIDs that are not present in the Multiple BSSID element carried in that frame. Add new nested attribute NL80211_ATTR_EMA_RNR_ELEMS to support the above. Number of RNR elements must be more than or equal to the number of MBSSID elements. This attribute can be used only when EMA is enabled. Userspace is responsible for splitting the RNR into multiple elements such that each element excludes the non-transmitting profiles already included in the MBSSID element (%NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS) at the same index. Each EMA beacon will be generated by adding MBSSID and RNR elements at the same index. If the userspace provides more RNR elements than the number of MBSSID elements then these will be added in every EMA beacon. Signed-off-by: Aloka Dixit <quic_alokad@quicinc.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230323113801.6903-2-quic_alokad@quicinc.com [Johannes: validate elements] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
fe4a6d2d |
|
14-Mar-2023 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> |
wifi: mac80211: implement support for yet another mesh A-MSDU format MT7996 hardware supports mesh A-MSDU subframes in hardware, but uses a big-endian length field Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> Signed-off-by: Ryder Lee <ryder.lee@mediatek.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230314095956.62085-7-nbd@nbd.name Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
4c532321 |
|
28-Feb-2023 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: cfg80211/mac80211: report link ID on control port RX For control port RX, report the link ID for MLO. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230301115906.fe06dfc3791b.Iddcab94789cafe336417be406072ce8a6312fc2d@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
cbbaf2bb |
|
28-Feb-2023 |
Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com> |
wifi: nl80211: add a command to enable/disable HW timestamping Add a command to enable and disable HW timestamping of TM and FTM frames. HW timestamping can be enabled for a specific mac address or for all addresses. The low level driver will indicate how many peers HW timestamping can be enabled concurrently, and this information will be passed to userspace. Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230301115906.05678d7b1c17.Iccc08869ea8156f1c71a3111a47f86dd56234bd0@changeid [switch to needing netdev UP, minor edits] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
6ff9efcf |
|
28-Feb-2023 |
Mordechay Goodstein <mordechay.goodstein@intel.com> |
wifi: wireless: cleanup unused function parameters In the past ftype was used for deciding about 6G DUP beacon, but the logic was removed and ftype is not needed anymore. Signed-off-by: Mordechay Goodstein <mordechay.goodstein@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230301115906.98d4761b809b.I255f5ecd77cb24fcf2f1641bb5833ea2d121296e@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
4048a6a7 |
|
15-Feb-2023 |
Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org> |
wifi: cfg80211: remove gfp parameter from cfg80211_obss_color_collision_notify description Get rid of gfp parameter from cfg80211_obss_color_collision_notify routine description. Fixes: 935ef47b16cc ("wifi: cfg80211: get rid of gfp in cfg80211_bss_color_notify") Reported-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au> Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/2da652e2cd5c7903191091ae9757718f1be802a1.1676453359.git.lorenzo@kernel.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
d99975c4 |
|
31-Jan-2023 |
Wen Gong <quic_wgong@quicinc.com> |
wifi: cfg80211: call reg_notifier for self managed wiphy from driver hint Currently the regulatory driver does not call the regulatory callback reg_notifier for self managed wiphys. Sometimes driver needs cfg80211 to calculate the info of ieee80211_channel such as flags and power, and driver needs to get the info of ieee80211_channel after hint of driver, but driver does not know when calculation of the info of ieee80211_channel become finished, so add notify to driver in reg_process_self_managed_hint() from cfg80211 is a good way, then driver could get the correct info in callback of reg_notifier. Signed-off-by: Wen Gong <quic_wgong@quicinc.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230201065313.27203-1-quic_wgong@quicinc.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
935ef47b |
|
01-Feb-2023 |
Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org> |
wifi: cfg80211: get rid of gfp in cfg80211_bss_color_notify Since cfg80211_bss_color_notify() is now always run in non-atomic context, get rid of gfp_t flags in the routine signature and always use GFP_KERNEL for netlink message allocation. Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/c687724e7b53556f7a2d9cbe3d11cdcf065cb687.1675255390.git.lorenzo@kernel.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
6e4c0d04 |
|
13-Feb-2023 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> |
wifi: mac80211: add a workaround for receiving non-standard mesh A-MSDU At least ath10k and ath11k supported hardware (maybe more) does not implement mesh A-MSDU aggregation in a standard compliant way. 802.11-2020 9.3.2.2.2 declares that the Mesh Control field is part of the A-MSDU header (and little-endian). As such, its length must not be included in the subframe length field. Hardware affected by this bug treats the mesh control field as part of the MSDU data and sets the length accordingly. In order to avoid packet loss, keep track of which stations are affected by this and take it into account when converting A-MSDU to 802.3 + mesh control packets. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230213100855.34315-5-nbd@nbd.name Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
986e43b1 |
|
13-Feb-2023 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> |
wifi: mac80211: fix receiving A-MSDU frames on mesh interfaces The current mac80211 mesh A-MSDU receive path fails to parse A-MSDU packets on mesh interfaces, because it assumes that the Mesh Control field is always directly after the 802.11 header. 802.11-2020 9.3.2.2.2 Figure 9-70 shows that the Mesh Control field is actually part of the A-MSDU subframe header. This makes more sense, since it allows packets for multiple different destinations to be included in the same A-MSDU, as long as RA and TID are still the same. Another issue is the fact that the A-MSDU subframe length field was apparently accidentally defined as little-endian in the standard. In order to fix this, the mesh forwarding path needs happen at a different point in the receive path. ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr is changed to ignore the mesh control field and leave it in after the ethernet header. This also affects the source/dest MAC address fields, which now in the case of mesh point to the mesh SA/DA. ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s is changed to deal with the endian difference and to add the Mesh Control length to the subframe length, since it's not covered by the MSDU length field. With these changes, the mac80211 will get the same packet structure for converted regular data packets and unpacked A-MSDU subframes. The mesh forwarding checks are now only performed after the A-MSDU decap. For locally received packets, the Mesh Control header is stripped away. For forwarded packets, a new 802.11 header gets added. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230213100855.34315-4-nbd@nbd.name [fix fortify build error] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
b345f063 |
|
30-Jan-2023 |
Aloka Dixit <quic_alokad@quicinc.com> |
wifi: cfg80211: include puncturing bitmap in channel switch events Add puncturing bitmap in channel switch notifications and corresponding trace functions. Signed-off-by: Aloka Dixit <quic_alokad@quicinc.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230131001227.25014-4-quic_alokad@quicinc.com [fix qtnfmac] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
d7c1a9a0 |
|
30-Jan-2023 |
Aloka Dixit <quic_alokad@quicinc.com> |
wifi: nl80211: validate and configure puncturing bitmap - New feature flag, NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PUNCT, to advertise driver support for preamble puncturing in AP mode. - New attribute, NL80211_ATTR_PUNCT_BITMAP, to receive a puncturing bitmap from the userspace during AP bring up (NL80211_CMD_START_AP) and channel switch (NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH) operations. Each bit corresponds to a 20 MHz channel in the operating bandwidth, lowest bit for the lowest channel. Bit set to 1 indicates that the channel is punctured. Higher 16 bits are reserved. - New members added to structures cfg80211_ap_settings and cfg80211_csa_settings to propagate the bitmap to the driver after validation. Signed-off-by: Aloka Dixit <quic_alokad@quicinc.com> Signed-off-by: Muna Sinada <quic_msinada@quicinc.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230131001227.25014-3-quic_alokad@quicinc.com [move validation against 0xffff into policy] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
b25413fe |
|
30-Jan-2023 |
Aloka Dixit <quic_alokad@quicinc.com> |
wifi: cfg80211: move puncturing bitmap validation from mac80211 - Move ieee80211_valid_disable_subchannel_bitmap() from mlme.c to chan.c, rename it as cfg80211_valid_disable_subchannel_bitmap() and export it. - Modify the prototype to include struct cfg80211_chan_def instead of only bandwidth to support a check which returns false if the primary channel is punctured. Signed-off-by: Aloka Dixit <quic_alokad@quicinc.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230131001227.25014-2-quic_alokad@quicinc.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
8bb588d9 |
|
26-Jan-2023 |
Veerendranath Jakkam <quic_vjakkam@quicinc.com> |
wifi: cfg80211: Extend cfg80211_update_owe_info_event() for MLD AP Add support to offload OWE processing to user space for MLD AP when driver's SME in use. Add new parameters in struct cfg80211_update_owe_info to provide below information in cfg80211_update_owe_info_event() call: - MLO link ID of the AP, with which station requested (re)association. This is applicable for both MLO and non-MLO station connections when the AP affiliated with an MLD. - Station's MLD address if the connection is MLO capable. Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <quic_vjakkam@quicinc.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230126143256.960563-3-quic_vjakkam@quicinc.com [reformat the trace event macro] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
a42e59eb |
|
26-Jan-2023 |
Veerendranath Jakkam <quic_vjakkam@quicinc.com> |
wifi: cfg80211: Extend cfg80211_new_sta() for MLD AP Add support for drivers to indicate STA connection(MLO/non-MLO) when user space SME (e.g., hostapd) is not used for MLD AP. Add new parameters in struct station_info to provide below information in cfg80211_new_sta() call: - MLO link ID of the AP, with which station completed (re)association. This is applicable for both MLO and non-MLO station connections when the AP affiliated with an MLD. - Station's MLD address if the connection is MLO capable. - (Re)Association Response IEs sent to the station. User space needs this to determine rejected and accepted affiliated links information of the connected station if the connection is MLO capable. Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <quic_vjakkam@quicinc.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230126143256.960563-2-quic_vjakkam@quicinc.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
9a47c1ef |
|
16-Jan-2023 |
Veerendranath Jakkam <quic_vjakkam@quicinc.com> |
wifi: cfg80211: Authentication offload to user space for MLO connection in STA mode Currently authentication request event interface doesn't have support to indicate the user space whether it should enable MLO or not during the authentication with the specified AP. But driver needs such capability since the connection is MLO or not decided by the driver in case of SME offload to the driver. Add support for driver to indicate MLD address of the AP in authentication offload request to inform user space to enable MLO during authentication process. Driver shall look at NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT flag capability in NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to know whether the user space supports enabling MLO during the authentication offload. User space should enable MLO during the authentication only when it receives the AP MLD address in authentication offload request. User space shouldn't enable MLO if the authentication offload request doesn't indicate the AP MLD address even if the AP is MLO capable. When MLO is enabled, user space should use the MAC address of the interface (on which driver sent request) as self MLD address. User space and driver to use MLD addresses in RA, TA and BSSID fields of the frames between them, and driver translates the MLD addresses to/from link addresses based on the link chosen for the authentication. Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <quic_vjakkam@quicinc.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230116125058.1604843-1-quic_vjakkam@quicinc.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
bfc55167 |
|
06-Dec-2022 |
Veerendranath Jakkam <quic_vjakkam@quicinc.com> |
wifi: cfg80211: Use MLD address to indicate MLD STA disconnection We use station's MLD address to report disconnection of MLD station. Update the documentation in multiple places to indicate this. Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <quic_vjakkam@quicinc.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20221206080226.1702646-4-quic_vjakkam@quicinc.com [update commit message] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
648fba79 |
|
06-Dec-2022 |
Shivani Baranwal <quic_shivbara@quicinc.com> |
wifi: cfg80211: Support 32 bytes KCK key in GTK rekey offload Currently, maximum KCK key length supported for GTK rekey offload is 24 bytes but with some newer AKMs the KCK key length can be 32 bytes. e.g., 00-0F-AC:24 AKM suite with SAE finite cyclic group 21. Add support to allow 32 bytes KCK keys in GTK rekey offload. Signed-off-by: Shivani Baranwal <quic_shivbara@quicinc.com> Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <quic_vjakkam@quicinc.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20221206143715.1802987-3-quic_vjakkam@quicinc.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
585b6e13 |
|
16-Jan-2023 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: cfg80211: remove support for static WEP This reverts commit b8676221f00d ("cfg80211: Add support for static WEP in the driver") since no driver ever ended up using it. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
4d371d6e |
|
14-Nov-2022 |
Philipp Hortmann <philipp.g.hortmann@gmail.com> |
wifi: cfg80211: Correct example of ieee80211_iface_limit Correct wrong closing bracket. Signed-off-by: Philipp Hortmann <philipp.g.hortmann@gmail.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20221114200135.GA100176@matrix-ESPRIMO-P710 Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
0ff57171 |
|
07-Sep-2022 |
Vinayak Yadawad <vinayak.yadawad@broadcom.com> |
cfg80211: Update Transition Disable policy during port authorization In case of 4way handshake offload, transition disable policy updated by the AP during EAPOL 3/4 is not updated to the upper layer. This results in mismatch between transition disable policy between the upper layer and the driver. This patch addresses this issue by updating transition disable policy as part of port authorization indication. Signed-off-by: Vinayak Yadawad <vinayak.yadawad@broadcom.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
1e0f8cc9 |
|
06-Sep-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: nl80211: use link ID in NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS We clearly need the link ID here, to know the right BSS to configure. Use/require it. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
53ad07e9 |
|
06-Sep-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: cfg80211: support reporting failed links For assoc and connect result APIs, support reporting failed links; they should still come with the BSS pointer in the case of assoc, so they're released correctly. In the case of connect result, this is optional. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
b8c9024e |
|
22-Jul-2022 |
Veerendranath Jakkam <quic_vjakkam@quicinc.com> |
wifi: cfg80211: Add link_id to cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify() Add link_id parameter to cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify() to allow driver to indicate on which link channel switch started on MLD. Send the data to userspace so it knows as well. Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <quic_vjakkam@quicinc.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220722131143.3438042-1-quic_vjakkam@quicinc.com Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220722131143.3438042-2-quic_vjakkam@quicinc.com [squash two patches] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
e7a7b84e |
|
29-Jul-2022 |
Veerendranath Jakkam <quic_vjakkam@quicinc.com> |
wifi: cfg80211: Add link_id parameter to various key operations for MLO Add support for various key operations on MLD by adding new parameter link_id. Pass the link_id received from userspace to driver for add_key, get_key, del_key, set_default_key, set_default_mgmt_key and set_default_beacon_key to support configuring keys specific to each MLO link. Userspace must not specify link ID for MLO pairwise key since it is common for all the MLO links. Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <quic_vjakkam@quicinc.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220730052643.1959111-4-quic_vjakkam@quicinc.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
9d2bb84d |
|
02-Aug-2022 |
Shaul Triebitz <shaul.triebitz@intel.com> |
wifi: cfg80211: add link id to txq params The Tx queue parameters are per link, so add the link ID from nl80211 parameters to the API. While at it, lock the wdev when calling into the driver so it (and we) can check the link ID appropriately. Signed-off-by: Shaul Triebitz <shaul.triebitz@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
95f498bb |
|
17-Jul-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: nl80211: add MLO link ID to the NL80211_CMD_FRAME TX API Allow optionally specifying the link ID to transmit on, which can be done instead of the link frequency, on an MLD addressed frame. Both can also be omitted in which case the frame must be MLD addressed and link selection (and address translation) will be done on lower layers. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
6074c9e5 |
|
18-Jul-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: cfg80211: report link ID in NL80211_CMD_FRAME If given by the underlying driver, report the link ID for MLO in NL80211_CMD_FRAME. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
1ff715ff |
|
27-Jan-2022 |
Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com> |
wifi: cfg80211: add hardware timestamps to frame RX info Add hardware timestamps to management frame RX info. This shall be used by drivers that support hardware timestamping for Timing measurement and Fine timing measurement action frames RX. Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
00b3d840 |
|
30-Jan-2022 |
Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com> |
wifi: cfg80211/nl80211: move rx management data into a struct The functions for reporting rx management take many arguments. Collect all the arguments into a struct, which also make it easier to add more arguments if needed. Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
ea7d50c9 |
|
26-Jan-2022 |
Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com> |
wifi: cfg80211: add a function for reporting TX status with hardware timestamps Add a function for reporting TX status with hardware timestamps. This function shall be used for reporting the TX status of Timing measurement and Fine timing measurement action frames by devices that support reporting hardware timestamps. Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
7464f665 |
|
12-Jul-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: cfg80211: add cfg80211_get_iftype_ext_capa() Add a helper function cfg80211_get_iftype_ext_capa() to look up interface type-specific (extended) capabilities. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
67207bab |
|
30-Jun-2022 |
Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com> |
wifi: cfg80211/mac80211: Support control port TX from specific link In case of authentication with a legacy station, link addressed EAPOL frames should be sent. Support it. Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
4e9c3af3 |
|
04-Jul-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: nl80211: add EML/MLD capabilities to per-iftype capabilities We have the per-interface type capabilities, currently for extended capabilities, add the EML/MLD capabilities there to have this advertised by the driver. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
19654a61 |
|
01-Jul-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: cfg80211: add ieee80211_chanwidth_rate_flags() To simplify things when we don't have a full chandef, add ieee80211_chanwidth_rate_flags(). Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
5cd212cb |
|
28-Jun-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: cfg80211: extend cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp() for MLO Extend the cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp() to cover multiple BSSes, the AP MLD address and local link addresses for MLO. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
cd47c0f5 |
|
28-Jun-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: cfg80211: put cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp() arguments into a struct For MLO we'll need a lot more arguments, including all the BSS pointers and link addresses, so move the data to a struct to be able to extend it more easily later. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
e69dac88 |
|
28-Jun-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: cfg80211: adjust assoc comeback for MLO We only report the BSSID to userspace, so change the argument from BSS struct pointer to AP address, which we'll use to carry either the BSSID or AP MLD address. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
f662d2f4 |
|
27-Jun-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: cfg80211: prepare association failure APIs for MLO For MLO, we need the ability to report back multiple BSS structures to release, as well as the AP MLD address (if attempting to make an MLO connection). Unify cfg80211_assoc_timeout() and cfg80211_abandon_assoc() into a new cfg80211_assoc_failure() that gets a structure parameter with the necessary data. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
8f6e0dfc |
|
27-Jun-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: cfg80211: remove BSS pointer from cfg80211_disassoc_request The race described by the comment in mac80211 hasn't existed since the locking rework to use the same lock and for MLO we need to pass the AP MLD address, so just pass the BSSID or AP MLD address instead of the BSS struct pointer, and adjust all the code accordingly. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
23cc6d8c |
|
22-Jun-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: cfg80211: make cfg80211_auth_request::key_idx signed We might assign -1 to it in some cases when key is NULL, which means the key_idx isn't used but can lead to a warning from static checkers such as smatch. Make the struct member signed simply to avoid that, we only need a range of -1..3 anyway. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
b95eb7f0 |
|
14-Jun-2022 |
Shaul Triebitz <shaul.triebitz@intel.com> |
wifi: cfg80211/mac80211: separate link params from station params Put the link_station_parameters structure in the station_parameters structure (and remove the station_parameters fields already existing in link_station_parameters). Now, for an MLD station, the default link is added together with the station. Signed-off-by: Shaul Triebitz <shaul.triebitz@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
577e5b8c |
|
07-Jun-2022 |
Shaul Triebitz <shaul.triebitz@intel.com> |
wifi: cfg80211: add API to add/modify/remove a link station Add an API for adding/modifying/removing a link of a station. Signed-off-by: Shaul Triebitz <shaul.triebitz@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
8bc65d38 |
|
23-May-2022 |
Aloka Dixit <quic_alokad@quicinc.com> |
wifi: nl80211: retrieve EHT related elements in AP mode Add support to retrieve EHT capabilities and EHT operation elements passed by the userspace in the beacon template and store the pointers in struct cfg80211_ap_settings to be used by the drivers. Co-developed-by: Vikram Kandukuri <quic_vikram@quicinc.com> Signed-off-by: Vikram Kandukuri <quic_vikram@quicinc.com> Co-developed-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <quic_vjakkam@quicinc.com> Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <quic_vjakkam@quicinc.com> Signed-off-by: Aloka Dixit <quic_alokad@quicinc.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220523064904.28523-1-quic_alokad@quicinc.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
ecad3b0b |
|
23-May-2022 |
Veerendranath Jakkam <quic_vjakkam@quicinc.com> |
wifi: cfg80211: Increase akm_suites array size in cfg80211_crypto_settings Increase akm_suites array size in struct cfg80211_crypto_settings to 10 and advertise the capability to userspace. This allows userspace to send more than two AKMs to driver in netlink commands such as NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. This capability is needed for implementing WPA3-Personal transition mode correctly with any driver that handles roaming internally. Currently, the possible AKMs for multi-AKM connect can include PSK, PSK-SHA-256, SAE, FT-PSK and FT-SAE. Since the count is already 5, increasing the akm_suites array size to 10 should be reasonable for future usecases. Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <quic_vjakkam@quicinc.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1653312358-12321-1-git-send-email-quic_vjakkam@quicinc.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
c8a9415e |
|
01-Jul-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: cfg80211: remove redundant documentation These struct members no longer exist, remove them from documentation. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
2d8b08fe |
|
28-Jun-2022 |
Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@kernel.org> |
wifi: cfg80211: fix kernel-doc warnings all over the file There are currently 17 kernel-doc warnings on this file: include/net/cfg80211.h:391: warning: Function parameter or member 'bw' not described in 'ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp' include/net/cfg80211.h:437: warning: Function parameter or member 'eht_cap' not described in 'ieee80211_sband_iftype_data' include/net/cfg80211.h:507: warning: Function parameter or member 's1g' not described in 'ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap' include/net/cfg80211.h:1390: warning: Function parameter or member 'counter_offset_beacon' not described in 'cfg80211_color_change_settings' include/net/cfg80211.h:1390: warning: Function parameter or member 'counter_offset_presp' not described in 'cfg80211_color_change_settings' include/net/cfg80211.h:1430: warning: Enum value 'STATION_PARAM_APPLY_STA_TXPOWER' not described in enum 'station_parameters_apply_mask' include/net/cfg80211.h:2195: warning: Function parameter or member 'dot11MeshConnectedToAuthServer' not described in 'mesh_config' include/net/cfg80211.h:2341: warning: Function parameter or member 'short_ssid' not described in 'cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params' include/net/cfg80211.h:3328: warning: Function parameter or member 'kck_len' not described in 'cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data' include/net/cfg80211.h:3698: warning: Function parameter or member 'ftm' not described in 'cfg80211_pmsr_result' include/net/cfg80211.h:3828: warning: Function parameter or member 'global_mcast_stypes' not described in 'mgmt_frame_regs' include/net/cfg80211.h:4977: warning: Function parameter or member 'ftm' not described in 'cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities' include/net/cfg80211.h:5742: warning: Function parameter or member 'u' not described in 'wireless_dev' include/net/cfg80211.h:5742: warning: Function parameter or member 'links' not described in 'wireless_dev' include/net/cfg80211.h:5742: warning: Function parameter or member 'valid_links' not described in 'wireless_dev' include/net/cfg80211.h:6076: warning: Function parameter or member 'is_amsdu' not described in 'ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr' include/net/cfg80211.h:6949: warning: Function parameter or member 'sig_dbm' not described in 'cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate' Address them, in order to build a better documentation from this header. Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@kernel.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/f6f522cdc716a01744bb0eae2186f4592976222b.1656409369.git.mchehab@kernel.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
efbabc11 |
|
08-Jun-2022 |
Veerendranath Jakkam <quic_vjakkam@quicinc.com> |
cfg80211: Indicate MLO connection info in connect and roam callbacks The MLO links used for connection with an MLD AP are decided by the driver in case of SME offloaded to driver. Add support for the drivers to indicate the information of links used for MLO connection in connect and roam callbacks, update the connected links information in wdev from connect/roam result sent by driver. Also, send the connected links information to userspace. Add a netlink flag attribute to indicate that userspace supports handling of MLO connection. Drivers must not do MLO connection when this flag is not set. This is to maintain backwards compatibility with older supplicant versions which doesn't have support for MLO connection. Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <quic_vjakkam@quicinc.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
f2a0290b |
|
10-Jun-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: cfg80211: add optional link add/remove callbacks Add some optional callbacks for link add/remove so that drivers can react here. Initially, I thought it would be sufficient to just create the link in start_ap etc., but it turns out that's not so simple, since there are quite a few callbacks that can be called: if they're erroneously without start_ap, things might crash. Thus it might be easier for drivers to allocate all the necessary data structures immediately, to not have to worry about it in each callback, since cfg80211 checks that the link ID is valid (has been added.) Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
d648c230 |
|
31-May-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: nl80211: support MLO in auth/assoc For authentication, we need the BSS, the link_id and the AP MLD address to create the link and station, (for now) the driver assigns a link address and sends the frame, the MLD address needs to be the address of the interface. For association, pass the list of BSSes that were selected for the MLO connection, along with extra per-STA profile elements, the AP MLD address and the link ID on which the association request should be sent. Note that for now we don't have a proper way to pass the link address(es) and so the driver/mac80211 will select one, but depending on how that selection works it means that assoc w/o auth data still being around (mac80211 implementation detail) the association won't necessarily work - so this will need to be extended in the future to sort out the link addressing. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
7b0a0e3c |
|
14-Apr-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: cfg80211: do some rework towards MLO link APIs In order to support multi-link operation with multiple links, start adding some APIs. The notable addition here is to have the link ID in a new nl80211 attribute, that will be used to differentiate the links in many nl80211 operations. So far, this patch adds the netlink NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID attribute (as well as the NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS attribute) and plugs it through the system in some places, checking the validity etc. along with other infrastructure needed for it. For now, I've decided to include only the over-the-air link ID in the API. I know we discussed that we eventually need to have to have other ways of identifying a link, but for local AP mode and auth/assoc commands as well as set_key etc. we'll use the OTA ID. Also included in this patch is some refactoring of the data structures in struct wireless_dev, splitting for the first time the data into type dependent pieces, to make reasoning about these things easier. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
03895c84 |
|
16-Jun-2022 |
Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org> |
wifi: mac80211: add gfp_t parameter to ieeee80211_obss_color_collision_notify Introduce the capability to specify gfp_t parameter to ieeee80211_obss_color_collision_notify routine since it runs in interrupt context in ieee80211_rx_check_bss_color_collision(). Fixes: 6d945a33f2b0a ("mac80211: introduce BSS color collision detection") Co-developed-by: Ryder Lee <ryder.lee@mediatek.com> Signed-off-by: Ryder Lee <ryder.lee@mediatek.com> Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/02c990fb3fbd929c8548a656477d20d6c0427a13.1655419135.git.lorenzo@kernel.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
c304eddc |
|
19-May-2022 |
Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> |
net: wrap the wireless pointers in struct net_device in an ifdef Most protocol-specific pointers in struct net_device are under a respective ifdef. Wireless is the notable exception. Since there's a sizable number of custom-built kernels for datacenter workloads which don't build wireless it seems reasonable to ifdefy those pointers as well. While at it move IPv4 and IPv6 pointers up, those are special for obvious reasons. Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@datenfreihafen.org> # ieee802154 Acked-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
ee0e2f51 |
|
16-May-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: fix kernel-doc for cfg80211_beacon_data The kernel-doc comment is formatted badly, resulting in a warning: include/net/cfg80211.h:1188: warning: bad line: [...] Fix that. Reported-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
3d48cb74 |
|
13-Apr-2022 |
Rameshkumar Sundaram <quic_ramess@quicinc.com> |
nl80211: Parse NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR as a part of nl80211_parse_beacon NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR attribute can be included in both NL80211_CMD_START_AP and NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON commands. Move he_bss_color from cfg80211_ap_settings to cfg80211_beacon_data and parse NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR as a part of nl80211_parse_beacon() to have bss color settings parsed for both start ap and set beacon commands. Add a new flag he_bss_color_valid to indicate whether NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR attribute is included. Signed-off-by: Rameshkumar Sundaram <quic_ramess@quicinc.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1649867295-7204-2-git-send-email-quic_ramess@quicinc.com [fix build ...] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
36f84235 |
|
23-Mar-2022 |
Muna Sinada <quic_msinada@quicinc.com> |
cfg80211: support disabling EHT mode Allow userspace to disable EHT mode during association. Signed-off-by: Muna Sinada <quic_msinada@quicinc.com> Signed-off-by: Aloka Dixit <quic_alokad@quicinc.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220323224636.20211-1-quic_alokad@quicinc.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
34c9a0e7 |
|
12-Apr-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: remove cfg80211_get_chan_state() We haven't used this function for years, since commit c781944b71f8 ("cfg80211: Remove unused cfg80211_can_use_iftype_chan()") which itself removed a function unused since commit 97dc94f1d933 ("cfg80211: remove channel_switch combination check"), almost eight years ago. Also remove the now unused enum cfg80211_chan_mode and some struct members that were only used for this function. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220412220958.1a191dca19d7.Ide4448f02d0e2f1ca2992971421ffc1933a5370a@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
ea05fd35 |
|
14-Feb-2022 |
Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> |
cfg80211: Support configuration of station EHT capabilities Add attributes and some code bits to support userspace passing in EHT capabilities of stations. Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220214173004.ecf0b3ff9627.Icb4a5f2ec7b41d9008ac4cfc16c59baeb84793d3@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
31846b65 |
|
14-Feb-2022 |
Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> |
cfg80211: add NO-EHT flag to regulatory This may be necessary in some cases, add a flag and propagate it, just like the NO-HE that already exists. Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> [split off from a combined 320/no-EHT patch] Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220214173004.dbb85a7b86bb.Ifc1e2daac51c1cc5f895ccfb79faf5eaec3950ec@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
cfb14110 |
|
14-Feb-2022 |
Veerendranath Jakkam <quic_vjakkam@quicinc.com> |
nl80211: add EHT MCS support Add support for reporting and calculating EHT bitrates. Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <quic_vjakkam@quicinc.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1640163883-12696-7-git-send-email-quic_vjakkam@quicinc.com Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220214163009.175289-2-johannes@sipsolutions.net Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
3743bec6 |
|
14-Feb-2022 |
Jia Ding <quic_jiad@quicinc.com> |
cfg80211: Add support for EHT 320 MHz channel width Add 320 MHz support in the channel def and center frequency validation with compatible check. Signed-off-by: Jia Ding <quic_jiad@quicinc.com> Co-authored-by: Karthikeyan Periyasamy <quic_periyasa@quicinc.com> Signed-off-by: Karthikeyan Periyasamy <quic_periyasa@quicinc.com> Co-authored-by: Muna Sinada <quic_msinada@quicinc.com> Signed-off-by: Muna Sinada <quic_msinada@quicinc.com> Co-authored-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <quic_vjakkam@quicinc.com> Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <quic_vjakkam@quicinc.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1640163883-12696-5-git-send-email-quic_vjakkam@quicinc.com Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220214163009.175289-1-johannes@sipsolutions.net Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
5cd5a8a3 |
|
14-Feb-2022 |
Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> |
cfg80211: Add data structures to capture EHT capabilities And advertise EHT capabilities to user space when supported. Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220214173004.6fb70658529f.I2413a37c8f7d2d6d638038a3d95360a3fce0114d@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
7e367b06 |
|
02-Feb-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: fix -Wcast-qual warnings When enabling -Wcast-qual e.g. via W=3, we get a lot of warnings from this file, whenever it's included. Since the fixes are simple, just do that. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/iwlwifi.20220202104617.6a1d52213019.I92d82e7251cf712faa43fd09db3142327a3bce3d@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
47301a74 |
|
25-Nov-2021 |
Veerendranath Jakkam <vjakkam@codeaurora.org> |
nl80211: Add support to set AP settings flags with single attribute In previous method each AP settings flag is represented by a top-level flag attribute and conversion to enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags had to be done before sending them to driver. This commit is to make it easier to define new AP settings flags and sending them to driver. This commit also deprecate sending of %NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP. But to maintain backwards compatibility checks for %NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP when %NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS not present in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP. Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <vjakkam@codeaurora.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1637911519-21306-1-git-send-email-vjakkam@codeaurora.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
7f599aec |
|
02-Dec-2021 |
Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com> |
cfg80211: Use the HE operation IE to determine a 6GHz BSS channel A non-collocated AP whose primary channel is not a PSC channel may transmit a duplicated beacon on the corresponding PSC channel in which it would indicate its true primary channel. Use this inforamtion contained in the HE operation IE to determine the primary channel of the AP. In case of invalid infomration ignore it and use the channel the frame was received on. Signed-off-by: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/iwlwifi.20211202143322.71eb2176e54e.I130f678e4aa390973ab39d838bbfe7b2d54bff8e@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
a95bfb87 |
|
29-Nov-2021 |
Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org> |
cfg80211: rename offchannel_chain structs to background_chain to avoid confusion with ETSI standard ETSI standard defines "Offchannel CAC" as: "Off-Channel CAC is performed by a number of non-continuous checks spread over a period in time. This period, which is required to determine the presence of radar signals, is defined as the Off-Channel CAC Time.. Minimum Off-Channel CAC Time 6 minutes and Maximum Off-Channel CAC Time 4 hours..". mac80211 implementation refers to a dedicated hw chain used for continuous radar monitoring. Rename offchannel_* references to background_* in order to avoid confusion with ETSI standard. Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/4204cc1d648d76b44557981713231e030a3bd991.1638190762.git.lorenzo@kernel.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
a083ee8a |
|
29-Nov-2021 |
Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> |
cfg80211: Add support for notifying association comeback Thought the underline driver MLME can handle association temporal rejection with comeback, it is still useful to notify this to user space, as user space might want to handle the temporal rejection differently. For example, in case the comeback time is too long, user space can deauthenticate immediately and try to associate with a different AP. Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/iwlwifi.20211129152938.2467809e8cb3.I45574185b582666bc78eef0c29a4c36b478e5382@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
c47240cb |
|
15-Nov-2021 |
Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org> |
cfg80211: schedule offchan_cac_abort_wk in cfg80211_radar_event If necessary schedule offchan_cac_abort_wk work in cfg80211_radar_event routine adding offchan parameter to cfg80211_radar_event signature. Rename cfg80211_radar_event in __cfg80211_radar_event and introduce the two following inline helpers: - cfg80211_radar_event - cfg80211_offchan_radar_event Doing so the drv will not need to run cfg80211_offchan_cac_abort() after radar detection on the offchannel chain. Tested-by: Owen Peng <owen.peng@mediatek.com> Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/3ff583e021e3343a3ced54a7b09b5e184d1880dc.1637062727.git.lorenzo@kernel.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
1507b153 |
|
27-Oct-2021 |
Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org> |
cfg80211: move offchan_cac_event to a dedicated work In order to make cfg80211_offchan_cac_abort() (renamed from cfg80211_offchan_cac_event) callable in other contexts and without so much locking restrictions, make it trigger a new work instead of operating directly. Do some other renames while at it to clarify. Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/6145c3d0f30400a568023f67981981d24c7c6133.1635325205.git.lorenzo@kernel.org [rewrite commit log] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
bc2dfc02 |
|
23-Oct-2021 |
Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org> |
cfg80211: implement APIs for dedicated radar detection HW If a dedicated (off-channel) radar detection hardware (chain) is available in the hardware/driver, allow this to be used by calling the NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT command with a new flag attribute requesting off-channel radar detection is used. Offchannel CAC (channel availability check) avoids the CAC downtime when switching to a radar channel or when turning on the AP. Drivers advertise support for this using the new feature flag NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RADAR_OFFCHAN. Tested-by: Evelyn Tsai <evelyn.tsai@mediatek.com> Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/7468e291ef5d05d692c1738d25b8f778d8ea5c3f.1634979655.git.lorenzo@kernel.org Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1e60e60fef00e14401adae81c3d49f3e5f307537.1634979655.git.lorenzo@kernel.org Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/85fa50f57fc3adb2934c8d9ca0be30394de6b7e8.1634979655.git.lorenzo@kernel.org Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/4b6c08671ad59aae0ac46fc94c02f31b1610eb72.1634979655.git.lorenzo@kernel.org Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/241849ccaf2c228873c6f8495bf87b19159ba458.1634979655.git.lorenzo@kernel.org [remove offchan_mutex, fix cfg80211_stop_offchan_radar_detection(), remove gfp_t argument, fix documentation, fix tracing] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
f9d366d4 |
|
21-Oct-2021 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: fix kernel-doc for MBSSID EMA The struct member ema_max_profile_periodicity was listed with the wrong name in the kernel-doc, fix that. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20211021173038.18ec2030c66b.Iac731bb299525940948adad2c41f514b7dd81c47@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
97981d89 |
|
30-Sep-2021 |
Wen Gong <wgong@codeaurora.org> |
cfg80211: separate get channel number from ies Get channel number from ies is a common logic, so separate it to a new function, which could also be used by lower driver. Signed-off-by: Wen Gong <wgong@codeaurora.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210930081533.4898-1-wgong@codeaurora.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
10de5a59 |
|
19-Oct-2021 |
Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> |
cfg80211: prepare for const netdev->dev_addr netdev->dev_addr will be const soon. All callers of wdev_address() can take const already. Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20211019162816.1384077-2-kuba@kernel.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
dc1e3cb8 |
|
15-Sep-2021 |
John Crispin <john@phrozen.org> |
nl80211: MBSSID and EMA support in AP mode Add new attributes to configure support for multiple BSSID and advanced multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA) in AP mode. - NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG used for per interface configuration. - NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS used to MBSSID elements for beacons. Memory for the elements is allocated dynamically. This change frees the memory in existing functions which call nl80211_parse_beacon(), a comment is added to indicate the new references to do the same. Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org> Co-developed-by: Aloka Dixit <alokad@codeaurora.org> Signed-off-by: Aloka Dixit <alokad@codeaurora.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210916025437.29138-2-alokad@codeaurora.org [don't leave ERR_PTR hanging around] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
e306784a |
|
14-Sep-2021 |
Subrat Mishra <subratm@codeaurora.org> |
cfg80211: AP mode driver offload for FILS association crypto Add a driver FILS crypto offload extended capability flag to indicate that the driver running in AP mode is capable of handling encryption and decryption of (Re)Association request and response frames. Add a command to set FILS AAD data to driver. This feature is supported on drivers running in AP mode only. This extended capability is exchanged with hostapd during cfg80211 init. If the driver indicates this capability, then before sending the Authentication response frame, hostapd sets FILS AAD data to the driver. This allows the driver to decrypt (Re)Association Request frame and encrypt (Re)Association Response frame. FILS Key derivation will still be done in hostapd. Signed-off-by: Subrat Mishra <subratm@codeaurora.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1631685143-13530-1-git-send-email-subratm@codeaurora.org [fix whitespace] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
09b1d5dc |
|
25-Oct-2021 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: fix management registrations locking The management registrations locking was broken, the list was locked for each wdev, but cfg80211_mgmt_registrations_update() iterated it without holding all the correct spinlocks, causing list corruption. Rather than trying to fix it with fine-grained locking, just move the lock to the wiphy/rdev (still need the list on each wdev), we already need to hold the wdev lock to change it, so there's no contention on the lock in any case. This trivially fixes the bug since we hold one wdev's lock already, and now will hold the lock that protects all lists. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Reported-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> Fixes: 6cd536fe62ef ("cfg80211: change internal management frame registration API") Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20211025133111.5cf733eab0f4.I7b0abb0494ab712f74e2efcd24bb31ac33f7eee9@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
0d2ab3ae |
|
02-Jul-2021 |
John Crispin <john@phrozen.org> |
nl80211: add support for BSS coloring This patch adds support for BSS color collisions to the wireless subsystem. Add the required functionality to nl80211 that will notify about color collisions, triggering the color change and notifying when it is completed. Co-developed-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/500b3582aec8fe2c42ef46f3117b148cb7cbceb5.1625247619.git.lorenzo@kernel.org [remove unnecessary NULL initialisation] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
761025b5 |
|
11-May-2021 |
Dmitry Osipenko <digetx@gmail.com> |
cfg80211: Add wiphy_info_once() Add wiphy_info_once() helper that prints info message only once. Signed-off-by: Dmitry Osipenko <digetx@gmail.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210511211549.30571-1-digetx@gmail.com
|
#
f4f86505 |
|
18-Jun-2021 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: allow advertising vendor-specific capabilities There may be cases where vendor-specific elements need to be used over the air. Rather than have driver or firmware add them and possibly cause problems that way, add them to the iftype-data band capabilities. This way we can advertise to userspace first, and use them in mac80211 next. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/iwlwifi.20210618133832.e8c4f0347276.Iee5964682b3e9ec51fc1cd57a7c62383eaf6ddd7@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
be989891 |
|
18-Jun-2021 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: add cfg80211_any_usable_channels() This helper function checks if there are any usable channels on any of the given bands with the given properties (as expressed by disallowed channel flags). Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/iwlwifi.20210618133832.2b613addaa85.Idaf8b859089490537878a7de5c7453a873a3f638@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
f253683e |
|
18-Jun-2021 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: remove ieee80211_get_he_sta_cap() This function turned out to be too easy to misuse since it doesn't consider the interface type. Remove it now that we no longer use it in mac80211. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/iwlwifi.20210618133832.8c9c72f914b0.I68e9c0626dc77a0f67f238a05ae16a0b77b09895@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
dd3e4fc7 |
|
18-Jun-2021 |
Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com> |
nl80211/cfg80211: add BSS color to NDP ranging parameters In NDP ranging, the initiator need to set the BSS color in the NDP to the BSS color of the responder. Add the BSS color as a parameter for NDP ranging. Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/iwlwifi.20210618133832.f097a6144b59.I27dec8b994df52e691925ea61be4dd4fa6d396c0@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
358ae888 |
|
16-Jun-2021 |
Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> |
cfg80211: expose the rfkill device to the low level driver This will allow the low level driver to query the rfkill state. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210616202826.9833-1-emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
21b78054 |
|
06-May-2021 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: remove CFG80211_MAX_NUM_DIFFERENT_CHANNELS We no longer need to put any limits here, hardware will and mac80211-hwsim can do whatever it likes. The reason we had this was some accounting code (still mentioned in the comment) but that code was deleted in commit c781944b71f8 ("cfg80211: Remove unused cfg80211_can_use_iftype_chan()"). Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210506221159.d1d61db1d31c.Iac4da68d54b9f1fdc18a03586bbe06aeb9515425@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
a1d5ff56 |
|
11-May-2021 |
Mathy Vanhoef <Mathy.Vanhoef@kuleuven.be> |
mac80211: properly handle A-MSDUs that start with an RFC 1042 header Properly parse A-MSDUs whose first 6 bytes happen to equal a rfc1042 header. This can occur in practice when the destination MAC address equals AA:AA:03:00:00:00. More importantly, this simplifies the next patch to mitigate A-MSDU injection attacks. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Mathy Vanhoef <Mathy.Vanhoef@kuleuven.be> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210511200110.0b2b886492f0.I23dd5d685fe16d3b0ec8106e8f01b59f499dffed@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
73807523 |
|
08-Apr-2021 |
Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com> |
nl80211/cfg80211: add a flag to negotiate for LMR feedback in NDP ranging Add a flag that indicates that the ISTA shall indicate support for LMR feedback in NDP ranging negotiation. Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/iwlwifi.20210409123755.eff546283504.I2606161e700ac24d94d0b50c8edcdedd4c0395c2@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
623b988f |
|
18-Apr-2021 |
Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> |
cfg80211: constify ieee80211_get_response_rate return It's not modified so make it const with the eventual goal of moving data to text for various static struct ieee80211_rate arrays. Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/8b210b5f5972e39eded269b35a1297cf824c4181.camel@perches.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
5d9c358d |
|
17-Apr-2021 |
Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org> |
cfg80211: fix a few kernel-doc warnings Fix multiple kernel-doc warnings in cfg80211.h. cfg80211.h:363: warning: missing initial short description on line: * struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data cfg80211.h:6743: warning: missing initial short description on line: * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210417060142.1648-1-rdunlap@infradead.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
810344ed |
|
13-Apr-2021 |
Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> |
cfg80211: fix an htmldoc warning The htmldoc produces this warning which was introduced bu the commit below. include/net/cfg80211.h:6643: warning: expecting prototype for wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state(). Prototype was for wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason() instead Fixes: 6f779a66dc84 ("cfg80211: allow specifying a reason for hw_rfkill") Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210413113850.59098-1-emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
6f779a66 |
|
22-Mar-2021 |
Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> |
cfg80211: allow specifying a reason for hw_rfkill rfkill now allows to report a reason for the hw_rfkill state. Allow cfg80211 drivers to specify this reason. Keep the current API to use the default reason (RFKILL_HARD_BLOCK_SIGNAL). Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210322204633.102581-4-emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
b6db0f89 |
|
04-Feb-2021 |
Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> |
cfg80211/mac80211: Support disabling HE mode Allow user to disable HE mode, similar to how VHT and HT can be disabled. Useful for testing. Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210204144610.25971-1-greearb@candelatech.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
40c575d1 |
|
01-Feb-2021 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: fix netdev registration deadlock If register_netdevice() fails after having called cfg80211's netdev notifier (cfg80211_netdev_notifier_call) it will call the notifier again with UNREGISTER. This would then lock the wiphy mutex because we're marked as registered, which causes a deadlock. Fix this by separately keeping track of whether or not we're in the middle of registering to also skip the notifier call on this unregister. Reported-by: syzbot+2ae0ca9d7737ad1a62b7@syzkaller.appspotmail.com Fixes: a05829a7222e ("cfg80211: avoid holding the RTNL when calling the driver") Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210201192048.ed8bad436737.I7cae042c44b15f80919a285799a15df467e9d42d@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
a05829a7 |
|
22-Jan-2021 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: avoid holding the RTNL when calling the driver Currently, _everything_ in cfg80211 holds the RTNL, and if you have a slow USB device (or a few) you can get some bad lock contention on that. Fix that by re-adding a mutex to each wiphy/rdev as we had at some point, so we have locking for the wireless_dev lists and all the other things in there, and also so that drivers still don't have to worry too much about it (they still won't get parallel calls for a single device). Then, we can restrict the RTNL to a few cases where we add or remove interfaces and really need the added protection. Some of the global list management still also uses the RTNL, since we need to have it anyway for netdev management, but we only hold the RTNL for very short periods of time here. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210122161942.81df9f5e047a.I4a8e1a60b18863ea8c5e6d3a0faeafb2d45b2f40@changeid Tested-by: Marek Szyprowski <m.szyprowski@samsung.com> [marvell driver issues] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
2fe8ef10 |
|
22-Jan-2021 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: change netdev registration/unregistration semantics We used to not require anything in terms of registering netdevs with cfg80211, using a netdev notifier instead. However, in the next patch reducing RTNL locking, this causes big problems, and the simplest way is to just require drivers to do things better. Change the registration/unregistration semantics to require the drivers to call cfg80211_(un)register_netdevice() when this is happening due to a cfg80211 request, i.e. add_virtual_intf() or del_virtual_intf() (or if it somehow has to happen in any other cfg80211 callback). Otherwise, in other contexts, drivers may continue to use the normal netdev (un)registration functions as usual. Internally, we still use the netdev notifier and track (by the new wdev->registered bool) if the wdev had already been added to cfg80211 or not. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210122161942.cf2f4b65e4e9.Ida8234e50da13eb675b557bac52a713ad4eddf71@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
d9c85e24 |
|
06-Jan-2021 |
Max Chen <mxchen@codeaurora.org> |
cfg80211: Add phyrate conversion support for extended MCS in 60GHz band The current phyrate conversion does not include extended MCS and provides incorrect rates. Add a flag for extended MCS in DMG and add corresponding phyrate table for the correct conversions using base MCS in DMG specs. Signed-off-by: Max Chen <mxchen@codeaurora.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1609977050-7089-2-git-send-email-mxchen@codeaurora.org [reduce data size, make a single WARN] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
c2083e28 |
|
14-Jan-2021 |
Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+huawei@kernel.org> |
cfg80211: fix a kerneldoc markup A function has a different name between their prototype and its kernel-doc markup: ../include/net/cfg80211.h:1766: warning: expecting prototype for struct cfg80211_sar_chan_ranges. Prototype was for struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges instead Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+huawei@kernel.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/c7ed4bc4d9e992ead16d3d2df246f3b56dbfb1fb.1610610937.git.mchehab+huawei@kernel.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
70b6ff35 |
|
06-Jan-2021 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211/mac80211: fix kernel-doc for SAR APIs A stray @ caused the kernel-doc parser to not understand this, fix that. Also add some missing kernel-doc. Reported-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au> Fixes: 6bdb68cef7bf ("nl80211: add common API to configure SAR power limitations") Fixes: c534e093d865 ("mac80211: add ieee80211_set_sar_specs") Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Tested-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au> # build only Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210106234740.96827c18f9bd.I8b9f0a9cbfe186931ef9640046f414371f216914@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
6bdb68ce |
|
03-Dec-2020 |
Carl Huang <cjhuang@codeaurora.org> |
nl80211: add common API to configure SAR power limitations NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS is added to configure SAR from user space. NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC is used to pass the SAR power specification when used with NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS. Wireless driver needs to register SAR type, supported frequency ranges to wiphy, so user space can query it. The index in frequency range is used to specify which sub band the power limitation applies to. The SAR type is for compatibility, so later other SAR mechanism can be implemented without breaking the user space SAR applications. Normal process is user space queries the SAR capability, and gets the index of supported frequency ranges and associates the power limitation with this index and sends to kernel. Here is an example of message send to kernel: 8c 00 00 00 08 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 38 00 2b 81 08 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 2c 00 02 80 14 00 00 80 08 00 02 00 00 00 00 00 08 00 01 00 38 00 00 00 14 00 01 80 08 00 02 00 01 00 00 00 08 00 01 00 48 00 00 00 NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS: 0x8c NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: 0x01(phy idx is 0) NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC: 0x812b (NLA_NESTED) NL80211_SAR_ATTR_TYPE: 0x00 (NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER) NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS: 0x8002 (NLA_NESTED) freq range 0 power: 0x38 in 0.25dbm unit (14dbm) freq range 1 power: 0x48 in 0.25dbm unit (18dbm) Signed-off-by: Carl Huang <cjhuang@codeaurora.org> Reviewed-by: Brian Norris <briannorris@chromium.org> Reviewed-by: Abhishek Kumar <kuabhs@chromium.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20201203103728.3034-2-cjhuang@codeaurora.org [minor edits, NLA parse cleanups] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
3bb02143 |
|
06-Dec-2020 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: support immediate reconnect request hint There are cases where it's necessary to disconnect, but an immediate reconnection is desired. Support a hint to userspace that this is the case, by including a new attribute in the deauth or disassoc event. Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/iwlwifi.20201206145305.58d33941fb9d.I0e7168c205c7949529c8e3b86f3c9b12c01a7017@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
539a36ba |
|
06-Dec-2020 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: remove struct ieee80211_he_bss_color We don't really use this struct, we're now using struct cfg80211_he_bss_color instead. Change the one place in mac80211 that's using the old name to use struct assignment instead of memcpy() and thus remove the wrong sizeof while at it. Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/iwlwifi.20201206145305.f6698d97ae4e.Iba2dffcb79c4ab80bde7407609806010b55edfdf@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
669b8413 |
|
29-Nov-2020 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: include block-tx flag in channel switch started event In the NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY event, include the NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX flag attribute if block-tx was requested by the AP. Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/iwlwifi.20201129172929.8953ef22cc64.Ifee9cab337a4369938545920ba5590559e91327a@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
d6587602 |
|
29-Nov-2020 |
Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> |
cfg80211: Parse SAE H2E only membership selector This extends the support for drivers that rebuild IEs in the FW (same as with HT/VHT/HE). Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/iwlwifi.20201129172929.4012647275f3.I1a93ae71c57ef0b6f58f99d47fce919d19d65ff0@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
cc69837f |
|
20-Nov-2020 |
Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> |
net: don't include ethtool.h from netdevice.h linux/netdevice.h is included in very many places, touching any of its dependecies causes large incremental builds. Drop the linux/ethtool.h include, linux/netdevice.h just needs a forward declaration of struct ethtool_ops. Fix all the places which made use of this implicit include. Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io> Reviewed-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20201120225052.1427503-1-kuba@kernel.org Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
|
#
da1e9dd3 |
|
10-Nov-2020 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
nl80211: fix kernel-doc warning in the new SAE attribute Format the items as a definition list, to avoid the warning from the rst parsing. Fixes: 9f0ffa418483 ("cfg80211: Add support to configure SAE PWE value to drivers") Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20201110094911.bb020e863aa0.I960caf90e2a8cc23f6bf9245d77524df6a4d8f37@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
e7e0517c |
|
09-Nov-2020 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: remove WDS code Remove all the code that was there to configure WDS interfaces, now that there's no way to reach it anymore. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20201109105103.8f5b98e4068d.I5f5129041649ef2862b69683574bb3344743727b@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
9f0ffa41 |
|
26-Oct-2020 |
Rohan Dutta <drohan@codeaurora.org> |
cfg80211: Add support to configure SAE PWE value to drivers Add support to configure SAE PWE preference from userspace to drivers in both AP and STA modes. This is needed for cases where the driver takes care of Authentication frame processing (SME in the driver) so that correct enforcement of the acceptable PWE derivation mechanism can be performed. The userspace applications can pass the sae_pwe value using the NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE attribute in the NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and NL80211_CMD_START_AP commands to the driver. This allows selection between the hunting-and-pecking loop and hash-to-element options for PWE derivation. For backwards compatibility, this new attribute is optional and if not included, the driver is notified of the value being unspecified. Signed-off-by: Rohan Dutta <drohan@codeaurora.org> Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20201027100910.22283-1-jouni@codeaurora.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
b1e8eb11 |
|
23-Oct-2020 |
Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+huawei@kernel.org> |
mac80211: fix kernel-doc markups Some identifiers have different names between their prototypes and the kernel-doc markup. Others need to be fixed, as kernel-doc markups should use this format: identifier - description In the specific case of __sta_info_flush(), add a documentation for sta_info_flush(), as this one is the one used outside sta_info.c. Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+huawei@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/978d35eef2dc76e21c81931804e4eaefbd6d635e.1603469755.git.mchehab+huawei@kernel.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
8a50c057 |
|
10-Sep-2020 |
Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+huawei@kernel.org> |
nl80211: docs: add a description for s1g_cap parameter Changeset df78a0c0b67d ("nl80211: S1G band and channel definitions") added a new parameter, but didn't add the corresponding kernel-doc markup, as repoted when doing "make htmldocs": ./include/net/cfg80211.h:471: warning: Function parameter or member 's1g_cap' not described in 'ieee80211_supported_band' Add a documentation for it. Fixes: df78a0c0b67d ("nl80211: S1G band and channel definitions") Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@adapt-ip.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+huawei@kernel.org>
|
#
f5bec330 |
|
28-Sep-2020 |
Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@codeaurora.org> |
nl80211: extend support to config spatial reuse parameter set Allow the user to configure below Spatial Reuse Parameter Set element. * Non-SRG OBSS PD Max Offset * SRG BSS Color Bitmap * SRG Partial BSSID Bitmap Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@codeaurora.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1601278091-20313-2-git-send-email-rmanohar@codeaurora.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
d2b7588a |
|
21-Sep-2020 |
Thomas Pedersen <thomas@adapt-ip.com> |
nl80211: support S1G capability overrides in assoc NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY can be passed along with NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK to NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE to indicate S1G capabilities which should override the hardware capabilities in eg. the association request. Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@adapt-ip.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200922022818.15855-4-thomas@adapt-ip.com [johannes: always require both attributes together, commit message] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
c8cb5b85 |
|
18-Sep-2020 |
Tova Mussai <tova.mussai@intel.com> |
nl80211/cfg80211: support 6 GHz scanning Support 6 GHz scanning, by * a new scan flag to scan for colocated BSSes advertised by (and found) APs on 2.4 & 5 GHz * doing the necessary reduced neighbor report parsing for this, to find them * adding the ability to split the scan request in case the device by itself cannot support this. Also add some necessary bits in mac80211 to not break with these changes. Signed-off-by: Tova Mussai <tova.mussai@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200918113313.232917c93af9.Ida22f0212f9122f47094d81659e879a50434a6a2@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
9ff167e1 |
|
18-Sep-2020 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: add missing kernel-doc for S1G band capabilities Add missing kernel-doc for the S1G band capabilities in the per band data. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200918131921.08c893cd73a1.Id71583c37baca8a9a3329426e02b66d9ab65ac03@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
7443dcd1 |
|
10-Sep-2020 |
Aloka Dixit <alokad@codeaurora.org> |
nl80211: Unsolicited broadcast probe response support This patch adds new attributes to support unsolicited broadcast probe response transmission used for in-band discovery in 6GHz band (IEEE P802.11ax/D6.0 26.17.2.3.2, AP behavior for fast passive scanning). The new attribute, NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP, is nested which supports following parameters: (1) NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT - Packet interval (2) NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL - Template data Signed-off-by: Aloka Dixit <alokad@codeaurora.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/010101747a946698-aac263ae-2ed3-4dab-9590-0bc7131214e1-000000@us-west-2.amazonses.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
291c49de |
|
10-Sep-2020 |
Aloka Dixit <alokad@codeaurora.org> |
nl80211: Add FILS discovery support FILS discovery attribute, NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY, is nested which supports following parameters as given in IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, Annex C.3 MIB detail: (1) NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN - Minimum packet interval (2) NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX - Maximum packet interval (3) NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL - Template data Signed-off-by: Aloka Dixit <alokad@codeaurora.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200805011838.28166-2-alokad@codeaurora.org [fix attribute and other names, use NLA_RANGE(), use policy only once] Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/010101747a7b38a8-306f06b2-9061-4baf-81c1-054a42a18e22-000000@us-west-2.amazonses.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
11b34737 |
|
08-Sep-2020 |
Thomas Pedersen <thomas@adapt-ip.com> |
nl80211: support setting S1G channels S1G channels have a single width defined per frequency, so derive it from the channel flags with ieee80211_s1g_channel_width(). Also support setting an S1G channel where control frequency may differ from operating, and add some basic validation to ensure the control channel is with the operating. Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@adapt-ip.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200908190323.15814-6-thomas@adapt-ip.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
d65a9770 |
|
08-Sep-2020 |
Thomas Pedersen <thomas@adapt-ip.com> |
nl80211: advertise supported channel width in S1G S1G supports 5 channel widths: 1, 2, 4, 8, and 16. One channel width is allowed per frequency in each operating class, so it makes more sense to advertise the specific channel width allowed. Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@adapt-ip.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200908190323.15814-3-thomas@adapt-ip.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
9d6e371d |
|
08-Sep-2020 |
Wright Feng <wright.feng@cypress.com> |
cfg80211: add more comments for ap_isolate in bss_parameters The value of struct bss_parameters::ap_isolate will be -1, 0 or 1. The value -1 means not to change. To prevent developers from thinking ap_isolate is only 0 or 1, I add more comments on it. Signed-off-by: Wright Feng <wright.feng@cypress.com> Reviewed-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200908060157.98846-1-wright.feng@cypress.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
eb89a6a6 |
|
04-Aug-2020 |
Miles Hu <milehu@codeaurora.org> |
nl80211: add support for setting fixed HE rate/gi/ltf This patch adds the nl80211 structs, definitions, policies and parsing code required to pass fixed HE rate, GI and LTF settings. Signed-off-by: Miles Hu <milehu@codeaurora.org> Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200804081630.2013619-1-john@phrozen.org [fix comment] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
75e6b594 |
|
30-Jul-2020 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: invert HE BSS color 'disabled' to 'enabled' This is in fact 'disabled' in the spec, but there it's in a place where that actually makes sense. In our internal data structures, it doesn't really make sense, and in fact the previous commit just fixed a bug in that area. Make this safer by inverting the polarity from 'disabled' to 'enabled'. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200730130051.5d8399545bd9.Ie62fdcd1a6cd9c969315bc124084a494ca6c8df3@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
1303a51c |
|
11-Jun-2020 |
Markus Theil <markus.theil@tu-ilmenau.de> |
cfg80211/mac80211: add connected to auth server to station info This patch adds the necessary bits to later query the auth server flag for every peer from iw. Signed-off-by: Markus Theil <markus.theil@tu-ilmenau.de> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200611140238.427461-2-markus.theil@tu-ilmenau.de Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
184eebe6 |
|
11-Jun-2020 |
Markus Theil <markus.theil@tu-ilmenau.de> |
cfg80211/mac80211: add connected to auth server to meshconf Besides information about num of peerings and gate connectivity, the mesh formation byte also contains a flag for authentication server connectivity, that currently cannot be set in the mesh conf. This patch adds this capability, which is necessary to implement 802.1X authentication in mesh mode. Signed-off-by: Markus Theil <markus.theil@tu-ilmenau.de> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200611140238.427461-1-markus.theil@tu-ilmenau.de Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
e3718a61 |
|
17-Jun-2020 |
Linus Lüssing <ll@simonwunderlich.de> |
cfg80211/mac80211: add mesh_param "mesh_nolearn" to skip path discovery Currently, before being able to forward a packet between two 802.11s nodes, both a PLINK handshake is performed upon receiving a beacon and then later a PREQ/PREP exchange for path discovery is performed on demand upon receiving a data frame to forward. When running a mesh protocol on top of an 802.11s interface, like batman-adv, we do not need the multi-hop mesh routing capabilities of 802.11s and usually set mesh_fwding=0. However, even with mesh_fwding=0 the PREQ/PREP path discovery is still performed on demand. Even though in this scenario the next hop PREQ/PREP will determine is always the direct 11s neighbor node. The new mesh_nolearn parameter allows to skip the PREQ/PREP exchange in this scenario, leading to a reduced delay, reduced packet buffering and simplifies HWMP in general. mesh_nolearn is still rather conservative in that if the packet destination is not a direct 11s neighbor, it will fall back to PREQ/PREP path discovery. For normal, multi-hop 802.11s mesh routing it is usually not advisable to enable mesh_nolearn as a transmission to a direct but distant neighbor might be worse than reaching that same node via a more robust / higher throughput etc. multi-hop path. Cc: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org> Cc: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de> Signed-off-by: Linus Lüssing <ll@simonwunderlich.de> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200617073034.26149-1-linus.luessing@c0d3.blue [fix nl80211 policy to range 0/1 only] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
2f1805ea |
|
25-Jun-2020 |
Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> |
cfg80211: allow the low level driver to flush the BSS table The low level driver adds its own opaque information in the BSS table in the cfg80211_bss structure. The low level driver may need to signal that this information is no longer relevant and needs to be recreated. Add an API to allow the low level driver to do that. iwlwifi needs this because it keeps there an information about the firmware's internal clock. This is kept in mac80211's struct ieee80211_bss::sync_device_ts. This information is populated while we scan, we add the internal firmware's clock to each beacon which allows us to program the firmware correctly after association so that it'll know when (in terms of its internal clock) the DTIM and TBTT will happen. When the firmware is reset this internal clock is reset as well and ieee80211_bss::sync_device_ts is no longer accurate. iwlwifi will call this new API any time the firmware is started. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200625111524.3992-1-emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
085a6c10 |
|
15-Jul-2020 |
Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org> |
net/wireless: cfg80211.h: drop duplicate words in comments Drop doubled word "by" in a comment. Change "operate in in" to "operate with in" as is used below. Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org> Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org Cc: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org> Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200715164325.9109-3-rdunlap@infradead.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
df78a0c0 |
|
02-Jun-2020 |
Thomas Pedersen <thomas@adapt-ip.com> |
nl80211: S1G band and channel definitions Gives drivers the definitions needed to advertise support for S1G bands. Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@adapt-ip.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200602062247.23212-1-thomas@adapt-ip.com Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200731055636.795173-1-thomas@adapt-ip.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
79ea1e12 |
|
03-Jun-2020 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: fix management registrations deadlock Lockdep reports that we may deadlock because we take the RTNL on the work struct, but flush it under RTNL. Clearly, it's correct. In practice, this can happen when doing rfkill on an active device. Fix this by moving the work struct to the wiphy (registered dev) layer, and iterate over all the wdevs inside there. This then means we need to track which one of them has work to do, so we don't update to the driver for all wdevs all the time. Also fix a locking bug I noticed while working on this - the registrations list is iterated as if it was an RCU list, but it isn't handle that way - and we need to lock now for the update flag anyway, so remove the RCU. Fixes: 6cd536fe62ef ("cfg80211: change internal management frame registration API") Reported-by: Markus Theil <markus.theil@tu-ilmenau.de> Reported-and-tested-by: Kenneth R. Crudup <kenny@panix.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200604120420.b1dc540a7e26.I55dcca56bb5bdc5d7ad66a36a0b42afd7034d8be@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
093a48d2 |
|
28-May-2020 |
Nathan Errera <nathan.errera@intel.com> |
cfg80211: support bigger kek/kck key length With some newer AKMs, the KCK and KEK are bigger, so allow that if the driver advertises support for it. In addition, add a new attribute for the AKM so we can use it for offloaded rekeying. Signed-off-by: Nathan Errera <nathan.errera@intel.com> [reword commit message] Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200528212237.5eb58b00a5d1.I61b09d77c4f382e8d58a05dcca78096e99a6bc15@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
2ad2274c |
|
28-May-2020 |
Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> |
mac80211: Add HE 6GHz capabilities element to probe request On 6 GHz, the 6 GHz capabilities element should be added, do that. Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> [add commit message] Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200528213443.8ee764f0cde0.I2b0c66b60e11818c97c9803e04a6a197c6376243@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
22395217 |
|
28-May-2020 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: add and expose HE 6 GHz band capabilities These capabilities cover what would otherwise be transported in HT/VHT capabilities, but only a subset thereof that is actually needed on 6 GHz with HE already present. Expose the capabilities to userspace, drivers are expected to set them as using the 6 GHz band (currently) requires HE capability. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200528213443.244cd5cb9db8.Icd8c773277a88c837e7e3af1d4d1013cc3b66543@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
43e64bf3 |
|
28-May-2020 |
Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@codeaurora.org> |
cfg80211: handle 6 GHz capability of new station Handle 6 GHz HE capability while adding new station. It will be used later in mac80211 station processing. Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@codeaurora.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1589399105-25472-2-git-send-email-rmanohar@codeaurora.org [handle nl80211_set_station, require WME, remove NL80211_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY_LEN] Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200528213443.b6b711fd4312.Ic9b97d57b6c4f2b28d4b2d23d2849d8bc20bd8cc@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
afbc9c9e |
|
28-May-2020 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: add a helper to identify 6 GHz PSCs This allows identifying whether or not a channel is a PSC (preferred scanning channel). Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200528213443.414363ecf62c.Ic15e681a0e249eab7350a06ceb582cca8bb9a080@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
9a5f6488 |
|
13-May-2020 |
Tamizh Chelvam <tamizhr@codeaurora.org> |
nl80211: Add support to configure TID specific Tx rate configuration This patch adds support to configure per TID Tx Rate configuration through NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE* attributes. And it uses nl80211_parse_tx_bitrate_mask api to validate the Tx rate mask. Signed-off-by: Tamizh Chelvam <tamizhr@codeaurora.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1589357504-10175-1-git-send-email-tamizhr@codeaurora.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
dca9ca2d |
|
08-May-2020 |
Markus Theil <markus.theil@tu-ilmenau.de> |
nl80211: add ability to report TX status for control port TX This adds the necessary capabilities in nl80211 to allow drivers to assign a cookie to control port TX frames (returned via extack in the netlink ACK message of the command) and then later report the frame's status. Signed-off-by: Markus Theil <markus.theil@tu-ilmenau.de> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200508144202.7678-2-markus.theil@tu-ilmenau.de [use extack cookie instead of explicit message, recombine patches] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
396fba0a |
|
07-May-2020 |
Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavoars@kernel.org> |
cfg80211: Replace zero-length array with flexible-array The current codebase makes use of the zero-length array language extension to the C90 standard, but the preferred mechanism to declare variable-length types such as these ones is a flexible array member[1][2], introduced in C99: struct foo { int stuff; struct boo array[]; }; By making use of the mechanism above, we will get a compiler warning in case the flexible array does not occur last in the structure, which will help us prevent some kind of undefined behavior bugs from being inadvertently introduced[3] to the codebase from now on. Also, notice that, dynamic memory allocations won't be affected by this change: "Flexible array members have incomplete type, and so the sizeof operator may not be applied. As a quirk of the original implementation of zero-length arrays, sizeof evaluates to zero."[1] sizeof(flexible-array-member) triggers a warning because flexible array members have incomplete type[1]. There are some instances of code in which the sizeof operator is being incorrectly/erroneously applied to zero-length arrays and the result is zero. Such instances may be hiding some bugs. So, this work (flexible-array member conversions) will also help to get completely rid of those sorts of issues. This issue was found with the help of Coccinelle. [1] https://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Zero-Length.html [2] https://github.com/KSPP/linux/issues/21 [3] commit 76497732932f ("cxgb3/l2t: Fix undefined behaviour") Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavoars@kernel.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200507183909.GA12993@embeddedor Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
e76fede8 |
|
30-Apr-2020 |
Thomas Pedersen <thomas@adapt-ip.com> |
cfg80211: add KHz variants of frame RX API Drivers may wish to report the RX frequency in units of KHz. Provide cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz() and wrap it with cfg80211_rx_mgmt() so exisiting drivers which can't report KHz anyway don't need to change. Add a similar wrapper for cfg80211_report_obss_beacon() so the frequency units stay somewhat consistent. This doesn't actually change the nl80211 API yet. Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@adapt-ip.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200430172554.18383-2-thomas@adapt-ip.com [fix mac80211 calling the non-khz version of obss beacon report, drop trace point name changes] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
33462e68 |
|
24-Apr-2020 |
Sergey Matyukevich <sergey.matyukevich.os@quantenna.com> |
cfg80211: add support for TID specific AMSDU configuration This patch adds support to control per TID MSDU aggregation using the NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL attribute. Signed-off-by: Sergey Matyukevich <sergey.matyukevich.os@quantenna.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200424112905.26770-4-sergey.matyukevich.os@quantenna.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
2d5d9b7f |
|
24-Apr-2020 |
Sergey Matyukevich <sergey.matyukevich.os@quantenna.com> |
cfg80211: fix mask type in cfg80211_tid_cfg structure TIDs mask type is u64 in wiphy settings and nl80211 processing, see: - wiphy TIDs mask sizes in tid_config_support structure - prepare driver command in parse_tid_conf Use the same type for TIDs mask in cfg80211_tid_cfg. Signed-off-by: Sergey Matyukevich <sergey.matyukevich.os@quantenna.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200424112905.26770-2-sergey.matyukevich.os@quantenna.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
66d495d0 |
|
30-Apr-2020 |
Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+huawei@kernel.org> |
docs: networking: convert radiotap-headers.txt to ReST - add SPDX header; - adjust title markup; - mark code blocks and literals as such; - adjust identation, whitespaces and blank lines where needed; - add to networking/index.rst. Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+huawei@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
934f4c7d |
|
01-Apr-2020 |
Thomas Pedersen <thomas@adapt-ip.com> |
cfg80211: express channels with a KHz component Some bands (S1G) define channels centered on a non-integer MHz. Give ieee80211_channel and cfg80211_chan_def a freq_offset component where the final frequency can be expressed as: MHZ_TO_KHZ(chan->center_freq) + chan->freq_offset; Also provide some helper functions to do the frequency conversion and test for equality. Retain the existing interface to frequency and channel conversion helpers, and expose new ones which handle frequencies in units of KHz. Some internal functions (net/wireless/chan.c) pass around a frequency value. Convert these to units of KHz. mesh, ibss, wext, etc. are currently ignored. Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@adapt-ip.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200402011810.22947-3-thomas@adapt-ip.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
2a392596 |
|
26-Mar-2020 |
Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> |
cfg80211: Parse HE membership selector This extends the support for drivers that rebuilds IEs in the FW (same as with HT/VHT). Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/iwlwifi.20200326150855.20feaabfb484.I886252639604c8e3e84b8ef97962f1b0e4beec81@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
9dba48a6 |
|
16-Apr-2020 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: support multicast RX registration For DPP, there's a need to receive multicast action frames, but many drivers need a special filter configuration for this. Support announcing from userspace in the management registration that multicast RX is required, with an extended feature flag if the driver handles this. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Sergey Matyukevich <sergey.matyukevich.os@quantenna.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200417124013.c46238801048.Ib041d437ce0bff28a0c6d5dc915f68f1d8591002@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
6cd536fe |
|
16-Apr-2020 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: change internal management frame registration API Almost all drivers below cfg80211 get the API wrong (except for cfg80211) and are unable to cope with multiple registrations for the same frame type, which is valid due to the match filter. This seems to indicate the API is wrong, and we should maintain the full information in cfg80211 instead of the drivers. Change the API to no longer inform the driver about individual registrations and unregistrations, but rather every time about the entire state of the entire wiphy and single wdev, whenever it may have changed. This also simplifies the code in cfg80211 as it no longer has to track exactly what was unregistered and can free things immediately. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Acked-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com> Reviewed-by: Sergey Matyukevich <sergey.matyukevich.os@quantenna.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200417124300.f47f3828afc8.I7f81ef59c2c5a340d7075fb3c6d0e08e8aeffe07@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
4d797fce |
|
01-Apr-2020 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org> |
cfg80211: Unprotected Beacon frame RX indication Extend cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt() to cover indication of unprotected Beacon frames in addition to the previously used Deauthentication and Disassociation frames. The Beacon frame case is quite similar, but has couple of exceptions: this is used both with fully unprotected and also incorrectly protected frames and there is a rate limit on the events to avoid unnecessary flooding netlink events in case something goes wrong. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200401142548.6990-1-jouni@codeaurora.org [add missing kernel-doc] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
a710d214 |
|
08-Apr-2020 |
Lothar Rubusch <l.rubusch@gmail.com> |
cfg80211: fix kernel-doc notation Update missing kernel-doc annotations and fix of related warnings at 'make htmldocs'. Signed-off-by: Lothar Rubusch <l.rubusch@gmail.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200408231013.28370-1-l.rubusch@gmail.com [fix indentation, attribute references] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
7fc82af8 |
|
12-Mar-2020 |
Veerendranath Jakkam <vjakkam@codeaurora.org> |
cfg80211: Configure PMK lifetime and reauth threshold for PMKSA entries Drivers that trigger roaming need to know the lifetime of the configured PMKSA for deciding whether to trigger the full or PMKSA cache based authentication. The configured PMKSA is invalid after the PMK lifetime has expired and must not be used after that and the STA needs to disassociate if the PMK expires. Hence the STA is expected to refresh the PMK with a full authentication before this happens (e.g., when reassociating to a new BSS the next time or by performing EAPOL reauthentication depending on the AKM) to avoid unnecessary disconnection. The PMK reauthentication threshold is the percentage of the PMK lifetime value and indicates to the driver to trigger a full authentication roam (without PMKSA caching) after the reauthentication threshold time, but before the PMK timer has expired. Authentication methods like SAE need to be able to generate a new PMKSA entry without having to force a disconnection after this threshold timeout. If no roaming occurs between the reauthentication threshold time and PMK lifetime expiration, disassociation is still forced. The new attributes for providing these values correspond to the dot11 MIB variables dot11RSNAConfigPMKLifetime and dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold. This type of functionality is already available in cases where user space component is in control of roaming. This commit extends that same capability into cases where parts or all of this functionality is offloaded to the driver. Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <vjakkam@codeaurora.org> Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200312235903.18462-1-jouni@codeaurora.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
7e8d6f12 |
|
31-Jan-2020 |
Shaul Triebitz <shaul.triebitz@intel.com> |
nl80211: pass HE operation element to the driver Pass the AP's HE operation element to the driver. Signed-off-by: Shaul Triebitz <shaul.triebitz@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200131111300.891737-18-luca@coelho.fi Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
efb5520d |
|
31-Jan-2020 |
Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com> |
nl80211/cfg80211: add support for non EDCA based ranging measurement Add support for requesting that the ranging measurement will use the trigger-based / non trigger-based flow instead of the EDCA based flow. Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200131111300.891737-2-luca@coelho.fi Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
7f3f96ce |
|
12-Mar-2020 |
Markus Theil <markus.theil@tu-ilmenau.de> |
mac80211: handle no-preauth flag for control port This patch adds support for disabling pre-auth rx over the nl80211 control port for mac80211. Signed-off-by: Markus Theil <markus.theil@tu-ilmenau.de> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200312091055.54257-3-markus.theil@tu-ilmenau.de [fix indentation slightly, squash feature enablement] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
1f7e9f46 |
|
20-Mar-2020 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: fix documentation format Kernel-doc complains if the line isn't prefixed with an asterisk, fix that. Reported-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200320144110.2786ad5fb234.I369d103d11c71e39e3a3f97ed68a528c5b875f1e@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
04f7d142 |
|
20-Jan-2020 |
Tamizh chelvam <tamizhr@codeaurora.org> |
nl80211: Add support to configure TID specific RTSCTS configuration This patch adds support to configure per TID RTSCTS control configuration to enable/disable through the NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL attribute. Signed-off-by: Tamizh chelvam <tamizhr@codeaurora.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1579506687-18296-5-git-send-email-tamizhr@codeaurora.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
ade274b2 |
|
20-Jan-2020 |
Tamizh chelvam <tamizhr@codeaurora.org> |
nl80211: Add support to configure TID specific AMPDU configuration This patch adds support to configure per TID AMPDU control configuration to enable/disable aggregation through the NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL attribute. Signed-off-by: Tamizh chelvam <tamizhr@codeaurora.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1579506687-18296-4-git-send-email-tamizhr@codeaurora.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
6a21d16c |
|
20-Jan-2020 |
Tamizh chelvam <tamizhr@codeaurora.org> |
nl80211: Add support to configure TID specific retry configuration This patch adds support to configure per TID retry configuration through the NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT and NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG attributes. This TID specific retry configuration will have more precedence than phy level configuration. Signed-off-by: Tamizh chelvam <tamizhr@codeaurora.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1579506687-18296-3-git-send-email-tamizhr@codeaurora.org [rebase completely on top of my previous API changes] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
3710a8a6 |
|
24-Feb-2020 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
nl80211: modify TID-config API Make some changes to the TID-config API: * use u16 in nl80211 (only, and restrict to using 8 bits for now), to avoid issues in the future if we ever want to use higher TIDs. * reject empty TIDs mask (via netlink policy) * change feature advertising to not use extended feature flags but have own mechanism for this, which simplifies the code * fix all variable names from 'tid' to 'tids' since it's a mask * change to cfg80211_ name prefixes, not ieee80211_ * fix some minor docs/spelling things. Change-Id: Ia234d464b3f914cdeab82f540e018855be580dce Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
77f576de |
|
20-Jan-2020 |
Tamizh chelvam <tamizhr@codeaurora.org> |
nl80211: Add NL command to support TID speicific configurations Add the new NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG command to support data TID specific configuration. Per TID configuration is passed in the nested NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG attribute. This patch adds support to configure per TID noack policy through the NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK attribute. Signed-off-by: Tamizh chelvam <tamizhr@codeaurora.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1579506687-18296-2-git-send-email-tamizhr@codeaurora.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
56be393f |
|
22-Feb-2020 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org> |
cfg80211: Support key configuration for Beacon protection (BIGTK) IEEE P802.11-REVmd/D3.0 adds support for protecting Beacon frames using a new set of keys (BIGTK; key index 6..7) similarly to the way group-addressed Robust Management frames are protected (IGTK; key index 4..5). Extend cfg80211 and nl80211 to allow the new BIGTK to be configured. Add an extended feature flag to indicate driver support for the new key index values to avoid array overflows in driver implementations and also to indicate to user space when this functionality is available. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200222132548.20835-2-jouni@codeaurora.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
cd9b52bf |
|
20-Feb-2020 |
Jérôme Pouiller <jerome.pouiller@silabs.com> |
cfg80211: fix indentation errors Signed-off-by: Jérôme Pouiller <jerome.pouiller@silabs.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200221115604.594035-10-Jerome.Pouiller@silabs.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
15bc6dfb |
|
20-Feb-2020 |
Jérôme Pouiller <jerome.pouiller@silabs.com> |
cfg80211: merge documentations of field "dev" The field "dev" was documented on two places. This patch merges the comments. Signed-off-by: Jérôme Pouiller <jerome.pouiller@silabs.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200221115604.594035-8-Jerome.Pouiller@silabs.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
edf77192 |
|
20-Feb-2020 |
Jérôme Pouiller <jerome.pouiller@silabs.com> |
cfg80211: merge documentations of field "debugfsdir" The field "privid" is documented twice. Comments were more or less the same. The patch merge them. Signed-off-by: Jérôme Pouiller <jerome.pouiller@silabs.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200221115604.594035-7-Jerome.Pouiller@silabs.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
6046fdc9 |
|
20-Feb-2020 |
Jérôme Pouiller <jerome.pouiller@silabs.com> |
cfg80211: drop duplicated documentation of field "reg_notifier" The field "reg_notifier" was already documented above the definition of struct wiphy. The comment inside the definition of the struct did not bring more information. Signed-off-by: Jérôme Pouiller <jerome.pouiller@silabs.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200221115604.594035-6-Jerome.Pouiller@silabs.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
78fb5593 |
|
20-Feb-2020 |
Jérôme Pouiller <jerome.pouiller@silabs.com> |
cfg80211: drop duplicated documentation of field "perm_addr" The field "perm_addr" was already documented above the definition of struct wiphy. Comments were almost identical. Signed-off-by: Jérôme Pouiller <jerome.pouiller@silabs.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200221115604.594035-5-Jerome.Pouiller@silabs.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
af18d341 |
|
20-Feb-2020 |
Jérôme Pouiller <jerome.pouiller@silabs.com> |
cfg80211: drop duplicated documentation of field "_net" The field "_net" was already documented above the definition of struct wiphy. Both comments were identical. Signed-off-by: Jérôme Pouiller <jerome.pouiller@silabs.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200221115604.594035-4-Jerome.Pouiller@silabs.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
4308d955 |
|
20-Feb-2020 |
Jérôme Pouiller <jerome.pouiller@silabs.com> |
cfg80211: drop duplicated documentation of field "registered" Field "registered" was documented three times: twice in the documentation block of struct wiphy and once inside the struct definition. This patch keep only one comment. Signed-off-by: Jérôme Pouiller <jerome.pouiller@silabs.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200221115604.594035-3-Jerome.Pouiller@silabs.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
cfb99437 |
|
20-Feb-2020 |
Jérôme Pouiller <jerome.pouiller@silabs.com> |
cfg80211: drop duplicated documentation of field "privid" The field "privid" was already documented above the definition of struct wiphy. Comments were not identical, but they said more or less the same thing. Signed-off-by: Jérôme Pouiller <jerome.pouiller@silabs.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200221115604.594035-2-Jerome.Pouiller@silabs.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
febc7ec6 |
|
20-Feb-2020 |
Jérôme Pouiller <jerome.pouiller@silabs.com> |
cfg80211: drop duplicated documentation of field "probe_resp_offload" The field "probe_resp_offload" was already documented above the definition of struct wiphy. Both comments were identical. Signed-off-by: Jérôme Pouiller <jerome.pouiller@silabs.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200221115604.594035-1-Jerome.Pouiller@silabs.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
8d74a623 |
|
24-Feb-2020 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
Revert "nl80211: add src and dst addr attributes for control port tx/rx" This reverts commit 8c3ed7aa2b9ef666195b789e9b02e28383243fa8. As Jouni points out, there's really no need for this, since the RSN pre-authentication frames are normal data frames, not port control frames (locally). We can still revert this now since it hasn't actually gone beyond -next. Fixes: 8c3ed7aa2b9e ("nl80211: add src and dst addr attributes for control port tx/rx") Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200224101910.b746e263287a.I9eb15d6895515179d50964dec3550c9dc784bb93@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
7bb106eb |
|
14-Feb-2020 |
Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> |
cfg80211: remove support for adjacent channel compensation The only driver that used that was iwlwifi and it removed support for this. Remove the feature here as well. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200214232336.a530de38e511.I393bc395f6037c8cca6421ed550e3072dc248aed@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
1f6e0baa |
|
11-Feb-2020 |
John Crispin <john@phrozen.org> |
mac80211: allow setting queue_len for drivers not using wake_tx_queue Currently a mac80211 driver can only set the txq_limit when using wake_tx_queue. Not all drivers use wake_tx_queue. This patch adds a new element to wiphy allowing a driver to set a custom tx_queue_len and the code that will apply it in case it is set. The current default is 1000 which is too low for ath11k when doing HE rates. Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200211122605.13002-1-john@phrozen.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
8c3ed7aa |
|
15-Jan-2020 |
Markus Theil <markus.theil@tu-ilmenau.de> |
nl80211: add src and dst addr attributes for control port tx/rx When using control port over nl80211 in AP mode with pre-authentication, APs need to forward frames to other APs defined by their MAC address. Before this patch, pre-auth frames reaching user space over nl80211 control port have no longer any information about the dest attached, which can be used for forwarding to a controller or injecting the frame back to a ethernet interface over a AF_PACKET socket. Analog problems exist, when forwarding pre-auth frames from AP -> STA. This patch therefore adds the NL80211_ATTR_DST_MAC and NL80211_ATTR_SRC_MAC attributes to provide more context information when forwarding. The respective arguments are optional on tx and included on rx. Therefore unaware existing software is not affected. Software which wants to detect this feature, can do so by checking against: NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_MAC_ADDRS Signed-off-by: Markus Theil <markus.theil@tu-ilmenau.de> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200115125522.3755-1-markus.theil@tu-ilmenau.de [split into separate cfg80211/mac80211 patches] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
d6039a34 |
|
26-Jan-2020 |
Veerendranath Jakkam <vjakkam@codeaurora.org> |
cfg80211: Enhance the AKM advertizement to support per interface. Commit ab4dfa20534e ("cfg80211: Allow drivers to advertise supported AKM suites") introduces the support to advertize supported AKMs to userspace. This needs an enhancement to advertize the AKM support per interface type, specifically for the cfg80211-based drivers that implement SME and use different mechanisms to support the AKM's for each interface type (e.g., the support for SAE, OWE AKM's take different paths for such drivers on STA/AP mode). This commit aims the same and enhances the earlier mechanism of advertizing the AKMs per wiphy. Add new nl80211 attributes and data structure to provide supported AKMs per interface type to userspace. the AKMs advertized in akm_suites are default capabilities if not advertized for a specific interface type in iftype_akm_suites. Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <vjakkam@codeaurora.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200126203032.21934-1-vjakkam@codeaurora.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
1e61d82c |
|
21-Jan-2020 |
Haim Dreyfuss <haim.dreyfuss@intel.com> |
cfg80211: add no HE indication to the channel flag The regulatory domain might forbid HE operation. Certain regulatory domains may restrict it for specific channels whereas others may do it for the whole regulatory domain. Add an option to indicate it in the channel flag. Signed-off-by: Haim Dreyfuss <haim.dreyfuss@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200121081213.733757-1-luca@coelho.fi Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
dd56e902 |
|
17-Dec-2019 |
John Crispin <john@phrozen.org> |
mac80211: add handling for BSS color It is now possible to propagate BSS color settings into the subsystem. Lets make mac80211 also handle them so that we can send them further down the stack into the drivers. We drop the old bss_color field and change iwlwifi to use the new he_bss_color struct. Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20191217141921.8114-2-john@phrozen.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
5c5e52d1 |
|
17-Dec-2019 |
John Crispin <john@phrozen.org> |
nl80211: add handling for BSS color This patch adds the attributes, policy and parsing code to allow userland to send the info about the BSS coloring settings to the kernel. Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20191217141921.8114-1-john@phrozen.org [johannes: remove the strict policy parsing, that was a misunderstanding] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
26ec17a1 |
|
22-Dec-2019 |
Orr Mazor <orr.mazor@tandemg.com> |
cfg80211: Fix radar event during another phy CAC In case a radar event of CAC_FINISHED or RADAR_DETECTED happens during another phy is during CAC we might need to cancel that CAC. If we got a radar in a channel that another phy is now doing CAC on then the CAC should be canceled there. If, for example, 2 phys doing CAC on the same channels, or on comptable channels, once on of them will finish his CAC the other might need to cancel his CAC, since it is no longer relevant. To fix that the commit adds an callback and implement it in mac80211 to end CAC. This commit also adds a call to said callback if after a radar event we see the CAC is no longer relevant Signed-off-by: Orr Mazor <Orr.Mazor@tandemg.com> Reviewed-by: Sergey Matyukevich <sergey.matyukevich.os@quantenna.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20191222145449.15792-1-Orr.Mazor@tandemg.com [slightly reformat/reword commit message] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
3ace10f5 |
|
18-Nov-2019 |
Kan Yan <kyan@google.com> |
mac80211: Implement Airtime-based Queue Limit (AQL) In order for the Fq_CoDel algorithm integrated in mac80211 layer to operate effectively to control excessive queueing latency, the CoDel algorithm requires an accurate measure of how long packets stays in the queue, AKA sojourn time. The sojourn time measured at the mac80211 layer doesn't include queueing latency in the lower layer (firmware/hardware) and CoDel expects lower layer to have a short queue. However, most 802.11ac chipsets offload tasks such TX aggregation to firmware or hardware, thus have a deep lower layer queue. Without a mechanism to control the lower layer queue size, packets only stay in mac80211 layer transiently before being sent to firmware queue. As a result, the sojourn time measured by CoDel in the mac80211 layer is almost always lower than the CoDel latency target, hence CoDel does little to control the latency, even when the lower layer queue causes excessive latency. The Byte Queue Limits (BQL) mechanism is commonly used to address the similar issue with wired network interface. However, this method cannot be applied directly to the wireless network interface. "Bytes" is not a suitable measure of queue depth in the wireless network, as the data rate can vary dramatically from station to station in the same network, from a few Mbps to over Gbps. This patch implements an Airtime-based Queue Limit (AQL) to make CoDel work effectively with wireless drivers that utilized firmware/hardware offloading. AQL allows each txq to release just enough packets to the lower layer to form 1-2 large aggregations to keep hardware fully utilized and retains the rest of the frames in mac80211 layer to be controlled by the CoDel algorithm. Signed-off-by: Kan Yan <kyan@google.com> [ Toke: Keep API to set pending airtime internal, fix nits in commit msg ] Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@redhat.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20191119060610.76681-4-kyan@google.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
14f34e36 |
|
31-Oct-2019 |
Gurumoorthi Gnanasambandhan <gguru@codeaurora.org> |
cfg80211: VLAN offload support for set_key and set_sta_vlan This provides an alternative mechanism for AP VLAN support where a single netdev is used with VLAN tagged frames instead of separate netdevs for each VLAN without tagged frames from the WLAN driver. By setting NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD flag the driver indicates support for a single netdev with VLAN tagged frames. Separate VLAN-specific netdevs can be added using RTM_NEWLINK/IFLA_VLAN_ID similarly to Ethernet. NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY (for group keys), NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, and NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION will optionally specify vlan_id using NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID. Signed-off-by: Gurumoorthi Gnanasambandhan <gguru@codeaurora.org> Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20191031214640.5012-1-jouni@codeaurora.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
e1b18549 |
|
24-Oct-2019 |
Geert Uytterhoeven <geert+renesas@glider.be> |
net: Fix various misspellings of "connect" Fix misspellings of "disconnect", "disconnecting", "connections", and "disconnected". Signed-off-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert+renesas@glider.be> Acked-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org> Acked-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
dc0c18ed |
|
02-Oct-2019 |
Aaron Komisar <aaron.komisar@tandemg.com> |
mac80211: fix scan when operating on DFS channels in ETSI domains In non-ETSI regulatory domains scan is blocked when operating channel is a DFS channel. For ETSI, however, once DFS channel is marked as available after the CAC, this channel will remain available (for some time) even after leaving this channel. Therefore a scan can be done without any impact on the availability of the DFS channel as no new CAC is required after the scan. Enable scan in mac80211 in these cases. Signed-off-by: Aaron Komisar <aaron.komisar@tandemg.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1570024728-17284-1-git-send-email-aaron.komisar@tandemg.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
c8cd6e7f |
|
27-Aug-2019 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> |
cfg80211: add local BSS receive time to survey information This is useful for checking how much airtime is being used up by other transmissions on the channel, e.g. by calculating (time_rx - time_bss_rx) or (time_busy - time_bss_rx - time_tx) Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20190828102042.58016-1-nbd@nbd.name Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
2a38075c |
|
18-Aug-2019 |
Alexei Avshalom Lazar <ailizaro@codeaurora.org> |
nl80211: Add support for EDMG channels 802.11ay specification defines Enhanced Directional Multi-Gigabit (EDMG) STA and AP which allow channel bonding of 2 channels and more. Introduce new NL attributes that are needed for enabling and configuring EDMG support. Two new attributes are used by kernel to publish driver's EDMG capabilities to the userspace: NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS - bitmap field that indicates the 2.16 GHz channel(s) that are supported by the driver. When this attribute is not set it means driver does not support EDMG. NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG - represent the channel bandwidth configurations supported by the driver. Additional two new attributes are used by the userspace for connect command and for AP configuration: NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG New rate info flag - RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG, can be reported from driver and used for bitrate calculation that will take into account EDMG according to the 802.11ay specification. Signed-off-by: Alexei Avshalom Lazar <ailizaro@codeaurora.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1566138918-3823-2-git-send-email-ailizaro@codeaurora.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
6c7a0033 |
|
09-Aug-2019 |
Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> |
cfg80211: Support assoc-at timer in sta-info Report timestamp of when sta became associated. This is the boottime clock, units are nano-seconds. Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20190809180001.26393-1-greearb@candelatech.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
796e90f4 |
|
30-Jul-2019 |
John Crispin <john@phrozen.org> |
cfg80211: add support for parsing OBBS_PD attributes Add the data structure, policy and parsing code allowing userland to send the OBSS PD information into the kernel. Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20190730163701.18836-2-john@phrozen.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
e6f40511 |
|
21-Jul-2019 |
Manikanta Pubbisetty <mpubbise@codeaurora.org> |
{nl,mac}80211: fix interface combinations on crypto controlled devices Commit 33d915d9e8ce ("{nl,mac}80211: allow 4addr AP operation on crypto controlled devices") has introduced a change which allows 4addr operation on crypto controlled devices (ex: ath10k). This change has inadvertently impacted the interface combinations logic on such devices. General rule is that software interfaces like AP/VLAN should not be listed under supported interface combinations and should not be considered during validation of these combinations; because of the aforementioned change, AP/VLAN interfaces(if present) will be checked against interfaces supported by the device and blocks valid interface combinations. Consider a case where an AP and AP/VLAN are up and running; when a second AP device is brought up on the same physical device, this AP will be checked against the AP/VLAN interface (which will not be part of supported interface combinations of the device) and blocks second AP to come up. Add a new API cfg80211_iftype_allowed() to fix the problem, this API works for all devices with/without SW crypto control. Signed-off-by: Manikanta Pubbisetty <mpubbise@codeaurora.org> Fixes: 33d915d9e8ce ("{nl,mac}80211: allow 4addr AP operation on crypto controlled devices") Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1563779690-9716-1-git-send-email-mpubbise@codeaurora.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
91046d63 |
|
25-Jun-2019 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
nl80211: fix VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA Since ERR_PTR() is an inline, not a macro, just open-code it here so it's usable as an initializer, fixing the build in brcmfmac. Reported-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com> Fixes: 901bb9891855 ("nl80211: require and validate vendor command policy") Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
9285ec4c |
|
21-Jun-2019 |
Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com> |
timekeeping: Use proper clock specifier names in functions This makes boot uniformly boottime and tai uniformly clocktai, to address the remaining oversights. Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com> Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Reviewed-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de> Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20190621203249.3909-2-Jason@zx2c4.com
|
#
d2912cb1 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> |
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 500 Based on 2 normalized pattern(s): this program is free software you can redistribute it and or modify it under the terms of the gnu general public license version 2 as published by the free software foundation this program is free software you can redistribute it and or modify it under the terms of the gnu general public license version 2 as published by the free software foundation # extracted by the scancode license scanner the SPDX license identifier GPL-2.0-only has been chosen to replace the boilerplate/reference in 4122 file(s). Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Reviewed-by: Enrico Weigelt <info@metux.net> Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Allison Randal <allison@lohutok.net> Cc: linux-spdx@vger.kernel.org Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20190604081206.933168790@linutronix.de Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
|
#
1c38c7f2 |
|
12-Jun-2019 |
James Prestwood <james.prestwood@linux.intel.com> |
nl80211: send event when CMD_FRAME duration expires cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired is used to notify userspace when the remain on channel duration expired by sending an event. There is no such equivalent to CMD_FRAME, where if offchannel and a duration is provided, the card will go offchannel for that duration. Currently there is no way for userspace to tell when that duration expired apart from setting an independent timeout. This timeout is quite erroneous as the kernel may not immediately send out the frame because of scheduling or work queue delays. In testing, it was found this timeout had to be quite large to accomidate any potential delays. A better solution is to have the kernel send an event when this duration has expired. There is already NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL which can be used to cancel a NL80211_CMD_FRAME offchannel. Using this command matches perfectly to how NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL works, where its both used to cancel and notify if the duration has expired. Signed-off-by: James Prestwood <james.prestwood@linux.intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
4770c8f9 |
|
29-May-2019 |
Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> |
cfg80211: Add a function to iterate all BSS entries Add a function that iterates over the BSS entries associated with a given wiphy and calls a callback for each iterated BSS. This can be used by drivers in various ways, e.g., to evaluate some property for all the BSSs in the medium. Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
a0de1ca3 |
|
28-May-2019 |
John Crispin <john@phrozen.org> |
mac80211: allow turning TWT responder support on and off via netlink Allow the userland daemon to en/disable TWT support for an AP. Signed-off-by: Shashidhar Lakkavalli <slakkavalli@datto.com> Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org> [simplify parsing code] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
901bb989 |
|
28-May-2019 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
nl80211: require and validate vendor command policy Require that each vendor command give a policy of its sub-attributes in NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, and then (stricly) check the contents, including the NLA_F_NESTED flag that we couldn't check on the outer layer because there we don't know yet. It is possible to use VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA for raw data, but then no nested data can be given (NLA_F_NESTED flag must be clear) and the data is just passed as is to the command. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
d7edf40c |
|
21-May-2019 |
John Crispin <john@phrozen.org> |
mac80211: add ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap() helper This function is similar to ieee80211_get_he_sta_cap() but allows passing the iftype. Also make ieee80211_get_he_sta_cap() use the new helper rather than duplicating the code. Signed-off-by: Shashidhar Lakkavalli <slakkavalli@datto.com> Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
26f7044e |
|
09-May-2019 |
Chung-Hsien Hsu <stanley.hsu@cypress.com> |
nl80211: add support for SAE authentication offload Let drivers advertise support for station-mode SAE authentication offload with a new NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD flag. Signed-off-by: Chung-Hsien Hsu <stanley.hsu@cypress.com> Signed-off-by: Chi-Hsien Lin <chi-hsien.lin@cypress.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
a3ce17d1 |
|
01-May-2019 |
Chaitanya Tata <chaitanya.tata@bluwireless.co.uk> |
cfg80211: Handle bss expiry during connection If the BSS is expired during connection, the connect result will trigger a kernel warning. Ideally cfg80211 should hold the BSS before the connection is attempted, but as the BSSID is not known in case of auth/assoc MLME offload (connect op) it doesn't. For those drivers without the connect op cfg80211 holds down the reference so it wil not be removed from list. Fix this by removing the warning and silently adding the BSS back to the bss list which is return by the driver (with proper BSSID set) or in case the BSS is already added use that. The requirements for drivers are documented in the API's. Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Tata <chaitanya.tata@bluwireless.co.uk> [formatting fixes, keep old timestamp] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
33d915d9 |
|
08-May-2019 |
Manikanta Pubbisetty <mpubbise@codeaurora.org> |
{nl,mac}80211: allow 4addr AP operation on crypto controlled devices As per the current design, in the case of sw crypto controlled devices, it is the device which advertises the support for AP/VLAN iftype based on it's ability to tranmsit packets encrypted in software (In VLAN functionality, group traffic generated for a specific VLAN group is always encrypted in software). Commit db3bdcb9c3ff ("mac80211: allow AP_VLAN operation on crypto controlled devices") has introduced this change. Since 4addr AP operation also uses AP/VLAN iftype, this conditional way of advertising AP/VLAN support has broken 4addr AP mode operation on crypto controlled devices which do not support VLAN functionality. In the case of ath10k driver, not all firmwares have support for VLAN functionality but all can support 4addr AP operation. Because AP/VLAN support is not advertised for these devices, 4addr AP operations are also blocked. Fix this by allowing 4addr operation on devices which do not support AP/VLAN iftype but can support 4addr AP operation (decision is based on the wiphy flag WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP). Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Fixes: db3bdcb9c3ff ("mac80211: allow AP_VLAN operation on crypto controlled devices") Signed-off-by: Manikanta Pubbisetty <mpubbise@codeaurora.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
5ab92e7f |
|
11-Apr-2019 |
Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@codeaurora.org> |
cfg80211: add support to probe unexercised mesh link Adding support to allow mesh HWMP to measure link metrics on unexercised direct mesh path by sending some data frames to other mesh points which are not currently selected as a primary traffic path but only 1 hop away. The absence of the primary path to the chosen node makes it necessary to apply some form of marking on a chosen packet stream so that the packets can be properly steered to the selected node for testing, and not by the regular mesh path lookup. Tested-by: Pradeep Kumar Chitrapu <pradeepc@codeaurora.org> Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@codeaurora.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
5809a5d5 |
|
11-Apr-2019 |
Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> |
cfg80211: don't pass pointer to pointer unnecessarily The cfg80211_merge_profile() and ieee802_11_find_bssid_profile() are a bit cleaner if we just pass the merged_ie pointer instead of a pointer to the pointer. This isn't a functional change, it's just a clean up. Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
e96d1cd2 |
|
29-Mar-2019 |
Ashok Raj Nagarajan <arnagara@codeaurora.org> |
cfg80211: Add support to set tx power for a station associated This patch adds support to set transmit power setting type and transmit power level attributes to NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION in order to facilitate adjusting the transmit power level of a station associated to the AP. The added attributes allow selection of automatic and limited transmit power level, with the level defined in dBm format. Co-developed-by: Balaji Pothunoori <bpothuno@codeaurora.org> Signed-off-by: Ashok Raj Nagarajan <arnagara@codeaurora.org> Signed-off-by: Balaji Pothunoori <bpothuno@codeaurora.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
6cdd3979 |
|
19-Mar-2019 |
Alexander Wetzel <alexander@wetzel-home.de> |
nl80211/cfg80211: Extended Key ID support Add support for IEEE 802.11-2016 "Extended Key ID for Individually Addressed Frames". Extend cfg80211 and nl80211 to allow pairwise keys to be installed for Rx only, enable Tx separately and allow Key ID 1 for pairwise keys. Signed-off-by: Alexander Wetzel <alexander@wetzel-home.de> [use NLA_POLICY_RANGE() for NL80211_KEY_MODE] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
fe806e49 |
|
15-Mar-2019 |
Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> |
cfg80211: support profile split between elements Since an element is limited to 255 octets, a profile may be split split to several elements. Support the split as defined in the 11ax draft 3. Detect legacy split and print a net-rate limited warning, since there is no ROI in supporting this probably non-existent split. Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
f7dacfb1 |
|
15-Mar-2019 |
Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> |
cfg80211: support non-inheritance element Subelement profile may specify element IDs it doesn't inherit from the management frame. Support it. Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
cb74e977 |
|
20-Feb-2019 |
Sunil Dutt <usdutt@codeaurora.org> |
cfg80211/nl80211: Offload OWE processing to user space in AP mode This interface allows the host driver to offload OWE processing to user space. This intends to support OWE (Opportunistic Wireless Encryption) AKM by the drivers that implement SME but rely on the user space for the cryptographic/OWE processing in AP mode. Such drivers are not capable of processing/deriving the DH IE. A new NL80211 command - NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO is introduced to send the request/event between the host driver and user space. Driver shall provide the OWE info (MAC address and DH IE) of the peer to user space for cryptographic processing of the DH IE through the event. Accordingly, the user space shall update the OWE info/DH IE to the driver. Following is the sequence in AP mode for OWE authentication. Driver passes the OWE info obtained from the peer in the Association Request to the user space through the event cfg80211_update_owe_info_event. User space shall process the OWE info received and generate new OWE info. This OWE info is passed to the driver through NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO request. Driver eventually uses this OWE info to send the Association Response to the peer. This OWE info in the command interface carries the IEs that include PMKID of the peer if the PMKSA is still valid or an updated DH IE for generating a new PMKSA with the peer. Signed-off-by: Liangwei Dong <liangwei@codeaurora.org> Signed-off-by: Sunil Dutt <usdutt@codeaurora.org> Signed-off-by: Srinivas Dasari <dasaris@codeaurora.org> [remove policy initialization - no longer exists] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
ab60633c |
|
07-Feb-2019 |
Narayanraddi Masti <team.nmasti@gmail.com> |
mac80211: Add support for NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC Add support for mesh airtime link metric attribute NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC. Signed-off-by: Narayanraddi Masti <team.nmasti@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
1e1b11b6 |
|
01-Feb-2019 |
vamsi krishna <vamsin@codeaurora.org> |
nl80211/cfg80211: Specify band specific min RSSI thresholds with sched scan This commit adds the support to specify the RSSI thresholds per band for each match set. This enhances the current behavior which specifies a single rssi_threshold across all the bands by introducing the rssi_threshold_per_band. These per band rssi thresholds are referred through NL80211_BAND_* (enum nl80211_band) variables as attribute types. Such attributes/values per each band are nested through NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MIN_RSSI. These band specific rssi thresholds shall take precedence over the current rssi_thold per match set. Drivers indicate this support through %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD. These per band rssi attributes/values does not specify "default RSSI filter" as done by NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to stay backward compatible. That said, these per band rssi values have to be specified for the corresponding matchset. Signed-off-by: vamsi krishna <vamsin@codeaurora.org> Signed-off-by: Srinivas Dasari <dasaris@codeaurora.org> [rebase on refactoring, add policy] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
a58d7525 |
|
12-Mar-2019 |
Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com> |
cfg80211: add ratelimited variants of err and warn wiphy_{err,warn}_ratelimited will be used by rt2x00 Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
55c1fdf0 |
|
06-Feb-2019 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: allow sending vendor events unicast Sometimes, we may want to transport higher bandwidth data through vendor events, and in that case sending it multicast is a bad idea. Allow vendor events to be unicast. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
4d9ec73d |
|
14-Feb-2019 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org> |
cfg80211: Report Association Request frame IEs in association events This extends the NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE event case to report NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE similarly to what is already done with the NL80211_CMD_CONNECT events if the driver provides this information. In practice, this adds (Re)Association Request frame information element reporting to mac80211 drivers for the cases where user space SME is used. This provides more information for user space to figure out which capabilities were negotiated for the association. For example, this can be used to determine whether HT, VHT, or HE is used. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
5d4071abd |
|
11-Feb-2019 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: fix and clean up cfg80211_gen_new_bssid() Fix cfg80211_gen_new_bssid() to not rely on u64 modulo arithmetic, which isn't needed since we really just want to mask there. Also, clean it up to calculate the mask only once and use GENMASK_ULL() instead of open-coding the mask calculation. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
851ae31d |
|
08-Feb-2019 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: add missing kernel-doc for multi-BSSID fields Add the missing kernel-doc for the new multi-BSSID fields in struct cfg80211_bss. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
0cd01efb |
|
22-Jan-2019 |
Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> |
cfg80211: save multi-bssid properties When the new IEs are generated, the multiple BSSID elements are not saved. Save aside properties that are needed later for PS. Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
49a68e0d |
|
07-Feb-2019 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: add various struct element finding helpers We currently have a number of helpers to find elements that just return a u8 *, change those to return a struct element and add inlines to deal with the u8 * compatibility. Note that the match behaviour is changed to start the natch at the data, so conversion from _ie_match to _elem_match need to be done carefully. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
7ece9c37 |
|
16-Jan-2019 |
Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> |
cfg80211: make BSSID generation function inline This will enable reuse by mac80211. Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
213ed579 |
|
16-Jan-2019 |
Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> |
cfg80211: parse multi-bssid only if HW supports it Parsing and exposing nontransmitted APs is problematic when underlying HW doesn't support it. Do it only if driver indicated support. Allow HE restriction as well, since the HE spec defined the exact manner that Multiple BSSID set should behave. APs that not support the HE spec will have less predictable Multiple BSSID set support/behavior Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
7011ba58 |
|
20-Jan-2019 |
Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> |
cfg80211: Move Multiple BSS info to struct cfg80211_bss to be visible Previously the transmitted BSS and the non-trasmitted BSS list were defined in struct cfg80211_internal_bss. Move them to struct cfg80211_bss since mac80211 needs this info. Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
9874b71f |
|
01-Feb-2019 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: add missing documentation that kernel-doc warns about Add the missing documentation that kernel-doc continually warns about, to get rid of all that noise. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
5ac4a12d |
|
29-Jan-2019 |
Matteo Croce <mcroce@redhat.com> |
cfg80211: fix typo Fix spelling mistake in cfg80211.h: "lenght" -> "length". The typo is also in the special comment block which translates to documentation. Signed-off-by: Matteo Croce <mcroce@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
fe494370 |
|
23-Jan-2019 |
Srinivas Dasari <dasaris@codeaurora.org> |
cfg80211: Authentication offload to user space in AP mode commit 40cbfa90218b ("cfg80211/nl80211: Optional authentication offload to userspace")' introduced authentication offload to user space by the host drivers in station mode. This commit extends the same for the AP mode too. Extend NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT to also claim the support of external authentication from the user space in AP mode. A new flag parameter is introduced in cfg80211_ap_settings to intend the same while "start ap". Host driver to use NL80211_CMD_FRAME interface to transmit and receive the authentication frames to / from the user space. Host driver to indicate the flag NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH while sending the authentication frame to the user space. This intends to the user space that the driver wishes it to process the authentication frame for certain protocols, though it had initially advertised the support for SME functionality. User space shall accordingly do the authentication and indicate its final status through the command NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH. Allow the command even if userspace doesn't include the attribute NL80211_ATTR_SSID for AP interface. Host driver shall continue with the association sequence and indicate the STA connection status through cfg80211_new_sta. To facilitate the host drivers in AP mode for matching the pmkid by the stations during the association, NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH is also enhanced to include the pmkid to drivers after the authentication. This pmkid can also be used in the STA mode to include in the association request. Also modify nl80211_external_auth to not mandate SSID in AP mode. Signed-off-by: Srinivas Dasari <dasaris@codeaurora.org> [remove useless nla_get_flag() usage] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
ab4dfa20 |
|
19-Dec-2018 |
Veerendranath Jakkam <vjakkam@codeaurora.org> |
cfg80211: Allow drivers to advertise supported AKM suites There was no such capability advertisement from the driver and thus the current user space has to assume the driver to support all the AKMs. While that may be the case with some drivers (e.g., mac80211-based ones), there are cfg80211-based drivers that implement SME and have constraints on which AKMs can be supported (e.g., such drivers may need an update to support SAE AKM using NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH). Allow such drivers to advertise the exact set of supported AKMs so that user space tools can determine what network profile options should be allowed to be configured. Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <vjakkam@codeaurora.org> [pmsr data might be big, start a new netlink message section] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
540bbcb9 |
|
15-Jan-2019 |
Julan Hsu <julanhsu@google.com> |
nl80211/mac80211: mesh: add mesh path change count to mpath info Expose path change count to destination in mpath info Signed-off-by: Julan Hsu <julanhsu@google.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
cc241636 |
|
15-Jan-2019 |
Julan Hsu <julanhsu@google.com> |
nl80211/mac80211: mesh: add hop count to mpath info Expose hop count to destination information in mpath info Signed-off-by: Julan Hsu <julanhsu@google.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
36647055 |
|
18-Dec-2018 |
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk> |
cfg80211: Add airtime statistics and settings This adds TX airtime statistics to the cfg80211 station dump (to go along with the RX info already present), and adds a new parameter to set the airtime weight of each station. The latter allows userspace to implement policies for different stations by varying their weights. Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk> [rmanohar@codeaurora.org: fixed checkpatch warnings] Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@codeaurora.org> [move airtime weight != 0 check into policy] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
30db641e |
|
15-Dec-2018 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: clarify LCI/civic location documentation The older code and current userspace assumed that this data is the content of the Measurement Report element, starting with the Measurement Token. Clarify this in the documentation. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
3453de98 |
|
06-Dec-2018 |
Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org> |
wireless: FTM: fix kernel-doc "cannot understand" warnings Fix kernel-doc warnings in FTM due to missing "struct" keyword. Fixes 109 warnings from <net/cfg80211.h>: ../include/net/cfg80211.h:2838: warning: cannot understand function prototype: 'struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats ' and fixes 88 warnings from <net/mac80211.h>: ../include/net/mac80211.h:477: warning: cannot understand function prototype: 'struct ieee80211_ftm_responder_params ' Fixes: 81e54d08d9d8 ("cfg80211: support FTM responder configuration/statistics") Fixes: bc847970f432 ("mac80211: support FTM responder configuration/statistics") Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org> Cc: Pradeep Kumar Chitrapu <pradeepc@codeaurora.org> Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Cc: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
ecbc12ad |
|
26-Oct-2018 |
Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com> |
{nl,mac}80211: add rssi to mesh candidates When peering is in userspace, some implementations may want to control which peers are accepted based on RSSI in addition to the information elements being sent today. Add signal level so that info is available to clients. Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <bobcopeland@fb.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
01d66fbd |
|
25-Oct-2018 |
Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com> |
{nl,mac}80211: add dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate to meshconf When userspace is controlling mesh routing, it may have better knowledge about whether a mesh STA is connected to a mesh gate than the kernel mpath table. Add dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate to the mesh config so that such applications can explicitly signal that a mesh STA is connected to a gate, which will then be advertised in the beacon. Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <bobcopeland@fb.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
dbdaee7a |
|
25-Oct-2018 |
Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com> |
{nl,mac}80211: report gate connectivity in station info Capture the current state of gate connectivity from the mesh formation field in mesh config whenever we receive a beacon, and report that via GET_STATION. This allows applications doing mesh peering in userspace to make peering decisions based on peers' current upstream connectivity. Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <bobcopeland@fb.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
9bb7e0f2 |
|
10-Sep-2018 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: add peer measurement with FTM initiator API Add a new "peer measurement" API, that can be used to measure certain things related to a peer. Right now, only implement FTM (flight time measurement) over it, but the idea is that it'll be extensible to also support measuring the necessary things to calculate e.g. angle-of-arrival for WiGig. The API is structured to have a generic list of peers and channels to measure with/on, and then for each of those a set of measurements (again, only FTM right now) to perform. Results are sent to the requesting socket, including a final complete message. Closing the controlling netlink socket will abort a running measurement. v3: - add a bit to report "final" for partial results - remove list keeping etc. and just unicast out the results to the requester (big code reduction ...) - also send complete message unicast, and as a result remove the multicast group - separate out struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer from struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer - document timeout == 0 if no timeout - disallow setting timeout nl80211 attribute to 0, must not include attribute for no timeout - make MAC address randomization optional - change num bursts exponent default to 0 (1 burst, rather rather than the old default of 15==don't care) v4: - clarify NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT documentation v5: - remove unnecessary nl80211 multicast/family changes - remove partial results bit/flag, final is sufficient - add max_bursts_exponent, max_ftms_per_burst to capability - rename "frames per burst" -> "FTMs per burst" v6: - rename cfg80211_pmsr_free_wdev() to cfg80211_pmsr_wdev_down() and call it in leave, so the device can't go down with any pending measurements v7: - wording fixes (Lior) - fix ftm.max_bursts_exponent to allow having the limit of 0 (Lior) v8: - copyright statements - minor coding style fixes - fix error path leak Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
0d4e14a3 |
|
27-Sep-2018 |
Ankita Bajaj <bankita@codeaurora.org> |
nl80211: Add per peer statistics to compute FCS error rate Add support for drivers to report the total number of MPDUs received and the number of MPDUs received with an FCS error from a specific peer. These counters will be incremented only when the TA of the frame matches the MAC address of the peer irrespective of FCS error. It should be noted that the TA field in the frame might be corrupted when there is an FCS error and TA matching logic would fail in such cases. Hence, FCS error counter might not be fully accurate, but it can provide help in detecting bad RX links in significant number of cases. This FCS error counter without full accuracy can be used, e.g., to trigger a kick-out of a connected client with a bad link in AP mode to force such a client to roam to another AP. Signed-off-by: Ankita Bajaj <bankita@codeaurora.org> Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
b60ad348 |
|
01-Oct-2018 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: move cookie_counter out of wiphy There's no reason for drivers to be able to access the cfg80211 internal cookie counter; move it out of the wiphy into the rdev structure. While at it, also make it never assign 0 as a cookie (we consider that invalid in some places), and warn if we manage to do that for some reason (wrapping is not likely to happen with a u64.) Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
81e54d08 |
|
20-Sep-2018 |
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapu <pradeepc@codeaurora.org> |
cfg80211: support FTM responder configuration/statistics Allow userspace to enable fine timing measurement responder functionality with configurable lci/civic parameters in AP mode. This can be done at AP start or changing beacon parameters. A new EXT_FEATURE flag is introduced for drivers to advertise the capability. Also nl80211 API support for retrieving statistics is added. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Pradeep Kumar Chitrapu <pradeepc@codeaurora.org> [remove unused cfg80211_ftm_responder_params, clarify docs, move validation into policy] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
0bcbf651 |
|
23-Sep-2018 |
Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org> |
cfg80211: fix reg_query_regdb_wmm kernel-doc Drop @ptr from kernel-doc for function reg_query_regdb_wmm(). This function parameter was recently removed so update the kernel-doc to match that and remove the kernel-doc warnings. Removes 109 occurrences of this warning message: ../include/net/cfg80211.h:4869: warning: Excess function parameter 'ptr' description in 'reg_query_regdb_wmm' Fixes: 38cb87ee47fb ("cfg80211: make wmm_rule part of the reg_rule structure") Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org> Cc: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com> Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Cc: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org> Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
244eb9ae |
|
31-Aug-2018 |
Shaul Triebitz <shaul.triebitz@intel.com> |
cfg80211: add he_capabilities (ext) IE to AP settings Same as for HT and VHT. This helps the lower level to know whether the AP supports HE. Signed-off-by: Shaul Triebitz <shaul.triebitz@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
9cf0a0b4 |
|
13-Aug-2018 |
Alexei Avshalom Lazar <ailizaro@codeaurora.org> |
cfg80211: Add support for 60GHz band channels 5 and 6 The current support in the 60GHz band is for channels 1-4. Add support for channels 5 and 6. This requires enlarging ieee80211_channel.center_freq from u16 to u32. Signed-off-by: Alexei Avshalom Lazar <ailizaro@codeaurora.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
30ca1aa5 |
|
29-Jul-2018 |
Dedy Lansky <dlansky@codeaurora.org> |
cfg80211/mac80211: make ieee80211_send_layer2_update a public function Make ieee80211_send_layer2_update() a common function so other drivers can re-use it. Signed-off-by: Dedy Lansky <dlansky@codeaurora.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
38cb87ee |
|
22-Aug-2018 |
Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com> |
cfg80211: make wmm_rule part of the reg_rule structure Make wmm_rule be part of the reg_rule structure. This simplifies the code a lot at the cost of having bigger memory usage. However in most cases we have only few reg_rule's and when we do have many like in iwlwifi we do not save memory as it allocates a separate wmm_rule for each channel anyway. This also fixes a bug reported in various places where somewhere the pointers were corrupted and we ended up doing a null-dereference. Fixes: 230ebaa189af ("cfg80211: read wmm rules from regulatory database") Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com> [rephrase commit message slightly] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
a948f713 |
|
03-Jul-2018 |
Denis Kenzior <denkenz@gmail.com> |
nl80211/mac80211: allow non-linear skb in rx_control_port The current implementation of cfg80211_rx_control_port assumed that the caller could provide a contiguous region of memory for the control port frame to be sent up to userspace. Unfortunately, many drivers produce non-linear skbs, especially for data frames. This resulted in userspace getting notified of control port frames with correct metadata (from address, port, etc) yet garbage / nonsense contents, resulting in bad handshakes, disconnections, etc. mac80211 linearizes skbs containing management frames. But it didn't seem worthwhile to do this for control port frames. Thus the signature of cfg80211_rx_control_port was changed to take the skb directly. nl80211 then takes care of obtaining control port frame data directly from the (linear | non-linear) skb. The caller is still responsible for freeing the skb, cfg80211_rx_control_port does not take ownership of it. Fixes: 6a671a50f819 ("nl80211: Add CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME API") Signed-off-by: Denis Kenzior <denkenz@gmail.com> [fix some kernel-doc formatting, add fixes tag] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
c4cbaf79 |
|
09-Jun-2018 |
Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> |
cfg80211: Add support for HE Add support for the HE in cfg80211 and also add userspace API to nl80211 to send rate information out, conforming with P802.11ax_D2.0. Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Yariv <idox.yariv@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
|
#
7f9a3e15 |
|
22-May-2018 |
Vidyullatha Kanchanapally <vidyullatha@codeaurora.org> |
nl80211: Update ERP info using NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS Use NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS to update new ERP information, Association IEs and the Authentication type to driver / firmware which will be used in subsequent roamings. Signed-off-by: Vidyullatha Kanchanapally <vidyullatha@codeaurora.org> [arend: extended fils-sk kernel doc and added check in wiphy_register()] Reviewed-by: Jithu Jance <jithu.jance@broadcom.com> Reviewed-by: Eylon Pedinovsky <eylon.pedinovsky@broadcom.com> Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
e841b7b1 |
|
22-May-2018 |
Arend Van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com> |
nl80211: add FILS related parameters to ROAM event In case of FILS shared key offload the parameters can change upon roaming of which user-space needs to be notified. Reviewed-by: Jithu Jance <jithu.jance@broadcom.com> Reviewed-by: Eylon Pedinovsky <eylon.pedinovsky@broadcom.com> Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
76804d28 |
|
22-May-2018 |
Arend Van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com> |
cfg80211: use separate struct for FILS parameters Put FILS related parameters into their own struct definition so it can be reused for roam events in subsequent change. Reviewed-by: Jithu Jance <jithu.jance@broadcom.com> Reviewed-by: Eylon Pedinovsky <eylon.pedinovsky@broadcom.com> Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
f3a7ca64 |
|
22-May-2018 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: add missing kernel-doc Add the kernel-doc missed earlier. Fixes: 52539ca89f36 ("cfg80211: Expose TXQ stats and parameters to userspace") Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
7ea3e110 |
|
18-May-2018 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: release station info tidstats where needed This fixes memory leaks in cases where we got the station info but failed sending it out properly. Fixes: 8689c051a201 ("cfg80211: dynamically allocate per-tid stats for station info") Reviewed-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
8689c051 |
|
10-May-2018 |
Arend van Spriel <aspriel@gmail.com> |
cfg80211: dynamically allocate per-tid stats for station info With the addition of TXQ stats in the per-tid statistics the struct station_info grew significantly. This resulted in stack size warnings due to the structure itself being above the limit for the warnings. Add an allocation function that those who want to provide per-tid stats should use to allocate the tid array, i.e. struct station_info::pertid. Cc: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk> Fixes: 52539ca89f36 ("cfg80211: Expose TXQ stats and parameters to userspace") Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <aspriel@gmail.com> [johannes: fix missing BIT() and logic by removing] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
52539ca8 |
|
08-May-2018 |
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk> |
cfg80211: Expose TXQ stats and parameters to userspace This adds support for exporting the mac80211 TXQ stats via nl80211 by way of a nested TXQ stats attribute, as well as for configuring the quantum and limits that were previously only changeable through debugfs. This commit adds just the nl80211 API, a subsequent commit adds support to mac80211 itself. Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
81d5439d |
|
16-Apr-2018 |
Balaji Pothunoori <bpothuno@codeaurora.org> |
cfg80211: average ack rssi support for data frames Average ack rssi will be given to userspace via NL80211 interface if firmware is capable. Userspace tool ‘iw’ can process this information and give the output as one of the fields in ‘iw dev wlanX station dump’. Example output : localhost ~ #iw dev wlan-5000mhz station dump Station 34:f3:9a:aa:3b:29 (on wlan-5000mhz) inactive time: 5370 ms rx bytes: 85321 rx packets: 576 tx bytes: 14225 tx packets: 71 tx retries: 0 tx failed: 2 beacon loss: 0 rx drop misc: 0 signal: -54 dBm signal avg: -53 dBm tx bitrate: 866.7 MBit/s VHT-MCS 9 80MHz short GI VHT-NSS 2 rx bitrate: 866.7 MBit/s VHT-MCS 9 80MHz short GI VHT-NSS 2 avg ack signal: -56 dBm authorized: yes authenticated: yes associated: yes preamble: short WMM/WME: yes MFP: no TDLS peer: no DTIM period: 2 beacon interval:100 short preamble: yes short slot time:yes connected time: 203 seconds Main use case is to measure the signal strength of a connected station to AP. Data packet transmit rates and bandwidth used by station can vary a lot even if the station is at fixed location, especially if the rates used are multi stream(2stream, 3stream) rates with different bandwidth(20/40/80 Mhz). These multi stream rates are sensitive and station can use different transmit power for each of the rate and bandwidth combinations. RSSI measured from these RX packets on AP will be not stable and can vary a lot with in a short time. Whereas 802.11 ack frames from station are sent relatively at a constant rate (6/12/24 Mbps) with constant bandwidth(20 Mhz). So average rssi of the ack packets is good and more accurate. Signed-off-by: Balaji Pothunoori <bpothuno@codeaurora.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
1224f583 |
|
25-Mar-2018 |
Denis Kenzior <denkenz@gmail.com> |
nl80211: Add control_port_over_nl80211 to mesh_setup Signed-off-by: Denis Kenzior <denkenz@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
c3bfe1f6 |
|
25-Mar-2018 |
Denis Kenzior <denkenz@gmail.com> |
nl80211: Add control_port_over_nl80211 for ibss Signed-off-by: Denis Kenzior <denkenz@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
64bf3d4b |
|
25-Mar-2018 |
Denis Kenzior <denkenz@gmail.com> |
nl80211: Add CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211 attribute Signed-off-by: Denis Kenzior <denkenz@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
2576a9ac |
|
25-Mar-2018 |
Denis Kenzior <denkenz@gmail.com> |
nl80211: Implement TX of control port frames This commit implements the TX side of NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME. Userspace provides the raw EAPoL frame using NL80211_ATTR_FRAME. Userspace should also provide the destination address and the protocol type to use when sending the frame. This is used to implement TX of Pre-authentication frames. If CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE_NO_ENCRYPT is specified, then the driver will be asked not to encrypt the outgoing frame. A new EXT_FEATURE flag is introduced so that nl80211 code can check whether a given wiphy has capability to pass EAPoL frames over nl80211. Signed-off-by: Denis Kenzior <denkenz@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
6a671a50 |
|
25-Mar-2018 |
Denis Kenzior <denkenz@gmail.com> |
nl80211: Add CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME API This commit also adds cfg80211_rx_control_port function. This is used to generate a CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME event out to userspace. The conn_owner_nlportid is used as the unicast destination. This means that userspace must specify NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER flag if control port over nl80211 routing is requested in NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE, NL80211_CMD_START_AP or IBSS/mesh join. Signed-off-by: Denis Kenzior <denkenz@gmail.com> [johannes: fix return value of cfg80211_rx_control_port()] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
19d3577e |
|
28-Mar-2018 |
Haim Dreyfuss <haim.dreyfuss@intel.com> |
cfg80211: Add API to allow querying regdb for wmm_rule In general regulatory self managed devices maintain their own regulatory profiles thus it doesn't have to query the regulatory database on country change. ETSI has recently introduced a new channel access mechanism for 5GHz that all wlan devices need to comply with. These values are stored in the regulatory database. There are self managed devices which can't maintain these values on their own. Add API to allow self managed regulatory devices to query the regulatory database for high band wmm rule. Signed-off-by: Haim Dreyfuss <haim.dreyfuss@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> [johannes: fix documentation] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
5e78abd0 |
|
27-Mar-2018 |
tamizhr@codeaurora.org <tamizhr@codeaurora.org> |
cfg80211: fix data type of sta_opmode_info parameter Currently bw and smps_mode are u8 type value in sta_opmode_info structure. This values filled in mac80211 from ieee80211_sta_rx_bandwidth and ieee80211_smps_mode. These enum values are specific to mac80211 and userspace/cfg80211 doesn't know about that. This will lead to incorrect result/assumption by the user space application. Change bw and smps_mode parameters to their respective enums in nl80211. Signed-off-by: Tamizh chelvam <tamizhr@codeaurora.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
24bba078 |
|
27-Feb-2018 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> |
mac80211: support A-MSDU in fast-rx Only works if the IV was stripped from packets. Create a smaller variant of ieee80211_rx_h_amsdu, which bypasses checks already done within the fast-rx context. In order to do so, update cfg80211's ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr() to take the offset between header and snap. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
c4b50cd3 |
|
12-Feb-2018 |
Venkateswara Naralasetty <vnaralas@codeaurora.org> |
cfg80211: send ack_signal to user in probe client response This patch provides support to get ack signal in probe client response and in station info from user. Signed-off-by: Venkateswara Naralasetty <vnaralas@codeaurora.org> [squash in compilation fixes] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
466b9936 |
|
31-Jan-2018 |
tamizhr@codeaurora.org <tamizhr@codeaurora.org> |
cfg80211: Add support to notify station's opmode change to userspace ht/vht action frames will be sent to AP from station to notify change of its ht/vht opmode(max bandwidth, smps mode or nss) modified values. Currently these valuse used by driver/firmware for rate control algorithm. This patch introduces NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED command to notify those modified/current supported values(max bandwidth, smps mode, max nss) to userspace application. This will be useful for the application like steering, which closely monitoring station's capability changes. Since the application has taken these values during station association. Signed-off-by: Tamizh chelvam <tamizhr@codeaurora.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
40cbfa90 |
|
25-Jan-2018 |
Srinivas Dasari <dasaris@qti.qualcomm.com> |
cfg80211/nl80211: Optional authentication offload to userspace This interface allows the host driver to offload the authentication to user space. This is exclusively defined for host drivers that do not define separate commands for authentication and association, but rely on userspace SME (e.g., in wpa_supplicant for the ~WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_SME case) for the authentication to happen. This can be used to implement SAE without full implementation in the kernel/firmware while still being able to use NL80211_CMD_CONNECT with driver-based BSS selection. Host driver sends NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH event to start/abort authentication to the port on which connect is triggered and status of authentication is further indicated by user space to host driver through the same command response interface. User space entities advertise this capability through the NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPP flag in the NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request. Host drivers shall look at this capability to offload the authentication. Signed-off-by: Srinivas Dasari <dasaris@qti.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> [add socket connection ownership check] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
51a1aaa6 |
|
15-Jan-2018 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211_hwsim: validate number of different channels When creating a new radio on the fly, hwsim allows this to be done with an arbitrary number of channels, but cfg80211 only supports a limited number of simultaneous channels, leading to a warning. Fix this by validating the number - this requires moving the define for the maximum out to a visible header file. Reported-by: syzbot+8dd9051ff19940290931@syzkaller.appspotmail.com Fixes: b59ec8dd4394 ("mac80211_hwsim: fix number of channels in interface combinations") Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
983dafaa |
|
13-Dec-2017 |
Sunil Dutt <usdutt@qti.qualcomm.com> |
cfg80211: Scan results to also report the per chain signal strength This commit enhances the scan results to report the per chain signal strength based on the latest BSS update. This provides similar information to what is already available through STA information. Signed-off-by: Sunil Dutt <usdutt@qti.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
958a1b5a |
|
11-Dec-2017 |
Jonathan Corbet <corbet@lwn.net> |
nl80211: Remove obsolete kerneldoc line Commit ca986ad9bcd3 (nl80211: allow multiple active scheduled scan requests) removed WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_SCHED_SCAN but left the kerneldoc description in place, leading to this docs-build warning: ./include/net/cfg80211.h:3278: warning: Excess enum value 'WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_SCHED_SCAN' description in 'wiphy_flags' Remove the line and gain a bit of peace. Signed-off-by: Jonathan Corbet <corbet@lwn.net> Acked-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
6c2fb1e6 |
|
09-Nov-2017 |
Sergey Matyukevich <sergey.matyukevich.os@quantenna.com> |
cfg80211: cleanup signal strength units notation Both cfg80211_rx_mgmt and cfg80211_report_obss_beacon functions send reports to userspace using NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM attribute w/o any processing of their input signal values. Which means that in order to match userspace tools expectations, input signal values for those functions are supposed to be in dBm units. This patch cleans up comments, variable names, and trace reports for those functions, replacing confusing 'mBm' by 'dBm'. Signed-off-by: Sergey Matyukevich <sergey.matyukevich.os@quantenna.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
9ae3b172 |
|
29-Oct-2017 |
Tova Mussai <tova.mussai@intel.com> |
cfg80211: IBSS: Add support for static WEP in driver for IBSS Add support for drivers that implement static WEP internally for IBSS. Add the WEP keys to the IBSS params struct, that will allow the driver to use the keys in the join flow, and not only after the connection. Signed-off-by: Tova Mussai <tova.mussai@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
503c1fb9 |
|
29-Sep-2017 |
Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com> |
cfg80211/nl80211: add a port authorized event Add an event that indicates that a connection is authorized (i.e. the 4 way handshake was performed by the driver). This event should be sent by the driver after sending a connect/roamed event. This is useful for networks that require 802.1X authentication. In cases that the driver supports 4 way handshake offload, but the 802.1X authentication is managed by user space, the driver needs to inform user space right after the 802.11 association was completed so user space can initialize its 802.1X state machine etc. However, it is also possible that the AP will choose to skip the 802.1X authentication (e.g. when PMKSA caching is used) and proceed with the 4 way handshake immediately. In this case the driver needs to inform user space that 802.1X authentication is no longer required (e.g. to prevent user space from disconnecting since it did not get any EAPOLs from the AP). This is also useful for roaming, in which case it is possible that the driver used the Fast Transition protocol so 802.1X is not required. Since there will now be a dedicated notification indicating that the connection is authorized, the authorized flag can be removed from the roamed event. Drivers can send the new port authorized event right after sending the roamed event to indicate the new AP is already authorized. This therefore reserves the old PORT_AUTHORIZED attribute. Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
a6bcda44 |
|
19-Sep-2017 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: remove unused function ieee80211_data_from_8023() This function hasn't been used since the removal of iwmc3200wifi in 2012. It also appears to have a bug when qos=True, since then it'll copy uninitialized stack memory to the SKB. Just remove the function entirely. Reported-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
2512b1b1 |
|
05-Aug-2017 |
Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com> |
mac80211: extend ieee80211_ie_split to support EXTENSION Current ieee80211_ie_split() implementation doesn't account for elements that are sub-elements of the EXTENSION IE. To extend support to these IEs as well, treat the WLAN_EID_EXTENSION ids in the %ids array as indicating that the next id in the array is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE. Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
f45cbe6e |
|
09-Jun-2017 |
Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com> |
nl80211: add authorized flag to ROAM event Drivers that initiate roaming while being connected to a network that uses 802.1X authentication need to inform user space if 802.1X authentication is further required after roaming. For example, when using the Fast transition protocol, roaming within the mobility domain does not require new 802.1X authentication, but roaming to another mobility domain does. In addition, some drivers may not support 802.1X authentication (so it has to be done in user space), while other drivers do. Add a flag to the roaming notification to indicate if user space is required to do 802.1X authentication after the roaming or not. This flag will only be used for networks that use 802.1X authentication. For networks that do not use 802.1X authentication it is assumed that no further action is required from user space after the roaming notification. Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> [arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com reuse NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED] Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com> [rebase to apply w/o the flag in CONNECT] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
3a00df57 |
|
09-Jun-2017 |
Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com> |
cfg80211: support 4-way handshake offloading for 802.1X Add API for setting the PMK to the driver. For FT support, allow setting also the PMK-R0 Name. This can be used by drivers that support 4-Way handshake offload while IEEE802.1X authentication is managed by upper layers. Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> [arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com: add WANT_1X_4WAY_HS attribute] Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com> [reword NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X docs a bit to say that the device may require it] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
91b5ab62 |
|
09-Jun-2017 |
Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> |
cfg80211: support 4-way handshake offloading for WPA/WPA2-PSK Let drivers advertise support for station-mode 4-way handshake offloading with a new NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK flag. Extend use of NL80211_ATTR_PMK attribute indicating it might be passed as part of NL80211_CMD_CONNECT command, and contain the PSK (which is the PMK, hence the name.) The driver/device is assumed to handle the 4-way handshake by itself in this case (including key derivations, etc.), instead of relying on the supplicant. This patch is somewhat based on this one (by Vladimir Kondratiev): https://patchwork.kernel.org/patch/1309561/. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> [arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com rebase dealing with existing ATTR_PMK] Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com> [reword NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK docs to indicate that this offload might be required] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
d37d49c2 |
|
16-May-2017 |
Benjamin Berg <benjamin@sipsolutions.net> |
wireless: Only join DFS channels in mesh mode if userspace flags support When joining a mesh network it is not guaranteed that userspace has a daemon listening for radar events. This is however required for channels requiring DFS. To flag that userspace will handle radar events, it needs to set NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS. This matches the current mechanism used for IBSS mode. Signed-off-by: Benjamin Berg <benjamin@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
6406c919 |
|
02-May-2017 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: fix multi scheduled scan kernel-doc Replace @results_wk with @report_results, which was missed in an earlier patch between revisions thereof. Fixes: b34939b98369 ("cfg80211: add request id to cfg80211_sched_scan_*() api") Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Acked-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
842be75c |
|
04-May-2017 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: make RATE_INFO_BW_20 the default Due to the way I did the RX bitrate conversions in mac80211 with spatch, going setting flags to setting the value, many drivers now don't set the bandwidth value for 20 MHz, since with the flags it wasn't necessary to (there was no 20 MHz flag, only the others.) Rather than go through and try to fix up all the drivers, instead renumber the enum so that 20 MHz, which is the typical bandwidth, actually has the value 0, making those drivers all work again. If VHT was hit used with a driver not reporting it, e.g. iwlmvm, this manifested in hitting the bandwidth warning in cfg80211_calculate_bitrate_vht(). Reported-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Tested-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
b34939b9 |
|
28-Apr-2017 |
Arend Van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com> |
cfg80211: add request id to cfg80211_sched_scan_*() api Have proper request id filled in the SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS and SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED notifications toward user-space by having the driver provide it through the api. Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <hante.meuleman@broadcom.com> Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieter-paul.giesberts@broadcom.com> Reviewed-by: Franky Lin <franky.lin@broadcom.com> Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
29ce6ecb |
|
26-Apr-2017 |
Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com> |
cfg80211: unify cfg80211_roamed() and cfg80211_roamed_bss() cfg80211_roamed() and cfg80211_roamed_bss() take the same arguments except that cfg80211_roamed() requires the BSSID and cfg80211_roamed_bss() requires the bss entry. Unify the two functions by using a struct for driver initiated roaming information so that either the BSSID or the bss entry can be passed as an argument to the unified function. Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com> [modified the ath6k, brcm80211, rndis and wlan-ng drivers accordingly] Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> [modify brcmfmac to remove the useless cast, spotted by Arend] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
3a3ecf1d |
|
21-Apr-2017 |
Arend Van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com> |
cfg80211: add request id parameter to .sched_scan_stop() signature For multiple scheduled scan support the driver needs to know which scheduled scan request is being stopped. Pass the request id in the .sched_scan_stop() callback. Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <hante.meuleman@broadcom.com> Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieter-paul.giesberts@broadcom.com> Reviewed-by: Franky Lin <franky.lin@broadcom.com> Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
3007e352 |
|
21-Apr-2017 |
Arend Van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com> |
nl80211: add support for BSSIDs in scheduled scan matchsets This patch allows for the scheduled scan request to specify matchsets for specific BSSIDs. Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <hante.meuleman@broadcom.com> Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieter-paul.giesberts@broadcom.com> Reviewed-by: Franky Lin <franky.lin@broadcom.com> Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com> [docs, netlink policy fix] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
ca986ad9 |
|
21-Apr-2017 |
Arend Van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com> |
nl80211: allow multiple active scheduled scan requests This patch implements the idea to have multiple scheduled scan requests running concurrently. It mainly illustrates how to deal with the incoming request from user-space in terms of backward compatibility. In order to use multiple scheduled scans user-space needs to provide a flag attribute NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI to indicate support. If not the request is treated as a legacy scan. Drivers currently supporting scheduled scan are now indicating they support a single scheduled scan request. This obsoletes WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_SCHED_SCAN. Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <hante.meuleman@broadcom.com> Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieter-paul.giesberts@broadcom.com> Reviewed-by: Franky Lin <franky.lin@broadcom.com> Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com> [clean up netlink destroy path to avoid allocations, code cleanups] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
ab81007a |
|
25-Apr-2017 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: simplify netlink socket owner interface deletion There's no need to allocate a portid structure and then, for each of those, walk the interfaces - we can just add a flag to each interface and walk those directly. Due to padding in the struct, we can even do it without any memory cost, and it even simplifies the code. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
96b08fd6 |
|
13-Apr-2017 |
Arend Van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com> |
nl80211: add request id in scheduled scan event messages For multi-scheduled scan support in subsequent patch a request id will be added. This patch add this request id to the scheduled scan event messages. For now the request id will always be zero. With multi-scheduled scan its value will inform user-space to which scan the event relates. Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <hante.meuleman@broadcom.com> Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieter-paul.giesberts@broadcom.com> Reviewed-by: Franky Lin <franky.lin@broadcom.com> Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
818a986e |
|
12-Apr-2017 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: move add/change interface monitor flags into params Instead passing both flags, which can be NULL, and vif_params, which are never NULL, move the flags into the vif_params and use BIT(0), which is invalid from userspace, to indicate that the flags were changed. While updating all drivers, fix a small bug in wil6210 where it was setting the flags to 0 instead of leaving them unchanged. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
b0265024 |
|
12-Apr-2017 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: allow leaving MU-MIMO monitor configuration unchanged When changing monitor parameters, not setting the MU-MIMO attributes should mean that they're not changed - it's documented that to turn the feature off it's necessary to set all-zero group membership and an invalid follow-address. This isn't implemented. Fix this by making the parameters pointers, stop reusing the macaddr struct member, and documenting that NULL pointers mean unchanged. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
27548677 |
|
31-Mar-2017 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: add documentation for cfg80211_get_bss() This was missing, but is referenced a lot in the documentation. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
a3caf744 |
|
30-Mar-2017 |
Vidyullatha Kanchanapally <vkanchan@qti.qualcomm.com> |
cfg80211: Add support for FILS shared key authentication offload Enhance nl80211 and cfg80211 connect request and response APIs to support FILS shared key authentication offload. The new nl80211 attributes can be used to provide additional information to the driver to establish a FILS connection. Also enhance the set/del PMKSA to allow support for adding and deleting PMKSA based on FILS cache identifier. Add a new feature flag that drivers can use to advertize support for FILS shared key authentication and association in station mode when using their own SME. Signed-off-by: Vidyullatha Kanchanapally <vkanchan@qti.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
5349a0f7 |
|
30-Mar-2017 |
Vidyullatha Kanchanapally <vkanchan@qti.qualcomm.com> |
cfg80211: Use a structure to pass connect response params Currently the connect event from driver takes all the connection response parameters as arguments. With support for new features these response parameters can grow. Use a structure to pass these parameters rather than passing them as function arguments. Signed-off-by: Vidyullatha Kanchanapally <vkanchan@qti.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> [add to documentation] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
4a4b8169 |
|
10-Feb-2017 |
Andrew Zaborowski <andrew.zaborowski@intel.com> |
cfg80211: Accept multiple RSSI thresholds for CQM Change the SET CQM command's RSSI threshold attribute to accept any number of thresholds as a sorted array. The API should be backwards compatible so that if one s32 threshold value is passed, the old mechanism is enabled. The netlink event generated is the same in both cases. cfg80211 handles an arbitrary number of RSSI thresholds but drivers have to provide a method (set_cqm_rssi_range_config) that configures a range set by a high and a low value. Drivers have to call back when the RSSI goes out of that range and there's no additional event for each time the range is reconfigured as there was with the current one-threshold API. This method doesn't have a hysteresis parameter because there's no benefit to the cfg80211 code from having the hysteresis be handled by hardware/driver in terms of the number of wakeups. At the same time it would likely be less consistent between drivers if offloaded or done in the drivers. Signed-off-by: Andrew Zaborowski <andrew.zaborowski@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
66f00449 |
|
27-Feb-2017 |
Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com> |
scripts/spelling.txt: add "disassocation" pattern and fix typo instances Fix typos and add the following to the scripts/spelling.txt: disassocation||disassociation Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1481573103-11329-27-git-send-email-yamada.masahiro@socionext.com Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
|
#
8585989d |
|
08-Feb-2017 |
Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> |
cfg80211: fix NAN bands definition The nl80211_nan_dual_band_conf enumeration doesn't make much sense. The default value is assigned to a bit, which makes it weird if the default bit and other bits are set at the same time. To improve this, get rid of NL80211_NAN_BAND_DEFAULT and add a wiphy configuration to let the drivers define which bands are supported. This is exposed to the userspace, which then can make a decision on which band(s) to use. Additionally, rename all "dual_band" elements to "bands", to make things clearer. Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
bee427b8 |
|
24-Jan-2017 |
Andrzej Zaborowski <andrew.zaborowski@intel.com> |
cfg80211: Pass new RSSI level in CQM RSSI notification Update the drivers to pass the RSSI level as a cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify parameter and pass this value to userspace in a new nl80211 attribute. This helps both userspace and also helps in the implementation of the multiple RSSI thresholds CQM mechanism. Note for marvell/mwifiex I pass 0 for the RSSI value because the new RSSI value is not available to the driver at the time of the cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify call, but the driver queries the new value immediately after that, so it is actually available just a moment later if we wanted to defer caling cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify until that moment. Without this, the new cfg80211 code (patch 3) will call .get_station which will send a duplicate HostCmd_CMD_RSSI_INFO command to the hardware. Signed-off-by: Andrew Zaborowski <andrew.zaborowski@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
66cd794e |
|
07-Feb-2017 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
nl80211: add HT/VHT capabilities to AP parameters For the benefit of drivers that rebuild IEs in firmware, parse the IEs for HT/VHT capabilities and the respective membership selector in the (extended) supported rates. This avoids duplicating the same code into all drivers that need this information. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
c6c94aea |
|
13-Jan-2017 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: fix a documentation warning The new restructured text parser complains about the formatting, and really this should be a definition list. In order to fix this without introducing trailing whitespace, convert to the inline kernel-doc format. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
c88215d7 |
|
12-Jan-2017 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> |
cfg80211: Fix documentation for connect result The function documentation for cfg80211_connect_bss() and cfg80211_connect_result() was still claiming that they are used only for a success case while these functions can now be used to report both success and various failure cases. The actual use cases were already described in the connect() documentation. Update the function specific comments to note the failure cases and also describe how the special status == -1 case is used in cfg80211_connect_bss() to indicate a connection timeout based on the internal implementation in cfg80211_connect_timeout(). Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> [use tabs for indentation] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
3093ebbeab |
|
12-Jan-2017 |
Purushottam Kushwaha <pkushwah@qti.qualcomm.com> |
cfg80211: Specify the reason for connect timeout This enhances the connect timeout API to also carry the reason for the timeout. These reason codes for the connect time out are represented by enum nl80211_timeout_reason and are passed to user space through a new attribute NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON (u32). Signed-off-by: Purushottam Kushwaha <pkushwah@qti.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> [keep gfp_t argument last] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
bf95ecdb |
|
12-Jan-2017 |
vamsi krishna <vamsin@qti.qualcomm.com> |
cfg80211: Add support to sched scan to report better BSSs Enhance sched scan to support option of finding a better BSS while in connected state. Firmware scans the medium and reports when it finds a known BSS which has better RSSI than the current connected BSS. New attributes to specify the relative RSSI (compared to the current BSS) are added to the sched scan to implement this. Signed-off-by: vamsi krishna <vamsin@qti.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
bd2522b1 |
|
06-Jan-2017 |
Andrzej Zaborowski <andrew.zaborowski@intel.com> |
cfg80211: NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER support for CMD_CONNECT Disconnect or deauthenticate when the owning socket is closed if this flag is supplied to CMD_CONNECT or CMD_ASSOCIATE. This may be used to ensure userspace daemon doesn't leave an unmanaged connection behind. In some situations it would be possible to account for that, to some degree, in the deamon restart code or in the up/down scripts without the use of this attribute. But there will be systems where the daemon can go away for varying periods without a warning due to local resource management. Signed-off-by: Andrew Zaborowski <andrew.zaborowski@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
e691ac2f |
|
04-Jan-2017 |
Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl> |
cfg80211: support ieee80211-freq-limit DT property This patch adds a helper for reading that new property and applying limitations of supported channels specified this way. It is used with devices that normally support a wide wireless band but in a given config are limited to some part of it (usually due to board design). For example a dual-band chipset may be able to support one band only because of used antennas. It's also common that tri-band routers have separated radios for lower and higher part of 5 GHz band and it may be impossible to say which is which without a DT info. Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl> [add new function to documentation, fix link] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
543b921b |
|
16-Nov-2016 |
Arend Van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com> |
cfg80211: get rid of name indirection trick for ieee80211_get_channel() The comment on the name indirection suggested an issue but turned out to be untrue. Digging in older kernel version showed issue with ipw2x00 but that is no longer true so get rid on the name indirection. Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
e6f462df |
|
08-Dec-2016 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211/mac80211: fix BSS leaks when abandoning assoc attempts When mac80211 abandons an association attempt, it may free all the data structures, but inform cfg80211 and userspace about it only by sending the deauth frame it received, in which case cfg80211 has no link to the BSS struct that was used and will not cfg80211_unhold_bss() it. Fix this by providing a way to inform cfg80211 of this with the BSS entry passed, so that it can clean up properly, and use this ability in the appropriate places in mac80211. This isn't ideal: some code is more or less duplicated and tracing is missing. However, it's a fairly small change and it's thus easier to backport - cleanups can come later. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
088e8df8 |
|
27-Oct-2016 |
vamsi krishna <vamsin@qti.qualcomm.com> |
cfg80211: Add support to update connection parameters Add functionality to update the connection parameters when in connected state, so that driver/firmware uses the updated parameters for subsequent roaming. This is for drivers that support internal BSS selection and roaming. The new command does not change the current association state, i.e., it can be used to update IE contents for future (re)associations without causing an immediate disassociation or reassociation with the current BSS. This commit implements the required functionality for updating IEs for (Re)Association Request frame only. Other parameters can be added in future when required. Signed-off-by: vamsi krishna <vamsin@qti.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
ce0ce13a |
|
10-Oct-2016 |
Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de> |
cfg80211: configure multicast to unicast for AP interfaces Add the ability to configure if an AP (and associated VLANs) will do multicast-to-unicast conversion for ARP, IPv4 and IPv6 frames (possibly within 802.1Q). If enabled, such frames are to be sent to each station separately, with the DA replaced by their own MAC address rather than the group address. Note that this may break certain expectations of the receiver, such as the ability to drop unicast IP packets received within multicast L2 frames, or the ability to not send ICMP destination unreachable messages for packets received in L2 multicast (which is required, but the receiver can't tell the difference if this new option is enabled.) This also doesn't implement the 802.11 DMS (directed multicast service). Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de> [fix disabling, add better documentation & commit message] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
348bd456 |
|
26-Oct-2016 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> |
cfg80211: Add KEK/nonces for FILS association frames The new nl80211 attributes can be used to provide KEK and nonces to allow the driver to encrypt and decrypt FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frames in station mode. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
3f817fe7 |
|
26-Oct-2016 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> |
cfg80211: Define IEEE P802.11ai (FILS) information elements Define the Element IDs and Element ID Extensions from IEEE P802.11ai/D11.0. In addition, add a new cfg80211_find_ext_ie() wrapper to make it easier to find information elements that used the Element ID Extension field. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
11b6b5a4 |
|
26-Oct-2016 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> |
cfg80211: Rename SAE_DATA to more generic AUTH_DATA This adds defines and nl80211 extensions to allow FILS Authentication to be implemented similarly to SAE. FILS does not need the special rules for the Authentication transaction number and Status code fields, but it does need to add non-IE fields. The previously used NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA can be reused for this to avoid having to duplicate that implementation. Rename that attribute to more generic NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA (with backwards compatibility define for NL80211_SAE_DATA). Also document the special rules related to the Authentication transaction number and Status code fiels. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
4c8dea63 |
|
21-Oct-2016 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: validate beacon int as part of iface combinations Remove the pointless checking against interface combinations in the initial basic beacon interval validation, that currently isn't taking into account radar detection or channels properly. Instead, just validate the basic range there, and then delay real checking to the interface combination validation that drivers must do. This means that drivers wanting to use the beacon_int_min_gcd will now have to pass the new_beacon_int when validating the AP/mesh start. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
73c7da3d |
|
20-Oct-2016 |
Arend Van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com> |
cfg80211: add generic helper to check interface is running Add a helper using wdev to check if interface is running. This deals with both non-netdev and netdev interfaces. In struct wireless_dev replace 'p2p_started' and 'nan_started' by 'is_running' as those are mutually exclusive anyway, and unify all the code to use wdev_running(). Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
0711d638 |
|
18-Oct-2016 |
Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> |
cfg80211: allow aborting in-progress connection atttempts On a disconnect request from userspace, cfg80211 currently calls called rdev_disconnect() only in case that 'current_bss' was set, i.e. connection had been established. Change this to allow the userspace call to succeed and call the driver's disconnect() method also while the connection attempt is in progress, to be able to abort attempts. Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> [change commit subject/message] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
f438ceb8 |
|
18-Oct-2016 |
Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> |
mac80211: uapsd_queues is in QoS IE order The uapsd_queue field is in QoS IE order and not in IEEE80211_AC_*'s order. This means that mac80211 would get confused between BK and BE which is certainly not such a big deal but needs to be fixed. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
0c317a02 |
|
12-Oct-2016 |
Purushottam Kushwaha <pkushwah@qti.qualcomm.com> |
cfg80211: support virtual interfaces with different beacon intervals This commit provides a mechanism for the host drivers to advertise the support for different beacon intervals among the respective interface combinations in a group, through NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD (u32). This value will be compared against GCD of all beaconing interfaces of matching combinations. If the driver doesn't advertise this value, the old behaviour where all beacon intervals must be identical is retained. If it is specified, then any beacon interval for an interface in the interface combination as well as the GCD of all active beacon intervals in the combination must be greater or equal to this value. Signed-off-by: Purushottam Kushwaha <pkushwah@qti.qualcomm.com> [change commit message, some variable names, small other things] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
e227300c |
|
12-Oct-2016 |
Purushottam Kushwaha <pkushwah@qti.qualcomm.com> |
cfg80211: pass struct to interface combination check/iter Move the growing parameter list to a structure for the interface combination check and iteration functions in cfg80211 and mac80211 to make the code easier to understand. Signed-off-by: Purushottam Kushwaha <pkushwah@qti.qualcomm.com> [edit commit message] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
8b935ee2 |
|
05-Oct-2016 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: add ability to check DA/SA in A-MSDU decapsulation We should not accept arbitrary DA/SA inside A-MSDUs, it could be used to circumvent protections, like allowing a station to send frames and make them seem to come from somewhere else. Add the necessary infrastructure in cfg80211 to allow such checks, in further patches we'll start using them. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
7f6990c8 |
|
05-Oct-2016 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: let ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s() take only header-less SKB There's only a single case where has_80211_header is passed as true, which is in mac80211. Given that there's only simple code that needs to be done before calling it, export that function from cfg80211 instead and let mac80211 call it itself. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
819bf593 |
|
11-Oct-2016 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
docs-rst: sphinxify 802.11 documentation This is just a very basic conversion, I've split up the original multi-book template, and also split up the multi-part mac80211 part in the original book; neither of those were handled by the automatic pandoc conversion. Fix errors that showed up, resulting in a much nicer rendering, at least for the interface combinations documentation. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jonathan Corbet <corbet@lwn.net>
|
#
368e5a7b |
|
20-Sep-2016 |
Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com> |
cfg80211: Provide an API to report NAN function termination Provide a function that reports NAN DE function termination. The function may be terminated due to one of the following reasons: user request, ttl expiration or failure. If the NAN instance is tied to the owner, the notification will be sent to the socket that started the NAN interface only Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
50bcd31d |
|
20-Sep-2016 |
Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com> |
cfg80211: provide a function to report a match for NAN Provide a function the driver can call to report a match. This will send the event to the user space. If the NAN instance is tied to the owner, the notifications will be sent to the socket that started the NAN interface only. Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
a5a9dcf2 |
|
20-Sep-2016 |
Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com> |
cfg80211: allow the user space to change current NAN configuration Some NAN configuration paramaters may change during the operation of the NAN device. For example, a user may want to update master preference value when the device gets plugged/unplugged to the power. Add API that allows to do so. Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
a442b761 |
|
20-Sep-2016 |
Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com> |
cfg80211: add add_nan_func / del_nan_func A NAN function can be either publish, subscribe or follow up. Make all the necessary verifications and just pass the request to the driver. Allow the user space application that starts NAN to forbid any other socket to add or remove functions. Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
cb3b7d87 |
|
20-Sep-2016 |
Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com> |
cfg80211: add start / stop NAN commands This allows user space to start/stop NAN interface. A NAN interface is like P2P device in a few aspects: it doesn't have a netdev associated to it. Add the new interface type and prevent operations that can't be executed on NAN interface like scan. Define several attributes that may be configured by user space when starting NAN functionality (master preference and dual band operation) Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
b8676221 |
|
22-Sep-2016 |
David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com> |
cfg80211: Add support for static WEP in the driver Add support for drivers that implement static WEP internally, i.e. expose connection keys to the driver in connect flow and don't upload the keys after the connection. Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
8564e382 |
|
19-Sep-2016 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: add checks for beacon rate, extend to mesh The previous commit added support for specifying the beacon rate for AP mode. Add features checks to this, and extend it to also support the rate configuration for mesh networks. For IBSS it's not as simple due to joining etc., so that's not yet supported. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
a7c7fbff |
|
14-Sep-2016 |
Purushottam Kushwaha <pkushwah@qti.qualcomm.com> |
cfg80211: Add support to configure a beacon data rate This allows an option to configure a single beacon tx rate for an AP. Signed-off-by: Purushottam Kushwaha <pkushwah@qti.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
fbd05e4a |
|
15-Sep-2016 |
Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> |
cfg80211: add helper to find an IE that matches a byte-array There are a few places where an IE that matches not only the EID, but also other bytes inside the element, needs to be found. To simplify that and reduce the amount of similar code, implement a new helper function to match the EID and an extra array of bytes. Additionally, simplify cfg80211_find_vendor_ie() by using the new match function. Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
5a1f044b |
|
29-Aug-2016 |
Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> |
cfg80211: clarify the requirements of .disconnect() cfg80211 expects the .disconnect() handler to call cfg80211_disconnect() when done. Make this requirement more explicit. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
61aaa0e8 |
|
19-Aug-2016 |
Linus Lüssing <linus.luessing@c0d3.blue> |
cfg80211: Add stub for cfg80211_get_station() This allows modules using this function (currently: batman-adv) to compile even if cfg80211 is not built at all, thus relaxing dependencies. Signed-off-by: Linus Lüssing <linus.luessing@c0d3.blue> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
7d27a0ba |
|
30-Jun-2016 |
Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com> |
cfg80211: Add mesh peer AID setting API Previously, mesh power management functionality works only with kernel MPM. Because user space MPM did not report mesh peer AID to kernel, the kernel could not identify the bit in TIM element. So this patch adds mesh peer AID setting API. Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
1d76250b |
|
05-Jul-2016 |
Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com> |
nl80211: support beacon report scanning Beacon report radio measurement requires reporting observed BSSs on the channels specified in the beacon request. If the measurement mode is set to passive or active, it requires actually performing a scan (passive or active, accordingly), and reporting the time that the scan was started and the time each beacon/probe was received (both in terms of TSF of the BSS of the requesting AP). If the request mode is table, this information is optional. In addition, the radio measurement request specifies the channel dwell time for the measurement. In order to use scan for beacon report when the mode is active or passive, add a parameter to scan request that specifies the channel dwell time, and add scan start time and beacon received time to scan results information. Supporting beacon report is required for Multi Band Operation (MBO). Signed-off-by: Assaf Krauss <assaf.krauss@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
c6e6a0c8 |
|
05-Jul-2016 |
Aviya Erenfeld <aviya.erenfeld@intel.com> |
nl80211: Add API to support VHT MU-MIMO air sniffer add API to support VHT MU-MIMO air sniffer. in MU-MIMO there are parallel frames on the air while the HW has only one RX. add the capability to sniff one of the MU-MIMO parallel frames by giving the sniffer additional information so it'll know which of the parallel frames it shall follow. Add attribute - NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA - for getting a MU-MIMO groupID in order to monitor packets from that group using VHT MU-MIMO. And add attribute -NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_ADDR - for passing MAC address to monitor mode. that option will be used by VHT MU-MIMO air sniffer to follow a station according to it's MAC address using VHT MU-MIMO. Signed-off-by: Aviya Erenfeld <aviya.erenfeld@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
019ae3a9 |
|
15-May-2016 |
Kanchanapally, Vidyullatha <vkanchan@qti.qualcomm.com> |
cfg80211: Advertise extended capabilities per interface type to userspace The driver extended capabilities may differ for different interface types which the userspace needs to know (for example the fine timing measurement initiator and responder bits might differ for a station and AP). Add a new nl80211 attribute to provide extended capabilities per interface type to userspace. Signed-off-by: Vidyullatha Kanchanapally <vkanchan@qti.qualcomm.com> Reviewed-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
bf1ecd21 |
|
30-May-2016 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> |
cfg80211: Allow cfg80211_connect_result() errors to be distinguished Previously, the status parameter to cfg80211_connect_result() was documented as using WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE (1) when the real status code for the failure is not known. This value can be used by an AP (and often is) and as such, user space cannot distinguish between explicitly rejected authentication/association and not being able to even try to associate or not receiving a response from the AP. Add a new inline function, cfg80211_connect_timeout(), to be used when the driver knows that the connection attempt failed due to a reason where connection could not be attempt or no response was received from the AP. The internal functions now allow a negative status value (-1) to be used as an indication of this special case. This results in the NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT to be added to the NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event to allow user space to determine this case was hit. For backwards compatibility, NL80211_STATUS_CODE with the value WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE is still indicated in the event in such a case. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> [johannes: fix cfg80211_connect_bss() prototype to use int for status, add cfg80211_connect_timeout() to docbook, fix docbook] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
53873f13 |
|
03-May-2016 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: make wdev_list accessible to drivers There's no harm in having drivers read the list, since they can use RCU protection or RTNL locking; allow this to not require each and every driver to also implement its own bookkeeping. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
9e9ea439 |
|
03-May-2016 |
Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> |
cfg80211: allow finding vendor with OUI without specifying the OUI type This allows finding vendor IE from a specific vendor. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
e7054989 |
|
11-Apr-2016 |
Kanchanapally, Vidyullatha <vkanchan@qti.qualcomm.com> |
cfg80211: Add option to report the bss entry in connect result Since cfg80211 maintains separate BSS table entries for APs if the same BSSID, SSID pair is seen on multiple channels, it is possible that it can map the current_bss to a BSS entry on the wrong channel. This current_bss will not get flushed unless disconnected and cfg80211 reports a wrong channel as the associated channel. Fix this by introducing a new cfg80211_connect_bss() function which is similar to cfg80211_connect_result(), but it includes an additional parameter: the bss the STA is connected to. This allows drivers to provide the exact bss entry that matches the BSS to which the connection was completed. Reviewed-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: Vidyullatha Kanchanapally <vkanchan@qti.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: Sunil Dutt <usdutt@qti.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
739960f1 |
|
07-Apr-2016 |
Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qti.qualcomm.com> |
cfg80211/nl80211: Add support for NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION Add support for the a station statistics netlink attribute: NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION. If present, this attribute contains the aggregate PPDU duration (in microseconds) for all the frames from the peer. This is useful to help understand the total time spent transmitting to us by all of the connected peers. Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qti.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
57fbcce3 |
|
12-Apr-2016 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: remove enum ieee80211_band This enum is already perfectly aliased to enum nl80211_band, and the only reason for it is that we get IEEE80211_NUM_BANDS out of it. There's no really good reason to not declare the number of bands in nl80211 though, so do that and remove the cfg80211 one. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
35eb8f7b |
|
06-Apr-2016 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> |
cfg80211: Improve Connect/Associate command documentation The roaming cases for the Connect command were not fully covered and neither Connect nor Associate command uses of the prev_bssid parameter were very clear. Add details to describe how the prev_bssid argument is supposed to be used and when the driver should use association or reassociation. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
ba6fbacf |
|
29-Mar-2016 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> |
cfg80211: Add option to specify previous BSSID for Connect command This extends NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to allow the NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute to be used similarly to way this was already allowed with NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE. This allows user space to request reassociation (instead of association) when already connected to an AP. This provides an option to reassociate within an ESS without having to disconnect and associate with the AP. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
17b94247 |
|
17-Mar-2016 |
Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com> |
cfg80211: allow userspace to specify client P2P PS support Legacy clients don't support P2P power save mechanisms, and thus if a P2P GO has a legacy client connected to it, it has to make some changes in the PS behavior. To handle this, add an attribute to specify whether a station supports P2P PS or not. If the attribute was not specified cfg80211 will assume that station supports it for P2P GO interface, and does NOT support it for AP interface, matching the current assumptions in the code. Signed-off-by: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
2aa4d456 |
|
08-Mar-2016 |
Akira Moroo <retrage01@gmail.com> |
cfg80211: fix kernel-doc struct name This patch fix a structure name mismatch in cfg80211.h. Signed-off-by: Moroo Akira <retrage01@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Julian Calaby <julian.calaby@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
38de03d2 |
|
02-Mar-2016 |
Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com> |
nl80211: add feature for BSS selection support Introducing a new feature that the driver can use to indicate the driver/firmware supports configuration of BSS selection criteria upon CONNECT command. This can be useful when multiple BSS-es are found belonging to the same ESS, ie. Infra-BSS with same SSID. The criteria can then be used to offload selection of a preferred BSS. Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com> Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com> Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com> Reviewed-by: Lei Zhang <leizh@broadcom.com> Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com> [move wiphy support check into parse_bss_select()] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
818965d3 |
|
26-Feb-2016 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> |
cfg80211: Allow a scan request for a specific BSSID This allows scans for a specific BSSID to be optimized by the user space application by requesting the driver to set the Probe Request frame BSSID field (Address 3) to the specified BSSID instead of the wildcard BSSID. This prevents other APs from replying which reduces airtime need and latency in getting the response from the target AP through. This is an optimization and as such, it is acceptable for some of the drivers not to support the mechanism. If not supported, the wildcard BSSID will be used and more responses may be received. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
34d50519 |
|
28-Jan-2016 |
Lior David <liord@codeaurora.org> |
cfg80211: basic support for PBSS network type PBSS (Personal Basic Service Set) is a new BSS type for DMG networks. It is similar to infrastructure BSS, having an AP-like entity called PCP (PBSS Control Point), but it has few differences. PBSS support is mandatory for 11ad devices. Add support for PBSS by introducing a new PBSS flag attribute. The PBSS flag is used in the START_AP command to request starting a PCP instead of an AP, and in the CONNECT command to request connecting to a PCP instead of an AP. Signed-off-by: Lior David <liord@codeaurora.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
91d3ab46 |
|
30-Oct-2015 |
Vidyullatha Kanchanapally <vkanchan@qti.qualcomm.com> |
cfg80211: Add support for aborting an ongoing scan Implement new functionality for aborting an ongoing scan. Add NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN to the nl80211 interface. After aborting the scan, driver shall provide the scan status by calling cfg80211_scan_done(). Reviewed-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: Vidyullatha Kanchanapally <vkanchan@qti.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: Sunil Dutt <usdutt@qti.qualcomm.com> [change command to take wdev instead of netdev so that it can be used on p2p-device scans] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
0483eeac |
|
23-Oct-2015 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: replace ieee80211_ie_split() with an inline The function is a very simple wrapper around another one, just adds a few default parameters, so replace it with a static inline instead of using EXPORT_SYMBOL, reducing the module size slightly. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
e86abc68 |
|
22-Oct-2015 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211/mac80211: clarify RSSI CQM reporting requirements The previous patch changed mac80211 to always report an event after a CQM RSSI reconfiguration. Document that as expected behaviour in both the cfg80211 and mac80211 API. Currently, iwlmvm already implements that behaviour; the other drivers implementing CQM RSSI events may have to be changed. This behaviour lets userspace know what the current state is without relying on querying the data which is racy. Reviewed-by: Sharon, Sara <sara.sharon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
3b06d277 |
|
12-Oct-2015 |
Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com> |
cfg80211: Add multiple scan plans for scheduled scan Add the option to configure multiple 'scan plans' for scheduled scan. Each 'scan plan' defines the number of scan cycles and the interval between scans. The scan plans are executed in the order they were configured. The last scan plan will always run infinitely and thus defines only the interval between scans. The maximum number of scan plans supported by the device and the maximum number of iterations in a single scan plan are advertised to userspace so it can configure the scan plans appropriately. When scheduled scan results are received there is no way to know which scan plan is being currently executed, so there is no way to know when the next scan iteration will start. This is not a problem, however. The scan start timestamp is only used for flushing old scan results, and there is no difference between flushing all results received until the end of the previous iteration or the start of the current one, since no results will be received in between. Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
6e19bc4b |
|
07-Oct-2015 |
Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com> |
nl80211: allow BSS data to include CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp For location and connectivity services, userspace would often like to know the time when the BSS was last seen. The current "last seen" value is calculated in a way that makes it less useful, especially if the system suspended in the meantime. Add the ability for the driver to report a real CLOCK_BOOTTIME stamp that can then be reported to userspace (if present). Drivers wishing to use this must be converted to the new API to call cfg80211_inform_bss_data() or cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(). They need to ensure the reported value is accurate enough even when the frame might have been buffered in the device (e.g. firmware.) Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com> [modified to use struct, inlines] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
47edb11b |
|
21-Sep-2015 |
Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com> |
cfg80211: allow changing station capabilities for unassociated stations Currently, cfg80211 rejects capability updates for existing entries and as a result it's impossible to update entries that were added unassociated, but that is necessary to go through the full station states from userspace, adding a station before authentication etc. Fix this by allowing updates to capabilities for stations that the driver (or mac80211) assigned unassociated state. Drivers setting the full station state support flag must use the new station type for proper operation. Signed-off-by: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
7bdbe400 |
|
15-Aug-2015 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
nl80211: support vendor dumpit commands In order to transfer many items in vendor commands, support the dumpit netlink method for them. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
33d8783c |
|
23-Jun-2015 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: allow mgmt_frame_register callback to sleep This callback is currently not allowed to sleep, which makes it more difficult to implement proper driver methods in mac80211 than it has to be. Instead of doing asynchronous work here in mac80211, make it possible for the callback to sleep by doing some asynchronous work in cfg80211. This also enables improvements to other drivers, like ath6kl, that would like to sleep in this callback. While at it, also fix the code to call the driver on the implicit unregistration when an interface is removed, and do that also when a P2P-Device wdev is destroyed (otherwise we leak the structs.) Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
923b352f |
|
08-Jul-2015 |
Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> |
cfg80211: use RTNL locked reg_can_beacon for IR-relaxation The RTNL is required to check for IR-relaxation conditions that allow more channels to beacon. Export an RTNL locked version of reg_can_beacon and use it where possible in AP/STA interface type flows, where IR-relaxation may be applicable. Fixes: 06f207fc5418 ("cfg80211: change GO_CONCURRENT to IR_CONCURRENT for STA") Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
80279fb7 |
|
22-May-2015 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: properly send NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP in disconnect When we disconnect from the AP, drivers call cfg80211_disconnect(). This doesn't know whether the disconnection was initiated locally or by the AP though, which can cause problems with the supplicant, for example with WPS. This issue obviously doesn't show up with any mac80211 based driver since mac80211 doesn't call this function. Fix this by requiring drivers to indicate whether the disconnect is locally generated or not. I've tried to update the drivers, but may not have gotten the values correct, and some drivers may currently not be able to report correct values. In case of doubt I left it at false, which is the current behaviour. For libertas, make adjustments as indicated by Dan Williams. Reported-by: Matthieu Mauger <matthieux.mauger@intel.com> Tested-by: Matthieu Mauger <matthieux.mauger@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
06f207fc |
|
06-May-2015 |
Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> |
cfg80211: change GO_CONCURRENT to IR_CONCURRENT for STA The GO_CONCURRENT regulatory definition can be extended to station interfaces requesting to IR as part of TDLS off-channel operations. Rename the GO_CONCURRENT flag to IR_CONCURRENT and allow the added use-case. Change internal users of GO_CONCURRENT to use the new definition. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
29464ccc |
|
31-Mar-2015 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: move IE split utilities here from mac80211 As the next patch will require the IE splitting utility functions in cfg80211, move them there from mac80211. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
6bab2e19 |
|
18-Mar-2015 |
Tom Gundersen <teg@jklm.no> |
cfg80211: pass name_assign_type to rdev_add_virtual_intf() This will expose in /sys whether the ifname of a device is set by userspace or generated by the kernel. The latter kind (wlanX, etc) is not deterministic, so userspace needs to rename these devices to names that are guaranteed to stay the same between reboots. The former, however should never be renamed, so userspace needs to be able to reliably tell the difference. Similar functionality was introduced for the rtnetlink core in commit 5517750f058e ("net: rtnetlink - make create_link take name_assign_type") Signed-off-by: Tom Gundersen <teg@jklm.no> Cc: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com> Cc: Brett Rudley <brudley@broadcom.com> Cc: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com> Cc: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com> Cc: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com> Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> [reformat changelog to fit 72 cols] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
a38700dd |
|
18-Mar-2015 |
Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> |
cfg/mac80211: add regulatory classes IE during TDLS setup Seems Broadcom TDLS peers (Nexus 5, Xperia Z3) refuse to allow TDLS connection when channel-switching is supported but the regulatory classes IE is missing from the setup request. Add a chandef to reg-class translation function to cfg80211 and use it to add the required IE during setup. For now add only the current regulatory class as supported - it is enough to resolve the compatibility issue. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
0c5c9fb5 |
|
11-Mar-2015 |
Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> |
net: Introduce possible_net_t Having to say > #ifdef CONFIG_NET_NS > struct net *net; > #endif in structures is a little bit wordy and a little bit error prone. Instead it is possible to say: > typedef struct { > #ifdef CONFIG_NET_NS > struct net *net; > #endif > } possible_net_t; And then in a header say: > possible_net_t net; Which is cleaner and easier to use and easier to test, as the possible_net_t is always there no matter what the compile options. Further this allows read_pnet and write_pnet to be functions in all cases which is better at catching typos. This change adds possible_net_t, updates the definitions of read_pnet and write_pnet, updates optional struct net * variables that write_pnet uses on to have the type possible_net_t, and finally fixes up the b0rked users of read_pnet and write_pnet. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
6c09e791 |
|
26-Feb-2015 |
Ahmad Kholaif <akholaif@qca.qualcomm.com> |
cfg80211: Allow NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX to be added to vendor events This modifies cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc() with an additional argument struct wireless_dev *wdev. __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb() is modified to take in *wdev argument, if wdev != NULL, both the NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and wdev identifier are added to the vendor event. These changes make it easier for drivers to add ifindex indication in vendor events cleanly. This also updates all existing users of cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc() and __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb() in the kernel tree. Signed-off-by: Ahmad Kholaif <akholaif@qca.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
6eb18137 |
|
08-Feb-2015 |
Dedy Lansky <dlansky@codeaurora.org> |
cfg80211: add bss_type and privacy arguments in cfg80211_get_bss() 802.11ad adds new a network type (PBSS) and changes the capability field interpretation for the DMG (60G) band. The same 2 bits that were interpreted as "ESS" and "IBSS" before are re-used as a 2-bit field with 3 valid values (and 1 reserved). Valid values are: "IBSS", "PBSS" (new) and "AP". In order to get the BSS struct for the new PBSS networks, change the cfg80211_get_bss() function to take a new enum ieee80211_bss_type argument with the valid network types, as "capa_mask" and "capa_val" no longer work correctly (the search must be band-aware now.) The remaining bits in "capa_mask" and "capa_val" are used only for privacy matching so replace those two with a privacy enum as well. Signed-off-by: Dedy Lansky <dlansky@codeaurora.org> [rewrite commit log, tiny fixes] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
9c748934 |
|
16-Jan-2015 |
Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> |
nl80211: add an attribute to allow delaying the first scheduled scan cycle The userspace may want to delay the the first scheduled scan or net-detect cycle. Add an optional attribute to the scheduled scan configuration to pass the delay to be (optionally) used by the driver. Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> [add the attribute to the policy to validate it] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
b51f3bee |
|
15-Jan-2015 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: change bandwidth reporting to explicit field For some reason, we made the bandwidth separate flags, which is rather confusing - a single rate cannot have different bandwidths at the same time. Change this to no longer be flags but use a separate field for the bandwidth ('bw') instead. While at it, add support for 5 and 10 MHz rates - these are reported as regular legacy rates with their real bitrate, but tagged as 5/10 now to make it easier to distinguish them. In the nl80211 API, the flags are preserved, but the code now can also clearly only set a single one of the flags. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
97d910d0 |
|
15-Jan-2015 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: remove 80+80 MHz rate reporting These rates are treated the same as 160 MHz in the spec, so it makes no sense to distinguish them. As no driver uses them yet, this is also not a problem, just remove them. In the userspace API the field remains reserved to preserve API and ABI. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
2c3e861c |
|
07-Jan-2015 |
Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> |
cfg80211: introduce sync regdom set API for self-managed A self-managed device will sometimes need to set its regdomain synchronously. Notably it should be set before usermode has a chance to query it. Expose a new API to accomplish this which requires the RTNL. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
6de39808 |
|
18-Dec-2014 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
nl80211: support per-TID station statistics The base for the current statistics is pretty mixed up, support exporting RX/TX statistics for MSDUs per TID. This (currently) covers received MSDUs, transmitted MSDUs and retries/failures thereof. Doing it per TID for MSDUs makes more sense than say only per AC because it's symmetric - we could export per-AC statistics for all frames (which AC we used for transmission can be determined also for management frames) but per TID is better and usually data frames are really the ones we care about. Also, on RX we can't determine the AC - but we do know the TID for any QoS MPDU we received. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
8d791361 |
|
20-Nov-2014 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
nl80211: clarify packet statistics descriptions The current statistics we keep aren't very clear, some are on MPDUs and some on MSDUs/MMPDUs. Clarify the descriptions based on the counters mac80211 keeps. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
a76b1942 |
|
17-Nov-2014 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: add nl80211 beacon-only statistics Add these two values: * BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer * BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average for beacons only These can then be used for Android Lollipop's statistics request. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
319090bf |
|
17-Nov-2014 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: remove enum station_info_flags This is really just duplicating the list of information that's already available in the nl80211 attribute, so remove the list. Two small changes are needed: * remove STATION_INFO_ASSOC_REQ_IES complete, but the length (assoc_req_ies_len) can be used instead * add NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC which exists internally but not in nl80211 yet This gets rid of the duplicate maintenance of the two lists. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
cf5ead82 |
|
14-Nov-2014 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: allow including station info in delete event When a station is removed, its statistics may be interesting to userspace, for example for further aggregation of statistics of all stations that ever connected to an AP. Introduce a new cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo() function (and make the cfg80211_del_sta() a static inline calling it) to allow passing a struct station_info along with this, and send the data in the nl80211 event message. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
052536ab |
|
14-Nov-2014 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: add scan time to survey data Add the time spent scanning to the survey data so it can be reported by drivers that collect such information. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
11f78ac3 |
|
14-Nov-2014 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: allow survey data to return global data Not all devices are able to report survey data (particularly time spent for various operations) per channel. As all these statistics already exist in survey data, allow such devices to report them (if userspace requested it) Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
4ed20beb |
|
14-Nov-2014 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: remove "channel" from survey names All of the survey data is (currently) per channel anyway, so having the word "channel" in the name does nothing. In the next patch I'll introduce global data to the survey, where the word "channel" is actually confusing. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
d75bb06b |
|
23-Dec-2014 |
Gautam Kumar Shukla <gautams@broadcom.com> |
cfg80211: add extensible feature flag attribute With the wiphy::features flag being used up this patch adds a new field wiphy::ext_features. Considering extensibility this new field is declared as a byte array. This extensible flag is exposed to user-space by NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES. Cc: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com> Signed-off-by: Gautam (Gautam Kumar) Shukla <gautams@broadcom.com> Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
93a1e86c |
|
15-Dec-2014 |
Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com> |
nl80211: Stop scheduled scan if netlink client disappears An attribute NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER can be set by the scan initiator. If present, the attribute will cause the scan to be stopped if the client dies. Signed-off-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
31a60ed1 |
|
15-Dec-2014 |
Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com> |
nl80211: Convert sched_scan_req pointer to RCU pointer Because of possible races when accessing sched_scan_req pointer in rdev, the sched_scan_req is converted to RCU pointer. Signed-off-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
b0d7aa59 |
|
15-Dec-2014 |
Jonathan Doron <jond@wizery.com> |
cfg80211: allow wiphy specific regdomain management Add a new regulatory flag that allows a driver to manage regdomain changes/updates for its own wiphy. A self-managed wiphys only employs regulatory information obtained from the FW and driver and does not use other cfg80211 sources like beacon-hints, country-code IEs and hints from other devices on the same system. Conversely, a self-managed wiphy does not share its regulatory hints with other devices in the system. If a system contains several devices, one or more of which are self-managed, there might be contradictory regulatory settings between them. Usage of flag is generally discouraged. Only use it if the FW/driver is incompatible with non-locally originated hints. A new API lets the driver send a complete regdomain, to be applied on its wiphy only. After a wiphy-specific regdomain change takes place, usermode will get a new type of change notification. The regulatory core also takes care enforce regulatory restrictions, in case some interfaces are on forbidden channels. Signed-off-by: Jonathan Doron <jonathanx.doron@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@suse.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
98f03342 |
|
25-Nov-2014 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: clean up beacon loss CQM event Having it as a sub-event for RSSI thresholds is very ugly, but luckily no userspace actually uses the events yet. Move the event to its own function call internally and to its own event attribute in nl80211. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
5b97f49d |
|
25-Nov-2014 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: refactor the various CQM event sending code Much of the code can be shared by moving it into helper functions for the CQM event sending. Also move the code closer together, even in the header file. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
ad2b26ab |
|
12-Jun-2014 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: allow drivers to support random MAC addresses for scan Add the necessary feature flags and a scan flag to support using random MAC addresses for scan while unassociated. The configuration for this supports an arbitrary MAC address value and mask, so that any kind of configuration (e.g. fixed OUI or full 46-bit random) can be requested. Full 46-bit random is the default when no other configuration is passed. Also add a small helper function to use the addr/mask correctly. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
8cd4d456 |
|
17-Sep-2014 |
Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> |
cfg80211: add wowlan net-detect support Add a new WoWLAN API to enable net-detect as a wake up trigger. Net-detect allows the device to scan in the background while the host is asleep to wake up the host system when a matching network is found. Reuse the scheduled scan attributes to specify how the scan is performed while suspended and the matches that will trigger a wake event. Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
1057d35e |
|
18-Nov-2014 |
Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> |
cfg80211: introduce TDLS channel switch commands Introduce commands to initiate and cancel TDLS channel-switching. Once TDLS channel-switching is started, the lower level driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switch operations and returning to the base (AP) channel to listen for beacons from time to time. Upon cancellation of the channel-switch all communication between the relevant TDLS peers will continue on the base channel. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
f8d7552e |
|
07-Nov-2014 |
Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> |
cfg80211: add channel switch started notification Add a new NL80211_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY message that can be sent to the userspace when a channel switch process has started. This allows userspace to take action, for instance, by requesting other interfaces to switch channel as necessary. This patch introduces a function that allows the drivers to send this notification. It should be used when the driver starts processing a channel switch initiated by a remote device (eg. when a STA receives a CSA from the AP) and when it successfully starts a userspace-triggered channel switch (eg. when hostapd triggers a channel swith in the AP). Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
6e0bd6c3 |
|
03-Nov-2014 |
Rostislav Lisovy <lisovy@gmail.com> |
cfg80211: 802.11p OCB mode handling This patch adds new iface type (NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB) representing the OCB (Outside the Context of a BSS) mode. When establishing a connection to the network a cfg80211_join_ocb function is called (particular nl80211_command is added as well). A mandatory parameters during the ocb_join operation are 'center frequency' and 'channel width (5/10 MHz)'. Changes done in mac80211 are minimal possible required to avoid many warnings (warning: enumeration value 'NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB' not handled in switch) during compilation. Full functionality (where needed) is added in the following patch. Signed-off-by: Rostislav Lisovy <rostislav.lisovy@fel.cvut.cz> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
e8f479b1 |
|
22-Oct-2014 |
Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> |
cfg80211: support configuring vif mac addr on create This is useful when creating virtual interfaces. Keeps udev from mucking with things it shouldn't, since the default MAC is never seen by udev when specified on the cmd-line during creation. Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> [check for feature flag in nl80211 to force drivers to set it] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
1998d90a |
|
22-Oct-2014 |
Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> |
cfg80211: support creating wiphy with suggested name Kernel will attempt to use the name if it is supplied, but if name cannot be used for some reason, the default phyX name will be used instead. Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> [while at it, use wiphy_name() instead of dev_name(), fix format string issue reported by Kees Cook] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
723e73ac |
|
22-Oct-2014 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: make WMM TSPEC support flag an nl80211 feature flag During the review of the corresponding wpa_supplicant patches we noticed that the only way for it to detect that this functionality is supported currently is to check for the command support. This can be misleading though, as the command was also designed to, in the future, support pure 802.11 TSPECs. Expose the WMM-TSPEC feature flag to nl80211 so later we can also expose an 802.11-TSPEC feature flag (if needed) to differentiate the two cases. Note: this change isn't needed in 3.18 as there's no driver there yet that supports the functionality at all. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
98856866 |
|
20-Oct-2014 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> |
cfg80211: Specify frame and reason code for NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION The optional NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes can now be included in NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION to indicate to the driver which frame (Deauthentication/Disassociation) and reason code in that frame should be used to indicate removal to the specific station. This is used by drivers that implement AP SME and generate those frames internally. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
89c771e5 |
|
10-Oct-2014 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> |
cfg80211: Convert del_station() callback to use a param struct This makes it easier to add new parameters for the del_station calls without having to modify all drivers that use this. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
66be7d2b |
|
12-Sep-2014 |
Henning Rogge <hrogge@gmail.com> |
cfg80211: add ops to query mesh proxy path table Add two new cfg80211 operations for querying a table with proxied mesh paths. Signed-off-by: Henning Rogge <henning.rogge@fkie.fraunhofer.de> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
18998c38 |
|
10-Sep-2014 |
Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> |
cfg80211: allow requesting SMPS mode on ap start Add feature bits to indicate device support for static-smps and dynamic-smps modes. Add a new NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE attribue to allow configuring the smps mode to be used by the ap (e.g. configuring to ap to dynamic smps mode will reduce power consumption while having minor effect on throughput) Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
b0b6aa2c |
|
09-Sep-2014 |
Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> |
cfg80211/mac80211: add wmm info to assoc event Userspace might need to know what queues are configured for uapsd (e.g. for setting proper default values in tspecs). Add this bitmap to the association event (inside wmm nested attribute) Add additional parameter to cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp, and update its callers. Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
960d01ac |
|
09-Sep-2014 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: add WMM traffic stream API Add nl80211 and driver API to validate, add and delete traffic streams with appropriate settings. The API calls for userspace doing the action frame handshake with the peer, and then allows only to set up the parameters in the driver. To avoid setting up a session only to tear it down again, the validate API is provided, but the real usage later can still fail so userspace must be prepared for that. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
78f686ca |
|
10-Sep-2014 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: don't put kek/kck/replay counter on the stack There's no need to put the values on the stack, just pass a pointer to the data in the nl80211 message. This reduces stack usage and avoids potential issues with putting sensitive data on the stack. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
3057dbfd |
|
04-Sep-2014 |
Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi83@gmail.com> |
cfg80211: enable dynack through nl80211 Enable ACK timeout estimation algorithm (dynack) using mac80211 set_coverage_class API. Dynack is activated passing coverage class equals to -1 to lower drivers and it is automatically disabled setting valid value for coverage class. Define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute to enable dynack from userspace. In order to activate dynack NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower drivers to indicate dynack capability. Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi83@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
bab5ab7d |
|
03-Sep-2014 |
Assaf Krauss <assaf.krauss@intel.com> |
nl80211: Add flag attribute for RRM connections Add a flag attribute to use in associations, for tagging the target connection as supporting RRM. It is the responsibility of upper layers to set this flag only if both the underlying device, and the target network indeed support RRM. To be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT commands. Signed-off-by: Assaf Krauss <assaf.krauss@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
2740f0cf |
|
03-Sep-2014 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: add Intel Mobile Communications copyright Our legal structure changed at some point (see wikipedia), but we forgot to immediately switch over to the new copyright notice. For files that we have modified in the time since the change, add the proper copyright notice now. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
5bc8c1f2 |
|
12-Aug-2014 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: allow passing frame type to cfg80211_inform_bss() When using the cfg80211_inform_bss[_width]() functions drivers cannot currently indicate whether the data was received in a beacon or probe response. Fix that by passing a new enum that indicates such (or unknown). For good measure, use it in ath6kl. Acked-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com> [ath6kl] Acked-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com> [brcmfmac] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
0e227084 |
|
12-Aug-2014 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: clarify BSS probe response vs. beacon data There are a few possible cases of where BSS data came from: 1) only a beacon has been received 2) only a probe response has been received 3) the driver didn't report what it received (this happens when using cfg80211_inform_bss[_width]()) 4) both probe response and beacon data has been received Unfortunately, in the userspace API, a few things weren't there: a) there was no way to differentiate cases 1) and 4) above without comparing the data of the IEs b) the TSF was always from the last frame, instead of being exposed for beacon/probe response separately like IEs Fix this by i) exporting a new flag attribute that indicates whether or not probe response data has been received - this addresses (a) ii) exporting a BEACON_TSF attribute that holds the beacon's TSF if a beacon has been received iii) not exporting the beacon attributes in case (3) above as that would just lead userspace into thinking the data actually came from a beacon when that isn't clear To implement this, track inside the IEs struct whether or not it (definitely) came from a beacon. Reported-by: William Seto Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
970fdfa8 |
|
11-Aug-2014 |
Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com> |
cfg80211: remove @gfp parameter from cfg80211_rx_mgmt() In the cfg80211_rx_mgmt(), parameter @gfp was used for the memory allocation. But, memory get allocated under spin_lock_bh(), this implies atomic context. So, one can't use GFP_KERNEL, only variants with no __GFP_WAIT. Actually, in all occurrences GFP_ATOMIC is used (wil6210 use GFP_KERNEL by mistake), and it should be this way or warning triggered in the memory allocation code. Remove @gfp parameter as no actual choice exist, and use hard coded GFP_ATOMIC for memory allocation. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
97dc94f1 |
|
24-Jun-2014 |
Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> |
cfg80211: remove channel_switch combination check Driver is now responsible for veryfing if the switch is possible. Since this is inherently tricky driver may decide to disconnect an interface later with cfg80211_stop_iface(). This doesn't mean driver can accept everything. It should do it's best to verify requests and reject them as soon as possible. Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
31fa97c5 |
|
11-Jun-2014 |
Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> |
cfg80211: pass TDLS initiator in tdls_mgmt operations The TDLS initiator is set once during link setup. If determines the address ordering in the link identifier IE. Fix dependent drivers - mwifiex and mac80211. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
b7ffbd7e |
|
04-Jun-2014 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: make ethtool the driver's responsibility Currently, cfg80211 tries to implement ethtool, but that doesn't really scale well, with all the different operations. Make the lower-level driver responsible for it, which currently only has an effect on mac80211. It will similarly not scale well at that level though, since mac80211 also has many drivers. To cleanly implement this in mac80211, introduce a new file and move some code to appropriate places. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
67af9811 |
|
18-May-2014 |
Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> |
cfg80211: allow RSSI compensation Channels in 2.4GHz band overlap, this means that if we send a probe request on channel 1 and then move to channel 2, we will hear the probe response on channel 2. In this case, the RSSI will be lower than if we had heard it on the channel on which it was sent (1 in this case). The firmware / low level driver can parse the channel in the DS IE or HT IE and compensate the RSSI so that it will still have a valid value even if we heard the frame on an adjacent channel. This can be done up to a certain offset. Add this offset as a configuration for the low level driver. A low level driver that can compensate the low RSSI in this case should assign the maximal offset for which the RSSI value is still valid. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
7406353d |
|
19-May-2014 |
Antonio Quartulli <antonio@open-mesh.com> |
cfg80211: implement cfg80211_get_station cfg80211 API Implement and export the new cfg80211_get_station() API. This utility can be used by other kernel modules to obtain detailed information about a given wireless station. It will be in particular useful to batman-adv which will implement a wireless rate based metric. Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@open-mesh.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
867d849f |
|
19-May-2014 |
Antonio Quartulli <antonio@open-mesh.com> |
cfg80211: export expected throughput through get_station() Users may need information about the expected throughput towards a given peer. This value is supposed to consider the size overhead generated by the 802.11 header. This value is exported in kbps through the get_station() API by including it into the station_info object. Moreover, it is sent to user space when replying to the nl80211 GET_STATION command. This information will be useful to the batman-adv module which will use it for its new metric computation. Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@open-mesh.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
922bd80f |
|
19-May-2014 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: constify wowlan/coalesce mask/pattern pointers This requires changing the nl80211 parsing code a bit to use intermediate pointers for the allocation, but clarifies the API towards the drivers. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
c1e5f471 |
|
19-May-2014 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: constify more pointers in the cfg80211 API This also propagates through the drivers. The orinoco driver uses the cfg80211 API structs for internal bookkeeping, and so needs a (void *) cast that removes the const - but that's OK because it allocates those pointers. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
3b3a0162 |
|
19-May-2014 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: constify MAC addresses in cfg80211 ops This propagates through all the drivers and mac80211. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
c2e4323b |
|
15-May-2014 |
Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> |
cfg80211: add documentation for max_num_csa_counters Move the comment in the structure to a description of the max_num_csa_counters field in the docbook area. This fixes a warning when building htmldocs (at least): Warning(include/net/cfg80211.h:3064): No description found for parameter 'max_num_csa_counters' Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
9a774c78 |
|
09-May-2014 |
Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com> |
cfg80211: Support multiple CSA counters Change the type of NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON and NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP to be NLA_BINARY which allows userspace to use beacons and probe responses with multiple CSA counters. This isn't breaking the API since userspace can continue to use nla_put_u16 for this attributes, which is equivalent to a single element u16 array. In addition advertise max number of supported CSA counters. This is needed when using CSA and eCSA IEs together. Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
34d22ce2 |
|
09-May-2014 |
Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com> |
cfg80211: Add API to update CSA counters in mgmt frames Add NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX which holds an array of offsets to the CSA counters which should be updated when sending a management frames with NL80211_CMD_FRAME. This API should be used by the drivers that wish to keep the CSA counter updated in probe responses, but do not implement probe response offloading and so, do not use ieee80211_proberesp_get function. Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
8c48b50a |
|
05-May-2014 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
cfg80211: allow restricting supported dfs regions At the moment, the ath9k/ath10k DFS module only supports detecting ETSI radar patterns. Add a bitmap in the interface combinations, indicating which DFS regions are supported by the detector. If unset, support for all regions is assumed. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
f6837ba8 |
|
30-Apr-2014 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: handle failed restart/resume better When the driver fails during HW restart or resume, the whole stack goes into a very confused state with interfaces being up while the hardware is down etc. Address this by shutting down everything; we'll run into a lot of warnings in the process but that's better than having the whole stack get messed up. Reviewed-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
c3d62036 |
|
07-May-2014 |
Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> |
cfg80211: fix docbook warning When trying to generate documentation, at least xmldocs, we get the following warning: Warning(include/net/cfg80211.h:461): No description found for parameter 'nl80211_iftype' Fix it by adding the iftype argument name to the cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required() function declaration. Reported-and-tested-by: Masanari Iida <standby24x7@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
f04c2203 |
|
09-Apr-2014 |
Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> |
cfg80211: export interface stopping function This exports a new cfg80211_stop_iface() function. This is intended for driver internal interface combination management and channel switching. Due to locking issues (it re-enters driver) the call is asynchronous and uses cfg80211 event list/worker. Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
792e6aa7 |
|
30-Apr-2014 |
Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> |
cfg80211: add cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_rtnl Add locked-version for cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped. This is used for some users that might want to call it when rtnl is already locked. Fixes: d43c6b6 ("mac80211: reschedule sched scan after HW restart") Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org (3.14+) Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
e16821bc |
|
28-Apr-2014 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> |
cfg80211: Dynamic channel bandwidth changes in AP mode This extends NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL to allow dynamic channel bandwidth changes in AP mode (including P2P GO) during a lifetime of the BSS. This can be used to implement, e.g., HT 20/40 MHz co-existence rules on the 2.4 GHz band. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
ea077c1c |
|
15-Apr-2014 |
Rostislav Lisovy <lisovy@gmail.com> |
cfg80211: Add attributes describing prohibited channel bandwidth Since there are frequency bands (e.g. 5.9GHz) allowing channels with only 10 or 5 MHz bandwidth, this patch adds attributes that allow keeping track about this information. When channel attributes are reported to user-space, make sure to not break old tools, i.e. if the 'split wiphy dump' is enabled, report the extra attributes (if present) describing the bandwidth restrictions. If the 'split wiphy dump' is not enabled, completely omit those channels that have flags set to either IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ or IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ. Add the check for new bandwidth restriction flags in cfg80211_chandef_usable() to comply with the restrictions. Signed-off-by: Rostislav Lisovy <rostislav.lisovy@fel.cvut.cz> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
65a124dd |
|
09-Apr-2014 |
Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> |
cfg80211: allow drivers to iterate over matching combinations The patch splits cfg80211_check_combinations() into an iterator function and a simple iteration user. This makes it possible for drivers to asses how many channels can use given iftype setup. This in turn can be used for future multi-interface/multi-channel channel switching. Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
ce26151b |
|
03-Apr-2014 |
Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com> |
cfg80211: update comment about WIPHY_FLAG_CUSTOM_REGULATORY Commit a2f73b6c5db3c ("cfg80211: move regulatory flags to their own variable") renamed WIPHY_FLAG_CUSTOM_REGULATORY to REGULATORY_CUSTOM_REG, but missed to update one comment. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
73de86a3 |
|
13-Feb-2014 |
Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> |
cfg80211/mac80211: move interface counting for combination check to mac80211 Move the counting part of the interface combination check from cfg80211 to mac80211. This is needed to simplify locking when the driver has to perform a combination check by itself (eg. with channel-switch). Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
2beb6dab |
|
18-Feb-2014 |
Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> |
cfg80211/mac80211: refactor cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required() Some interface types don't require DFS (such as STATION, P2P_CLIENT etc). In order to centralize these decisions, make cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required() take the iftype into consideration. Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
cb2d956d |
|
17-Feb-2014 |
Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> |
cfg80211: refactor cfg80211_can_use_iftype_chan() Separate the code that counts the interface types and channels from the code that check the interface combinations. The new function that checks for combinations is exported so it can be called by the drivers. This is done in preparation for moving the interface combinations checks out of cfg80211. Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
174e0cd2 |
|
23-Feb-2014 |
Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> |
cfg80211: Enable GO operation on additional channels Allow GO operation on a channel marked with IEEE80211_CHAN_GO_CONCURRENT iff there is an active station interface that is associated to an AP operating on the same channel in the 2 GHz band or the same UNII band (in the 5 GHz band). This relaxation is not allowed if the channel is marked with IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR. Note that this is a permissive approach to the FCC definitions, that require a clear assessment that the device operating the AP is an authorized master, i.e., with radar detection and DFS capabilities. It is assumed that such restrictions are enforced by user space. Furthermore, it is assumed, that if the conditions that allowed for the operation of the GO on such a channel change, i.e., the station interface disconnected from the AP, it is the responsibility of user space to evacuate the GO from the channel. Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
570dbde1 |
|
23-Feb-2014 |
David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com> |
cfg80211: Add indoor only and GO concurrent channel attributes The FCC are clarifying some soft configuration requirements, which among other include the following: 1. Indoor operation, where a device can use channels requiring indoor operation, subject to that it can guarantee indoor operation, i.e., the device is connected to AC Power or the device is under the control of a local master that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC Power. 2. Concurrent GO operation, where devices may instantiate a P2P GO while they are under the guidance of an authorized master. For example, on a channel on which a BSS is connected to an authorized master, i.e., with DFS and radar detection capability in the UNII band. See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122 Add support for advertising Indoor-only and GO-Concurrent channel properties. Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
78f22b6a |
|
24-Mar-2014 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: allow userspace to take ownership of interfaces When dynamically creating interfaces from userspace, e.g. for P2P usage, such interfaces are usually owned by the process that created them, i.e. wpa_supplicant. Should wpa_supplicant crash, such interfaces will often cease operating properly and cause problems on restarting the process. To avoid this problem, introduce an ownership concept for interfaces. If an interface is owned by a netlink socket, then it will be destroyed if the netlink socket is closed for any reason, including if the process it belongs to crashed. This gives us a race-free way to get rid of any such interfaces. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
3afc2167 |
|
04-Mar-2014 |
Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> |
cfg80211/mac80211: ignore signal if the frame was heard on wrong channel On 2.4Ghz band, the channels overlap since the delta between different channels is 5Mhz while the width of the receiver is 20Mhz (at least). This means that we can hear beacons or probe responses from adjacent channels. These frames will have a significant lower RSSI which will feed all kinds of logic with inaccurate data. An obvious example is the roaming algorithm that will think our AP is getting weak and will try to move to another AP. In order to avoid this, update the signal only if the frame has been heard on the same channel as the one advertised by the AP in its DS / HT IEs. We refrain from updating the values only if the AP is already in the BSS list so that we will still have a valid (but inaccurate) value if the AP was heard on an adjacent channel only. To achieve this, stop taking the channel from DS / HT IEs in mac80211. The DS / HT IEs is taken into account to discard the frame if it was received on a disabled channel. This can happen due to the same phenomenon: the frame is sent on channel 12, but heard on channel 11 while channel 12 can be disabled on certain devices. Since this check is done in cfg80211, stop even checking this in mac80211. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> [remove unused rx_freq variable] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
31559f35 |
|
21-Feb-2014 |
Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com> |
cfg80211: DFS get CAC time from regulatory database Send Channel Availability Check time as a parameter of start_radar_detection() callback. Get CAC time from regulatory database. Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
089027e5 |
|
21-Feb-2014 |
Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com> |
cfg80211: regulatory: allow getting DFS CAC time from userspace Introduce DFS CAC time as a regd param, configured per REG_RULE and set per channel in cfg80211. DFS CAC time is close connected with regulatory database configuration. Instead of using hardcoded values, get DFS CAC time form regulatory database. Pass DFS CAC time to user mode (mainly for iw reg get, iw list, iw info). Allow setting DFS CAC time via CRDA. Add support for internal regulatory database. Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com> [rewrap commit log] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
b80edbc1 |
|
20-Feb-2014 |
Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> |
cfg80211: docbook: add interface combinations documentation Add the ieee80211_iface_limit and the ieee80211_iface_combination structures to docbook. Reformat the examples of combinations slightly, so it looks a bit better on docbook. Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
0fcf8ac5 |
|
20-Feb-2014 |
Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> |
cfg80211: docbook: fix small formatting error docbook (or one of its friends) gets confused with semi-colons in the argument descriptions, causing it to think that the semi-colon is marking a new section in the description of addr_mask in wiphy struct. Prevent this by using hyphens instead of semi-colons in the mask example. Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
d9b8396a |
|
13-Feb-2014 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: document sched_scan_stop synchronous behaviour Due to userspace assumptions, the sched_scan_stop operation must be synchronous, i.e. once it returns a new scheduled scan must be able to start immediately. Document this in the API. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
df942e7b |
|
20-Feb-2014 |
Sunil Dutt Undekari <usdutt@qti.qualcomm.com> |
cfg80211: Pass TDLS peer capability information in tdls_mgmt While framing the TDLS Setup Confirmation frame, the driver needs to know if the TDLS peer is VHT/HT/WMM capable and thus shall construct the VHT/HT operation / WMM parameter elements accordingly. Supplicant determines if the TDLS peer is VHT/HT/WMM capable based on the presence of the respective IEs in the received TDLS Setup Response frame. The host driver should not need to parse the received TDLS Response frame and thus, should be able to rely on the supplicant to indicate the capability of the peer through additional flags while transmitting the TDLS Setup Confirmation frame through tdls_mgmt operations. Signed-off-by: Sunil Dutt Undekari <usdutt@qti.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
9e0e2961 |
|
29-Jan-2014 |
Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> |
cfg80211: consider existing DFS interfaces It was possible to break interface combinations in the following way: combo 1: iftype = AP, num_ifaces = 2, num_chans = 2, combo 2: iftype = AP, num_ifaces = 1, num_chans = 1, radar = HT20 With the above interface combinations it was possible to: step 1. start AP on DFS channel by matching combo 2 step 2. start AP on non-DFS channel by matching combo 1 This was possible beacuse (step 2) did not consider if other interfaces require radar detection. The patch changes how cfg80211 tracks channels - instead of channel itself now a complete chandef is stored. Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
fe94f3a4 |
|
29-Jan-2014 |
Antonio Quartulli <antonio@open-mesh.com> |
cfg80211: fix channel configuration in IBSS join When receiving an IBSS_JOINED event select the BSS object based on the {bssid, channel} couple rather than the bssid only. With the current approach if another cell having the same BSSID (but using a different channel) exists then cfg80211 picks up the wrong BSS object. The result is a mismatching channel configuration between cfg80211 and the driver, that can lead to any sort of problem. The issue can be triggered by having an IBSS sitting on given channel and then asking the driver to create a new cell using the same BSSID but with a different frequency. By passing the channel to cfg80211_get_bss() we can solve this ambiguity and retrieve/create the correct BSS object. All the users of cfg80211_ibss_joined() have been changed accordingly. Moreover WARN when cfg80211_ibss_joined() gets a NULL channel as argument and remove a bogus call of the same function in ath6kl (it does not make sense to call cfg80211_ibss_joined() with a zero BSSID on ibss-leave). Cc: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com> Cc: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com> Cc: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com> Cc: Jussi Kivilinna <jussi.kivilinna@iki.fi> Cc: libertas-dev@lists.infradead.org Acked-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@open-mesh.com> [minor code cleanup in ath6kl] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
ea73cbce |
|
24-Jan-2014 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
nl80211: fix scheduled scan RSSI matchset attribute confusion The scheduled scan matchsets were intended to be a list of filters, with the found BSS having to pass at least one of them to be passed to the host. When the RSSI attribute was added, however, this was broken and currently wpa_supplicant adds that attribute in its own matchset; however, it doesn't intend that to mean that anything that passes the RSSI filter should be passed to the host, instead it wants it to mean that everything needs to also have higher RSSI. This is semantically problematic because we have a list of filters like [ SSID1, SSID2, SSID3, RSSI ] with no real indication which one should be OR'ed and which one AND'ed. To fix this, move the RSSI filter attribute into each matchset. As we need to stay backward compatible, treat a matchset with only the RSSI attribute as a "default RSSI filter" for all other matchsets, but only if there are other matchsets (an RSSI-only matchset by itself is still desirable.) To make driver implementation easier, keep a global min_rssi_thold for the entire request as well. The only affected driver is ath6kl. I found this when I looked into the code after Raja Mani submitted a patch fixing the n_match_sets calculation to disregard the RSSI, but that patch didn't address the semantic issue. Reported-by: Raja Mani <rmani@qti.qualcomm.com> Acked-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
0b9323f6 |
|
08-Jan-2014 |
Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com> |
nl80211: add Guard Interval support for set_bitrate_mask Allow to force SGI, LGI. Mainly for test purpose. Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
4b5800fe |
|
15-Jan-2014 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: make connect ie param const This required liberally sprinkling 'const' over brcmfmac and mwifiex but seems like a useful thing to do since the pointer can't really be written. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
664834de |
|
14-Jan-2014 |
Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> |
cfg80211: Clean up connect params and channel fetching Addition of the frequency hints showed up couple of places in cfg80211 where pointers could be marked const and a shared function could be used to fetch a valid channel. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> [fix mwifiex] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
b43504cf |
|
14-Jan-2014 |
Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> |
cfg80211: Advertise maximum associated STAs in AP mode This allows drivers to advertise the maximum number of associated stations they support in AP mode (including P2P GO). User space applications can use this for cleaner way of handling the limit (e.g., hostapd rejecting IEEE 802.11 authentication without manual configuration of the limit) or to figure out what type of use cases can be executed with multiple devices before trying and failing. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
1df4a510 |
|
14-Jan-2014 |
Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> |
cfg80211: Allow BSS hint to be provided for connect This clarifies the expected driver behavior on the older NL80211_ATTR_MAC and NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ attributes and adds a new set of similar attributes with _HINT postfix to enable use of a recommendation of the initial BSS to choose. This can be helpful for some drivers that can avoid an additional full scan on connection request if the information is provided to them (user space tools like wpa_supplicant already has that information available based on earlier scans). In addition, this can be used to get more expected behavior for cases where a specific BSS should be picked first based on operations like Interworking network selection or WPS. These cases were already easily addressed with drivers that leave BSS selection to user space, but there was no convenient way to do this with drivers that take care of BSS selection internally without using the NL80211_ATTR_MAC which is not really desired since it is needed for other purposes to force the association to remain with the same BSS. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> [add const, fix policy] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
bdfbec2d |
|
09-Jan-2014 |
Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> |
cfg80211: Add a function to get the number of supported channels Add a utility function to get the number of channels supported by the device, and update the places in the code that need this data. Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> [replace another occurrence in libertas, fix kernel-doc, fix bugs] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
fa9ffc74 |
|
17-Dec-2013 |
Kyeyoon Park <kyeyoonp@qca.qualcomm.com> |
cfg80211: Add support for QoS mapping This allows QoS mapping from external networks to be implemented as defined in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 10.24.9. APs can use this to advertise DSCP ranges and exceptions for mapping frames to a specific UP over Wi-Fi. The payload of the QoS Map Set element (IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97) is sent to the driver through the new NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP attribute to configure the local behavior either on the AP (based on local configuration) or on a station (based on information received from the AP). Signed-off-by: Kyeyoon Park <kyeyoonp@qca.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
567ffc35 |
|
18-Dec-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
nl80211: support vendor-specific events In addition to vendor-specific commands, also support vendor-specific events. These must be registered with cfg80211 before they can be used. They're also advertised in nl80211 in the wiphy information so that userspace knows can be expected. The events themselves are sent on a new multicast group called "vendor". Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
204e35a9 |
|
05-Dec-2013 |
Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com> |
nl80211: add VHT support for set_bitrate_mask Add VHT MCS/NSS set support for nl80211_set_tx_bitrate_mask(). This should be used mainly for test purpose, to check different MCS/NSS VHT combinations. Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
d1e33e65 |
|
05-Dec-2013 |
Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com> |
cfg80211: in bitrate_mask, rename mcs to ht_mcs Rename NL80211_TXRATE_MCS to NL80211_TXRATE_HT and also rename mcs to ht_mcs in struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask. Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com> [reword commit message] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
ad7e718c |
|
13-Nov-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
nl80211: vendor command support Add support for vendor-specific commands to nl80211. This is intended to be used for really vendor-specific functionality that can't be implemented in a generic fashion for any reason. It's *NOT* intended to be used for any normal/generic feature or any optimisations that could be implemented across drivers. Currently, only vendor commands (with replies) are supported, no dump operations or vendor-specific notifications. Also add a function wdev_to_ieee80211_vif() to mac80211 which is needed for mac80211-based drivers wanting to implement any vendor commands. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
60f4a7b1 |
|
03-Dec-2013 |
Marek Kwaczynski <marek.kwaczynski@tieto.com> |
nl80211/cfg80211: Set Operating Mode Notification This attribute is needed for setting Operating Mode Notification in AP mode from User Space. This functionality is required when User Space received Assoc Request contains Operation Mode Notification element. Signed-off-by: Marek Kwaczynski <marek.kwaczynski@tieto.com> [fix typos, nl80211 documentation] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
e487eaeb |
|
21-Nov-2013 |
Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de> |
cfg80211/mac80211/ath6kl: acquire wdev lock outside ch_switch_notify The channel switch notification should be sent under the wdev/sdata-lock, preferably in the same moment as the channel change happens, to avoid races by other callers (e.g. start/stop_ap). This also adds the previously missing sdata_lock protection in csa_finalize_work. Reported-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
b176e629 |
|
18-Nov-2013 |
Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com> |
cfg80211: aggregate mgmt_tx parameters into a struct Change cfg80211 and mac80211 to use cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params struct to aggregate parameters for mgmt_tx functions. This makes the functions' signatures less clumsy and allows less painful parameters extension. Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com> [fix all other drivers] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
a2f73b6c |
|
11-Nov-2013 |
Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com> |
cfg80211: move regulatory flags to their own variable We'll expand this later, this will make it easier to classify and review what things are related to regulatory or not. Coccinelle only missed 4 hits, which I had to do manually, supplying the SmPL in case of merge conflicts. @@ struct wiphy *wiphy; @@ -wiphy->flags |= WIPHY_FLAG_CUSTOM_REGULATORY +wiphy->regulatory_flags |= REGULATORY_CUSTOM_REG @@ expression e; @@ -e->flags |= WIPHY_FLAG_CUSTOM_REGULATORY +e->regulatory_flags |= REGULATORY_CUSTOM_REG @@ struct wiphy *wiphy; @@ -wiphy->flags &= ~WIPHY_FLAG_CUSTOM_REGULATORY +wiphy->regulatory_flags &= ~REGULATORY_CUSTOM_REG @@ struct wiphy *wiphy; @@ -wiphy->flags & WIPHY_FLAG_CUSTOM_REGULATORY +wiphy->regulatory_flags & REGULATORY_CUSTOM_REG @@ struct wiphy *wiphy; @@ -wiphy->flags |= WIPHY_FLAG_STRICT_REGULATORY +wiphy->regulatory_flags |= REGULATORY_STRICT_REG @@ expression e; @@ -e->flags |= WIPHY_FLAG_STRICT_REGULATORY +e->regulatory_flags |= REGULATORY_STRICT_REG @@ struct wiphy *wiphy; @@ -wiphy->flags &= ~WIPHY_FLAG_STRICT_REGULATORY +wiphy->regulatory_flags &= ~REGULATORY_STRICT_REG @@ struct wiphy *wiphy; @@ -wiphy->flags & WIPHY_FLAG_STRICT_REGULATORY +wiphy->regulatory_flags & REGULATORY_STRICT_REG @@ struct wiphy *wiphy; @@ -wiphy->flags |= WIPHY_FLAG_DISABLE_BEACON_HINTS +wiphy->regulatory_flags |= REGULATORY_DISABLE_BEACON_HINTS @@ expression e; @@ -e->flags |= WIPHY_FLAG_DISABLE_BEACON_HINTS +e->regulatory_flags |= REGULATORY_DISABLE_BEACON_HINTS @@ struct wiphy *wiphy; @@ -wiphy->flags &= ~WIPHY_FLAG_DISABLE_BEACON_HINTS +wiphy->regulatory_flags &= ~REGULATORY_DISABLE_BEACON_HINTS @@ struct wiphy *wiphy; @@ -wiphy->flags & WIPHY_FLAG_DISABLE_BEACON_HINTS +wiphy->regulatory_flags & REGULATORY_DISABLE_BEACON_HINTS Generated-by: Coccinelle SmPL Cc: Julia Lawall <julia.lawall@lip6.fr> Cc: Peter Senna Tschudin <peter.senna@gmail.com> Cc: Mihir Shete <smihir@qti.qualcomm.com> Cc: Henri Bahini <hbahini@qca.qualcomm.com> Cc: Tushnim Bhattacharyya <tushnimb@qca.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com> [fix up whitespace damage, overly long lines] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
d2859df5 |
|
06-Nov-2013 |
Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com> |
cfg80211/mac80211: DFS setup chandef for cac event To report channel width correctly we have to send correct channel parameters from mac80211 when calling cfg80211_cac_event(). This is required in case of using channel width higher than 20MHz and we have to set correct dfs channel state after CAC (NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE). Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com> Reviewed-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
222ea581 |
|
05-Nov-2013 |
Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com> |
cfg80211: force WIPHY_FLAG_CUSTOM_REGULATORY on wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory() wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory() implies WIPHY_FLAG_CUSTOM_REGULATORY but we never enforced it, do that now and warn if the driver didn't set it. All drivers should be following this today already. Having WIPHY_FLAG_CUSTOM_REGULATORY does not however mean you will use wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory() though, you may have your own _orig value set up tools / helpers. The intel drivers are examples of this type of driver. Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
8fe02e16 |
|
21-Oct-2013 |
Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com> |
cfg80211: consolidate passive-scan and no-ibss flags These two flags are used for the same purpose, just combine them into a no-ir flag to annotate no initiating radiation is allowed. Old userspace sending either flag will have it treated as the no-ir flag. To be considerate to older userspace we also send both the no-ir flag and the old no-ibss flags. Newer userspace will have to be aware of older kernels. Update all places in the tree using these flags with the following semantic patch: @@ @@ -NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN +NL80211_RRF_NO_IR @@ @@ -NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS +NL80211_RRF_NO_IR @@ @@ -IEEE80211_CHAN_PASSIVE_SCAN +IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR @@ @@ -IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IBSS +IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR @@ @@ -NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | NL80211_RRF_NO_IR +NL80211_RRF_NO_IR @@ @@ -IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR +IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR @@ @@ -(NL80211_RRF_NO_IR) +NL80211_RRF_NO_IR @@ @@ -(IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR) +IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR Along with some hand-optimisations in documentation, to remove duplicates and to fix some indentation. Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com> [do all the driver updates in one go] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
034c6d6e |
|
14-Oct-2013 |
Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com> |
cfg80211: export reg_initiator_name() Drivers can now use this to parse the regulatory request and be more verbose when needed. Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
5336fa88 |
|
07-Oct-2013 |
Simon Wunderlich <simon.wunderlich@s2003.tu-chemnitz.de> |
nl80211/cfg80211: enable DFS for IBSS mode To use DFS in IBSS mode, userspace is required to react to radar events. It can inform nl80211 that it is capable of doing so by adding a NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS attribute when joining the IBSS. This attribute is supplied to let the kernelspace know that the userspace application can and will handle radar events, e.g. by intiating channel switches to a valid channel. DFS channels may only be used if this attribute is supplied and the driver supports it. Driver support will be checked even if a channel without DFS will be initially joined, as a DFS channel may be chosen later. Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de> Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de> [fix attribute name in commit message] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
03f27120 |
|
14-Oct-2013 |
Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com> |
cfg80211: export reg_initiator_name() Drivers can now use this to parse the regulatory request and be more verbose when needed. Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
c01fc9ad |
|
09-Oct-2013 |
Sunil Dutt <c_duttus@qti.qualcomm.com> |
cfg80211: pass station supported channel and oper class info The information of the peer's supported channels and supported operating classes are required for the driver to perform TDLS off channel operations. This commit enhances the function nl80211_(new)set_station to pass this information of the peer to the driver. Signed-off-by: Sunil Dutt <c_duttus@qti.qualcomm.com> [return errors for malformed tuples] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
774f0734 |
|
28-Aug-2013 |
Simon Wunderlich <simon.wunderlich@s2003.tu-chemnitz.de> |
cfg80211: export cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required It will be used later by the IBSS CSA implementation of mac80211. Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de> Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
19504cf5 |
|
15-Aug-2013 |
Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com> |
cfg80211: add flags to cfg80211_rx_mgmt() Add flags intended to report various auxiliary information and introduce the NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED flag to report that the frame was already answered by the device. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com> [REPLIED->ANSWERED, reword commit message] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
fc73f11f |
|
31-Jul-2013 |
David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com> |
cfg80211: add wdev to testmode cmd To allow drivers to implement per-interface testmode operations more easily, pass a wdev pointer if any identification for one was given from userspace. Clean up the code a bit while at it. Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
16ef1fe2 |
|
11-Jul-2013 |
Simon Wunderlich <simon.wunderlich@s2003.tu-chemnitz.de> |
nl80211/cfg80211: add channel switch command To allow channel switch announcements within beacons, add the channel switch command to nl80211/cfg80211. This is implementation is intended for AP and (later) IBSS mode. Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de> Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
10dd9b7c |
|
31-Jul-2013 |
Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> |
cfg80211.h/mac80211.h: Remove extern from function prototypes There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for function prototypes. Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern. extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block. Reflow modified prototypes to 80 columns. Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
0430c883 |
|
08-Jul-2013 |
Simon Wunderlich <simon.wunderlich@s2003.tu-chemnitz.de> |
cfg80211/mac80211: use reduced txpower for 5 and 10 MHz Some regulations (like germany, but also FCC) express their transmission power limit in dBm/MHz or mW/MHz. To cope with that and be on the safe side, reduce the maximum power to half (10 MHz) or quarter (5 MHz) when operating on these reduced bandwidth channels. Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de> Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
|
#
74608aca |
|
08-Jul-2013 |
Simon Wunderlich <simon.wunderlich@s2003.tu-chemnitz.de> |
cfg80211/mac80211: get mandatory rates based on scan width Mandatory rates for 5 and 10 MHz are different from the rates used for 20 MHz in 2.4 GHz mode, as they use OFDM only. Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de> Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
|
#
dcd6eac1 |
|
08-Jul-2013 |
Simon Wunderlich <simon.wunderlich@s2003.tu-chemnitz.de> |
nl80211: add scan width to bss and scan request structs To allow scanning and working with 5 MHz and 10 MHz BSS, extend the inform bss commands and add wrappers to take 5 and 10 MHz bss into account. Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de> Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
|
#
be29b99a |
|
28-Jun-2013 |
Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com> |
cfg80211/nl80211: Add packet coalesce support In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing and power consumption. Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the following events occur. a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule. b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches it's limit. c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules. This patch adds set/get configuration support for packet coalesce. User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce rule. a) Maximum coalescing delay b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched c) Condition for coalescence. pattern 'match' or 'no match' Multiple such rules can be created. This feature needs to be advertised during driver initialization. Drivers are supposed to do required firmware/hardware settings based on user configuration. Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com> Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com> [fix kernel-doc, change free function, fix copy/paste error] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
|
#
ad24b0da |
|
05-Jul-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
wireless: indent kernel-doc with tabs Almost everywhere tabs are used to indent continuation lines, replace the few places that use spaces. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
|
#
803768f5 |
|
28-Jun-2013 |
Simon Wunderlich <simon.wunderlich@s2003.tu-chemnitz.de> |
nl80211: enable HT overrides for ibss Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de> Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
|
#
50ac6607 |
|
25-Jun-2013 |
Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com> |
cfg80211/nl80211: rename packet pattern related structures and enums Currently packet patterns and it's enum/structures are used only for WoWLAN feature. As we intend to reuse them for new feature packet coalesce, they are renamed in this patch. Older names are kept for backward compatibility purpose. Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com> Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
|
#
959867fa |
|
19-Jun-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: require passing BSS struct back to cfg80211_assoc_timeout Doing so will allow us to hold the BSS (not just ref it) over the association process, thus ensuring that it doesn't time out and gets invisible to the user (e.g. in 'iw wlan0 link'.) This also fixes a leak in mac80211 where it doesn't always release the BSS struct properly in all cases where calling this function. This leak was reported by Ben Greear. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
30e74732 |
|
16-May-2013 |
Simon Wunderlich <simon.wunderlich@s2003.tu-chemnitz.de> |
nl80211: add rate flags for 5/10 Mhz channels Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de> Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
2f301ab2 |
|
16-May-2013 |
Simon Wunderlich <simon.wunderlich@s2003.tu-chemnitz.de> |
nl80211/cfg80211: add 5 and 10 MHz defines and wiphy flag Add defines for 5 and 10 MHz channel width and fix channel handling functions accordingly. Also check for and report the WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ capability. Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de> Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de> [fix spelling in comment] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
ffb3cf30 |
|
03-Jun-2013 |
Ashok Nagarajan <ashok@cozybit.com> |
{nl,mac,cfg}80211: Allow user to configure basic rates for mesh Currently mesh uses mandatory rates as the default basic rates. Allow basic rates to be configured during mesh join. Basic rates are applied only if channel is also provided with mesh join command. Signed-off-by: Ashok Nagarajan <ashok@cozybit.com> [some whitespace fixes, refuse basic rates w/o channel] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
8e7c0538 |
|
03-Jun-2013 |
Colleen Twitty <colleen@cozybit.com> |
{nl,cfg}80211: make peer link expiration time configurable If a STA has a peer that it hasn't seen any tx activity from for a certain length of time, the peer link is expired. This means the inactive STA is removed from the list of peers and that STA is not considered a peer again unless it re-peers. Previously, this inactivity time was always 30 minutes. Now, add it to the mesh configuration and allow it to be configured. Retain 30 minutes as a default value. Signed-off-by: Colleen Twitty <colleen@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
780b40df |
|
05-Jun-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wireless: fix kernel-doc Some kernel-doc fixes for forgotten fields and renamed things. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
ceca7b71 |
|
15-May-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: separate internal SME implementation The current internal SME implementation in cfg80211 is very mixed up with the MLME handling, which has been causing issues for a long time. There are three things that the implementation has to provide: * a basic SME implementation for nl80211's connect() call (for drivers implementing auth/assoc, which is really just mac80211) and wireless extensions * MLME events for the userspace SME * SME events (connected, disconnected etc.) for all different SME implementation possibilities (driver, cfg80211 and userspace) To achieve these goals it isn't necessary to track the software SME's connection status outside of it's state (which is the part that caused many issues.) Instead, track it only in the SME data (wdev->conn) and in the general case only track whether the wdev is connected or not (via wdev->current_bss.) Also separate the internal implementation to not have callbacks from the SME events, but rather call it from the API functions that the driver (or rather mac80211) calls. This separates the code better. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
6ff57cf8 |
|
15-May-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211/mac80211: clean up cfg80211 SME APIs Do some cleanups in the cfg80211 SME APIs, which are only used by mac80211. Most of these functions get a frame passed, and there isn't really any reason to export multiple functions as cfg80211 can check the frame type instead, do that. Additionally, the API functions have confusing names like cfg80211_send_...() which was meant to indicate that it sends an event to userspace, but gets a bit confusing when there's both TX and RX and they're not all clearly labeled. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
964dc9e2 |
|
03-Jun-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: take WoWLAN support information out of wiphy struct There's no need to take up the space for devices that don't support WoWLAN, and most drivers can even make the support data static const (except where it's modified at runtime.) Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
bd5e14fb |
|
29-May-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: remove cleanup_work kernel-doc I evidently forgot this when removing the work itself. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
e057d3c3 |
|
28-May-2013 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
cfg80211: support an active monitor interface flag An active monitor interface is one that is used for communication (via injection). It is expected to ACK incoming unicast packets. This is useful for running various 802.11 testing utilities that associate to an AP via injection and manage the state in user space. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
6abb9cb9 |
|
15-May-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: make WoWLAN configuration available to drivers Make the current WoWLAN configuration available to drivers at runtime. This isn't really useful for the normal WoWLAN behaviour and accessing it can also be racy, but drivers may use it for testing the WoWLAN device behaviour while the host stays up & running to observe the device. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
8d61ffa5 |
|
09-May-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211/mac80211: use cfg80211 wdev mutex in mac80211 Using separate locks in cfg80211 and mac80211 has always caused issues, for example having to unlock in places in mac80211 to call cfg80211, which even needed a framework to make cfg80211 calls after some functions returned etc. Additionally, I suspect some issues people have reported with the cfg80211 state getting confused could be due to such issues, when cfg80211 is asking mac80211 to change state but mac80211 is in the process of telling cfg80211 that the state changed (in another way.) Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
5fe231e8 |
|
08-May-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: vastly simplify locking Virtually all code paths in cfg80211 already (need to) hold the RTNL. As such, there's little point in having another four mutexes for various parts of the code, they just cause lock ordering issues (and much of the time, the RTNL and a few of the others need thus be held.) Simplify all this by getting rid of the extra four mutexes and just use the RTNL throughout. Only a few code changes were needed to do this and we can get rid of a work struct for bonus points. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
b422c6cd |
|
10-May-2013 |
Ashok Nagarajan <ashok@cozybit.com> |
{cfg,mac}80211: move mandatory rates calculation to cfg80211 Move mandatory rates calculation to cfg80211, shared with non mac80211 drivers. Signed-off-by: Ashok Nagarajan <ashok@cozybit.com> [extend documentation] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
6e16d90b |
|
08-May-2013 |
Colleen Twitty <colleen@cozybit.com> |
cfg80211: Userspace may inform kernel of mesh auth method. Authentication takes place in userspace, but the beacon is generated in the kernel. Allow userspace to inform the kernel of the authentication method so the appropriate mesh config IE can be set prior to beacon generation when joining the MBSS. Signed-off-by: Colleen Twitty <colleen@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
03f831a6 |
|
02-May-2013 |
Robert P. J. Day <rpjday@crashcourse.ca> |
wireless: fix kerneldoc content in *80211.h files. Make kerneldoc content match header file content, no functional change. Signed-off-by: Robert P. J. Day <rpjday@crashcourse.ca> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
119363c7 |
|
22-Apr-2013 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
cfg80211: add support for per-chain signal strength reporting Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
5de17984 |
|
18-Apr-2013 |
Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com> |
cfg80211: introduce critical protocol indication from user-space Some protocols need a more reliable connection to complete successful in reasonable time. This patch adds a user-space API to indicate the wireless driver that a critical protocol is about to commence and when it is done, using nl80211 primitives NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START and NL80211_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP. There can be only on critical protocol session started per registered cfg80211 device. The driver can support this by implementing the cfg80211 callbacks .crit_proto_start() and .crit_proto_stop(). Examples of protocols that can benefit from this are DHCP, EAPOL, APIPA. Exactly how the link can/should be made more reliable is up to the driver. Things to consider are avoid scanning, no multi-channel operations, and alter coexistence schemes. Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com> Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com> Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
1ce3e82b |
|
01-Aug-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: add ieee80211_operating_class_to_band This function converts a (global only!) operating class to an internal band identifier. This will be needed for extended channel switch support. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
8bf24293 |
|
25-Mar-2013 |
Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> |
cfg80211: Document update_ft_ies() cfg80211_ops This was forgotten from the commit that added support for FT operations with drivers that implement SME. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
eef941e6 |
|
04-Mar-2013 |
Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com> |
cfg80211: rename mesh station types The mesh station types used to refer to whether the station was secure or nonsecure. Really the salient information is whether it is managed by the kernel or userspace Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
bb2798d4 |
|
04-Mar-2013 |
Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com> |
nl80211: explicit userspace MPM Secure mesh had the implicit requirement that the Mesh Peering Management entity be in userspace. However userspace might want to implement an open MPM as well, so specify a mesh setup parameter to indicate this. Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
355199e0 |
|
27-Feb-2013 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> |
cfg80211: Extend support for IEEE 802.11r Fast BSS Transition Add NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES to support update of FT IEs to the WLAN driver and NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT to send FT events from the WLAN driver. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE). These changes allow FT to be supported with drivers that use an internal SME instead of user space option (like FT implementation in wpa_supplicant with mac80211-based drivers). Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
ee2aca34 |
|
21-Feb-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: add ability to override VHT capabilities For testing it's sometimes useful to be able to override certain VHT capability advertisement, add the ability to do that in cfg80211. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
77ee7c89 |
|
14-Feb-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: comprehensively check station changes The station change API isn't being checked properly before drivers are called, and as a result it is difficult to see what should be allowed and what not. In order to comprehensively check the API parameters parse everything first, and then have the driver call a function (cfg80211_check_station_change()) with the additionally information about the kind of station that is being changed; this allows the function to make better decisions than the old code could. While at it, also add a few checks, particularly in mesh and clarify the TDLS station lifetime in documentation. To be able to reduce a few checks, ignore any flag set bits when the mask isn't set, they shouldn't be applied then. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
2c1aabf3 |
|
14-Feb-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: constify station parameter pointers All the pointers point right into the skb data and not to anything that would be useful to change, so make them const. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
f8bacc21 |
|
14-Feb-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: clean up mesh plink station change API Make the ability to leave the plink_state unchanged not use a magic -1 variable that isn't in the enum, but an explicit change flag; reject invalid plink states or actions and move the needed constants for plink actions to the right header file. Also reject plink_state changes for non-mesh interfaces. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
9d62a986 |
|
14-Feb-2013 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> |
cfg80211: Pass station (extended) capability info to kernel The information of the peer's capabilities and extended capabilities are required for the driver to perform TDLS Peer UAPSD operations and off channel operations. This information of the peer is passed from user space using NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command. This commit enhances the function nl80211_set_station to pass the capability information of the peer to the driver. Similarly, there may be need for capability information for other modes, so allow this to be provided with both add_station and change_station. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
a50df0c4 |
|
11-Feb-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: advertise extended capabilities to userspace In many cases, userspace may need to know which of the 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") are implemented in the driver or device, to include them e.g. in beacons, assoc request/response or other frames. Add a new nl80211 attribute to hold the extended capabilities bitmap for this. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
c7a6ee27 |
|
12-Dec-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: allow drivers to selectively disable 80/160 MHz Some drivers might support 80 or 160 MHz only on some channels for whatever reason, so allow them to disable these channel widths. Also maintain the new flags when regulatory bandwidth limitations would disable these wide channels. Reviewed-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
04f39047 |
|
08-Feb-2013 |
Simon Wunderlich <simon.wunderlich@s2003.tu-chemnitz.de> |
nl80211/cfg80211: add radar detection command/event Add new NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT, which starts the Channel Availability Check (CAC). This command will also notify the usermode about events (CAC finished, CAC aborted, radar detected, NOP finished). Once radar detection has started it should continuously monitor for radars as long as the channel is active. This patch enables DFS for AP mode in nl80211/cfg80211. Based on original patch by Victor Goldenshtein <victorg@ti.com> Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de> [remove WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_RADAR_DETECT again -- my mistake] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
2a0e047e |
|
23-Jan-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: configuration for WoWLAN over TCP Intel Wireless devices are able to make a TCP connection after suspending, sending some data and waking up when the connection receives wakeup data (or breaks). Add the WoWLAN configuration and feature advertising API for it. Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
bb92d199 |
|
12-Feb-2013 |
Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com> |
nl80211: add packet offset information for wowlan pattern If user knows the location of a wowlan pattern to be matched in Rx packet, he can provide an offset with the pattern. This will help drivers to ignore initial bytes and match the pattern efficiently. Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com> Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com> [refactor pattern sending] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
8cef2c9d |
|
05-Feb-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: move TSF into IEs While technically the TSF isn't an IE, it can be necessary to distinguish between the TSF from a beacon and a probe response, in particular in order to know the next DTIM TBTT, as not all APs are spec compliant wrt. TSF==0 being a DTIM TBTT and thus the DTIM count needs to be taken into account as well. To allow this, move the TSF into the IE struct so it can be known whence it came. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
83c7aa1a |
|
05-Feb-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: remove scan ies NULL check There's no way scan BSS IEs can be NULL as even if the allocation fails the frame is discarded. Remove some code checking for this and document that it is always non-NULL. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
776b3580 |
|
31-Jan-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: track hidden SSID networks properly Currently, cfg80211 will copy beacon IEs from a previously received hidden SSID beacon to a probe response entry, if that entry is created after the beacon entry. However, if it is the other way around, or if the beacon is updated, such changes aren't propagated. Fix this by tracking the relation between the probe response and beacon BSS structs in this case. In case drivers have private data stored in a BSS struct and need access to such data from a beacon entry, cfg80211 now provides the hidden_beacon_bss pointer from the probe response entry to the beacon entry. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
077f897a |
|
08-Feb-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wireless: fix kernel-doc Fix most kernel-doc warnings, for some reason it seems to have issues with __aligned, don't remove the documentation entries it considers to be in excess due to that. Reported-by: Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
5b112d3d |
|
31-Jan-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: pass wiphy to cfg80211_ref_bss/put_bss This prepares for using the spinlock instead of krefs which is needed in the next patch to track the refs of combined BSSes correctly. Acked-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com> [mwifiex] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
37e08381 |
|
30-Jan-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: remove unused cfg80211_get_mesh As Thomas pointed out, cfg80211_get_mesh() is unused and can be removed. Cc: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
42745e03 |
|
04-Feb-2013 |
Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com> |
cfg80211: expand per-station byte counters to 64bit In per-station statistics, present 32bit counters are too small for practical purposes - with gigabit speeds, it get overlapped every few seconds. Expand counters in the struct station_info to be 64-bit. Driver can still fill only 32-bit and indicate in @filled only bits like STATION_INFO_[TR]X_BYTES; in case driver provides full 64-bit counter, it should also set in @filled bit STATION_INFO_[TR]RX_BYTES64 Netlink sends both 32-bit and 64-bit counters, if present, to not break userspace. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com> [change to also have 32-bit counters if driver advertises 64-bit] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
3ff9a827 |
|
29-Jan-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: remove free_priv BSS API Now that mac80211 no longer uses this API, remove it completely. If anyone needs it again, we can revert this patch of course, but mac80211 was the only user right now. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
cd8f7cb4 |
|
21-Jan-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211/mac80211: support reporting wakeup reason When waking up from WoWLAN, it is useful to know what triggered the wakeup. Support reporting the wakeup reason(s) in cfg80211 (and a pass-through in mac80211) to allow userspace to know. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
77765eaf |
|
17-Jan-2013 |
Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qca.qualcomm.com> |
cfg80211/nl80211: add API for MAC address ACLs Add API to enable drivers to implement MAC address based access control in AP/P2P GO mode. Capable drivers advertise this capability by setting the maximum number of MAC addresses in such a list in wiphy->max_acl_mac_addrs. An initial ACL may be given to the NL80211_CMD_START_AP command and/or changed later with NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL. Black- and whitelists are supported, but not simultaneously. Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qca.qualcomm.com> [rewrite commit log, many cleanups] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
6d45a74b |
|
17-Jan-2013 |
Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qca.qualcomm.com> |
cfg80211: Move the definition of struct mac_address up struct mac_address will be used by ACL related configuration ops. Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qca.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
11c4a075 |
|
08-Jan-2013 |
Simon Wunderlich <simon.wunderlich@s2003.tu-chemnitz.de> |
cfg80211: check radar interface combinations To ease further DFS development regarding interface combinations, use the interface combinations structure to test for radar capabilities. Drivers can specify which channel widths they support, and in which modes. Right now only a single AP interface is allowed, but as the DFS code evolves other combinations can be enabled. Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
cee00a95 |
|
15-Jan-2013 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> |
cfg80211: Allow use_mfp to be specified with the connect command The NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP attribute was originally added for NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE, but it is actually as useful (if not even more useful) with NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, so process that attribute with the connect command, too. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
1c18f145 |
|
08-Jan-2013 |
Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com> |
nl80211: allow user-space to set address for P2P_DEVICE As per email discussion Jouni Malinen pointed out that: "P2P message exchanges can be executed on the current operating channel of any operation (both P2P and non-P2P station). These can be on 5 GHz and even on 60 GHz (so yes, you _can_ do GO Negotiation on 60 GHz). As an example, it would be possible to receive a GO Negotiation Request frame on a 5 GHz only radio and then to complete GO Negotiation on that band. This can happen both when connected to a P2P group (through client discoverability mechanism) and when connected to a legacy AP (assuming the station receive Probe Request frame from full scan in the beginning of P2P device discovery)." This means that P2P messages can be sent over different radio devices. However, these should use the same P2P device address so it should be able to provision this from user-space. This patch adds a parameter for this to struct vif_params which should only be used during creation of the P2P device interface. Cc: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> Cc: Greg Goldman <ggoldman@broadcom.com> Cc: Jithu Jance <jithu@broadcom.com> Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com> [add error checking] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
3b1c5a53 |
|
07-Jan-2013 |
Marco Porsch <marco@cozybit.com> |
{cfg,nl}80211: mesh power mode primitives and userspace access Add the nl80211_mesh_power_mode enumeration which holds possible values for the mesh power mode. These modes are unknown, active, light sleep and deep sleep. Add power_mode entry to the mesh config structure to hold the user-configured default mesh power mode. This value will be used for new peer links. Add the dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration value to the mesh config. The awake window is a duration in TU describing how long the STA will stay awake after transmitting its beacon in PS mode. Add access routines to: - get/set local link-specific power mode (STA) - get remote STA's link-specific power mode (STA) - get remote STA's non-peer power mode (STA) - get/set default mesh power mode (mesh config) - get/set mesh awake window duration (mesh config) All config changes may be done at mesh runtime and take effect immediately. Signed-off-by: Marco Porsch <marco@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: Ivan Bezyazychnyy <ivan.bezyazychnyy@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Mike Krinkin <krinkin.m.u@gmail.com> [fix commit message line length, error handling in set station] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
9bdbf04d |
|
07-Jan-2013 |
Marco Porsch <marco@cozybit.com> |
{cfg,nl,mac}80211: set beacon interval and DTIM period on mesh join Move the default mesh beacon interval and DTIM period to cfg80211 and make them accessible to nl80211. This enables setting both values when joining an MBSS. Previously the DTIM parameter was not set by mac80211 so the driver's default value was used. Signed-off-by: Marco Porsch <marco@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
0ae997dc |
|
12-Jan-2013 |
Yacine Belkadi <yacine.belkadi.1@gmail.com> |
{cfg,mac}80211.h: fix some kernel-doc warnings When building the 80211 DocBook, scripts/kernel-doc reports the following type of warnings: Warning(include/net/cfg80211.h:334): No description found for return value of 'cfg80211_get_chandef_type' These warnings are only reported when scripts/kernel-doc runs in verbose mode. To fix these use "Return:" to describe function return values. Signed-off-by: Yacine Belkadi <yacine.belkadi.1@gmail.com> [adjust for freq_reg_info() change] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
0c0280bd |
|
11-Jan-2013 |
Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com> |
wireless: make the reg_notifier() void The reg_notifier()'s return value need not be checked as it is only supposed to do post regulatory work and that should never fail. Any behaviour to regulatory that needs to be considered before cfg80211 does work to a driver should be specified by using the already existing flags, the reg_notifier() just does post processing should it find it needs to. Also make lbs_reg_notifier static. Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com> [move lbs_reg_notifier to not break compile] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
81135548 |
|
05-Jan-2013 |
Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us> |
net: use ETHTOOL_FWVERS_LEN instead of ETHTOOL_BUSINFO_LEN for fw_ver strings Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
1c06ef98 |
|
27-Dec-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wireless: use __aligned Use __aligned(...) instead of __attribute__((aligned(...))) in mac80211 and cfg80211. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
361c9c8b |
|
06-Dec-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
regulatory: use IS_ERR macro family for freq_reg_info Instead of returning an error and filling a pointer return the pointer and an ERR_PTR value in error cases. Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
458f4f9e |
|
06-Dec-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
regulatory: use RCU to protect global and wiphy regdomains To simplify the locking and not require cfg80211_mutex (which nl80211 uses to access the global regdomain) and also to make it possible for drivers to access their wiphy->regd safely, use RCU to protect these pointers. Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
fe7ef5e9 |
|
04-Dec-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
regulatory: remove handling of channel bandwidth The channel bandwidth handling isn't really quite right, it assumes that a 40 MHz channel is really two 20 MHz channels, which isn't strictly true. This is the way the regulatory database handling is defined right now though so remove the logic to handle other channel widths. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
9caf0364 |
|
28-Nov-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: fix BSS struct IE access races When a BSS struct is updated, the IEs are currently overwritten or freed. This can lead to races if some other CPU is accessing the BSS struct and using the IEs concurrently. Fix this by always allocating the IEs in a new struct that holds the data and length and protecting access to this new struct with RCU. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
53cabad7 |
|
14-Nov-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
nl80211: support P2P GO powersave configuration If a driver supports P2P GO powersave, allow it to set the new feature flags for it and allow userspace to configure the parameters for it. This can be done at GO startup and later changed with SET_BSS. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
9f5e8f6e |
|
22-Nov-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: rework chandef checking and export it Some of the chandef checking that we do in cfg80211 to check if a channel is supported or not is also needed in mac80211, so rework that a bit and export the functions that are needed. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
db9c64cf |
|
09-Nov-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
nl80211/cfg80211: add VHT MCS support Add support for reporting and calculating VHT MCSes. Note that I'm not completely sure that the bitrate calculations are correct, nor that they can't be simplified. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
3d9d1d66 |
|
08-Nov-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
nl80211/cfg80211: support VHT channel configuration Change nl80211 to support specifying a VHT (or HT) using the control channel frequency (as before) and new attributes for the channel width and first and second center frequency. The old channel type is of course still supported for HT. Also change the cfg80211 channel definition struct to support these by adding the relevant fields to it (and removing the _type field.) This also adds new helper functions: - cfg80211_chandef_create to create a channel def struct given the control channel and channel type, - cfg80211_chandef_identical to check if two channel definitions are identical - cfg80211_chandef_compatible to check if the given channel definitions are compatible, and return the wider of the two This isn't entirely complete, but that doesn't matter until we have a driver using it. In particular, it's missing - regulatory checks on the usable bandwidth (if that even makes sense) - regulatory TX power (database can't deal with it) - a proper channel compatibility calculation for the new channel types Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
683b6d3b |
|
08-Nov-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: pass a channel definition struct Instead of passing a channel pointer and channel type to all functions and driver methods, pass a new channel definition struct. Right now, this struct contains just the control channel and channel type, but for VHT this will change. Also, add a small inline cfg80211_get_chandef_type() so that drivers don't need to use the _type field of the new structure all the time, which will change. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
42d97a59 |
|
08-Nov-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: remove remain-on-channel channel type As mwifiex (and mac80211 in the software case) are the only drivers actually implementing remain-on-channel with channel type, userspace can't be relying on it. This is the case, as it's used only for P2P operations right now. Rather than adding a flag to tell userspace whether or not it can actually rely on it, simplify all the code by removing the ability to use different channel types. Leave only the validation of the attribute, so that if we extend it again later (with the needed capability flag), it can't break userspace sending invalid data. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
c216e641 |
|
25-Nov-2012 |
Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com> |
cfg80211: change function signature of cfg80211_get_p2p_attr() The function cfg80211_get_p2p_attr() can fail and returns a negative error code. However, the return type is unsigned int. The largest positive number is determined by desired_len variable in the function, which is u16. So changing the return type to int to allow easy error checking. Also change the type for the attribute to enum for improved type checking. Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com> [fix indentation, don't use u8 attr variable] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
3475b094 |
|
16-Nov-2012 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> |
cfg80211: Add TDLS event to allow drivers to request operations The NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER command was previously used only for userspace request for the kernel code to perform TDLS operations. However, there are also cases where the driver may need to request operations from userspace, e.g., when using security on the AP path. Add a new cfg80211 function for generating a TDLS operation event for drivers to request a new link to be set up (NL80211_TDLS_SETUP) or an existing link to be torn down (NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN). Drivers can optionally use these events, e.g., based on noticing data traffic being sent to a peer station that is seen with good signal strength. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
0ee45355 |
|
29-Oct-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wireless: add utility function to get P2P attribute Parsing the P2P attributes can be tricky as their contents can be split across multiple (vendor) IEs. Thus, it's not possible to parse them like IEs (by returning a pointer to the data.) Instead, provide a function that copies the attribute data into a caller-provided buffer and returns the size needed (useful in case the buffer was too small.) Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
37c73b5f |
|
26-Oct-2012 |
Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> |
cfg80211: allow registering more than one beacon listener The commit: commit 5e760230e42cf759bd923457ca2753aacf2e656e Author: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Date: Fri Nov 4 11:18:17 2011 +0100 cfg80211: allow registering to beacons allowed only a single process to register for beacon events per wiphy. This breaks cases where a user may want two or more VIFs on a wiphy and run a seperate hostapd process on each vif. This patch allows multiple beacon listeners, fixing the regression. Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
f4e583c8 |
|
02-Nov-2012 |
Antonio Quartulli <ordex@autistici.org> |
nl/cfg80211: add the NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE command This command triggers a new callback: set_mcast_rate(). It enables the user to change the rate used to send multicast frames for vif configured as IBSS or MESH_POINT Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <ordex@autistici.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
c8442118 |
|
24-Oct-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: allow per interface TX power setting The TX power setting is currently per wiphy (hardware device) but with multi-channel capabilities that doesn't make much sense any more. Allow drivers (and mac80211) to advertise support for per-interface TX power configuration. When the TX power is configured for the wiphy, the wdev will be NULL and the driver can still handle that, but when a wdev is given the TX power can be set only for that wdev now. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
9b395bc3 |
|
25-Oct-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: verify that skb data is present A number of places in the mesh code don't check that the frame data is present and in the skb header when trying to access. Add those checks and the necessary pskb_may_pull() calls. This prevents accessing data that doesn't actually exist. To do this, export ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen() to be able to use it in mac80211. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
15d6030b |
|
11-Oct-2012 |
Sam Leffler <sleffler@chromium.org> |
cfg80211: add support for flushing old scan results Add an NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH flag that causes old bss cache entries to be flushed on scan completion. This is useful for collecting guaranteed fresh scan/survey result (e.g. on resume). For normal scan, flushing only happens on successful completion of a scan; i.e. it does not happen if the scan is aborted. For scheduled scan, previous scan results are flushed everytime when we get new scan results. This feature is enabled by default. Drivers can disable it by unsetting the NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH flag. Signed-off-by: Sam Leffler <sleffler@chromium.org> Tested-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com> Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com> Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com> [invert polarity of feature flag to account for old kernels] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
ed473771 |
|
11-Oct-2012 |
Sam Leffler <sleffler@chromium.org> |
{nl,cfg}80211: add a flags word to scan requests Add a flags word to direct and scheduled scan requests; it will be used for control of optional behaviours such as flushing the bss cache prior to doing a scan. Signed-off-by: Sam Leffler <sleffler@chromium.org> Tested-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com> Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com> Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
f461be3e |
|
11-Oct-2012 |
Mahesh Palivela <maheshp@posedge.com> |
{nl,cfg}80211: Peer STA VHT caps To save STAs VHT caps in AP mode Signed-off-by: Mahesh Palivela <maheshp@posedge.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
e39e5b5e |
|
30-Sep-2012 |
Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> |
cfg80211: Allow user space to specify non-IEs to SAE Authentication SAE extends Authentication frames with fields that are not information elements. NL80211_ATTR_IE is not suitable for these, so introduce a new attribute that can be used to specify the fields needed for SAE in station mode. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> [change to verify that SAE is only used with authenticate command] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
6863255b |
|
15-Oct-2012 |
Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com> |
cfg80211/mac80211: avoid state mishmash on deauth Avoid situation when we are on associate state in mac80211 and on disassociate state in cfg80211. This can results on crash during modules unload (like showed on this thread: http://marc.info/?t=134373976300001&r=1&w=2) and possibly other problems. Reported-by: Pedro Francisco <pedrogfrancisco@gmail.com> Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
552bff0c |
|
19-Sep-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: constify name parameter to add_virtual_intf The name can't be modified by the driver, make it const. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
ed44a951 |
|
18-Sep-2012 |
Pandiyarajan Pitchaimuthu <c_ppitch@qca.qualcomm.com> |
cfg80211/nl80211: Notify connection request failure in AP mode In AP mode, when a station requests connection to an AP and if the request is failed for particular reason, userspace is notified about the failure through NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED command. Reason for the failure is sent through the attribute NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON. Signed-off-by: Pandiyarajan Pitchaimuthu <c_ppitch@qca.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
30d08a46 |
|
18-Sep-2012 |
Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com> |
cfg80211: remove obsolete comment for .sched_scan_stop() callback The kerneldoc comment for .sched_scan_stop() callback describes a driver_initiated flag, but the interface does not hold such a flag. Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com> Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com> Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
15e47304 |
|
07-Sep-2012 |
Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> |
netlink: Rename pid to portid to avoid confusion It is a frequent mistake to confuse the netlink port identifier with a process identifier. Try to reduce this confusion by renaming fields that hold port identifiers portid instead of pid. I have carefully avoided changing the structures exported to userspace to avoid changing the userspace API. I have successfully built an allyesconfig kernel with this change. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
c9a0a302 |
|
26-Aug-2012 |
Robert P. J. Day <rpjday@crashcourse.ca> |
cfg80211: add kerneldoc entry for "vht_cap" Signed-off-by: Robert P. J. Day <rpjday@crashcourse.ca> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
98104fde |
|
15-Jun-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: add P2P Device abstraction In order to support using a different MAC address for the P2P Device address we must first have a P2P Device abstraction that can be assigned a MAC address. This abstraction will also be useful to support offloading P2P operations to the device, e.g. periodic listen for discoverability. Currently, the driver is responsible for assigning a MAC address to the P2P Device, but this could be changed by allowing a MAC address to be given to the NEW_INTERFACE command. As it has no associated netdev, a P2P Device can only be identified by its wdev identifier but the previous patches allowed using the wdev identifier in various APIs, e.g. remain-on-channel. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
03f6b084 |
|
01-Aug-2012 |
Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com> |
cfg80211: add channel flag to prohibit OFDM operation Currently the only way for wireless drivers to tell whether or not OFDM is allowed on the current channel is to check the regulatory information. However, this requires hodling cfg80211_mutex, which is not visible to the drivers. Other regulatory restrictions are provided as flags in the channel definition, so let's do similarly with OFDM. This patch adds a new flag, IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM, to tell drivers that OFDM on a channel is not allowed. This flag is set on any channels for which regulatory indicates that OFDM is prohibited. Signed-off-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com> Tested-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
84f10708 |
|
12-Jul-2012 |
Thomas Pedersen <c_tpeder@qca.qualcomm.com> |
cfg80211: support TX error rate CQM Let the user configure serveral TX error conection quality monitoring parameters: % error rate, survey interval, and # of attempted packets. On exceeding the TX failure rate over the given interval, the driver will send a CQM notify event with the actual TX failure rate and packets attempted. Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <c_tpeder@qca.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
4290cb4b |
|
12-Jul-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: reduce monitor interface tracking Revert commit b78e8ceac23655e1e06b30aa95ab11742d1ac7c0 ("cfg80211: track monitor channel") and remove the set_monitor_enabled() callback. Due to the tracking happening in NETDEV_PRE_UP, it had introduced bugs because the monitor interface callback would be called before the device was started. It looks like there's no way to fix this, and using NETDEV_PRE_UP is broken anyway (since there's no NETDEV_UP_FAIL), so remove all that code, track interfaces in NETDEV_UP and also stop tracking the monitor channel in cfg80211. This mostly reverts to before the tracking, except that we keep the interface count tracking so that setting the monitor channel can be rejected properly. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
5b7ccaf3 |
|
12-Jul-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211/mac80211: re-add get_channel operation This essentially reverts commit 2e165b818456 but introduces the get_channel operation with a new wireless_dev argument so that you can retrieve the channel per interface. This is necessary as even though we can track all interface channels (except monitor) we can't track the channel type used. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
fd014284 |
|
18-Jun-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
nl80211: move scan API to wdev The new P2P Device will have to be able to scan for P2P search, so move scanning to use struct wireless_dev instead of struct net_device. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
84efbb84 |
|
15-Jun-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: use wireless_dev for interface management In order to be able to create P2P Device wdevs, move the virtual interface management over to wireless_dev structures. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
71bbc994 |
|
15-Jun-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: use wdev in mgmt-tx/ROC APIs The management frame and remain-on-channel APIs will be needed in the P2P device abstraction, so move them over to the new wdev-based APIs. Userspace can still use both the interface index and wdev identifier for them so it's backward compatible, but for the P2P Device wdev it will be able to use the wdev identifier only. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
89a54e48 |
|
15-Jun-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
nl80211: prepare for non-netdev wireless devs In order to support a P2P device abstraction and Bluetooth high-speed AMPs, we need to have a way to identify virtual interfaces that don't have a netdev associated. Do this by adding a NL80211_ATTR_WDEV attribute to identify a wdev which may or may not also be a netdev. To simplify things, use a 64-bit value with the high 32 bits being the wiphy index for this new wdev identifier in the nl80211 API. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
95ddc1fc |
|
05-Jul-2012 |
Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com> |
cfg80211: bitrate calculation for 60g 60g band uses different from .11n MCS scheme, so bitrate should be calculated differently Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
8eb41c8d |
|
05-Jul-2012 |
Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com> |
{nl,cfg}80211: support high bitrates Until now, a u16 value was used to represent bitrate value. With VHT bitrates this becomes too small. Introduce a new 32-bit bitrate attribute. nl80211 will report both the new and the old attribute, unless the bitrate doesn't fit into the old u16 attribute in which case only the new one will be reported. User space tools encouraged to prefer the 32-bit attribute, if available (since it won't be available on older kernels.) Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com> [reword commit message and comments a bit] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
3a0c52a6 |
|
02-Jul-2012 |
Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com> |
cfg80211: add 802.11ad (60gHz band) support Add enumerations for both cfg80211 and nl80211. This expands wiphy.bands etc. arrays. Extend channel <-> frequency translation to cover 60g band and modify the rate check logic since there are no legacy mandatory rates (only MCS is used.) Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
2e165b81 |
|
28-Jun-2012 |
Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> |
cfg80211/mac80211: remove .get_channel We do not need it anymore since cfg80211 tracks monitor channel and monitor channel type. Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
dbbae26a |
|
28-Jun-2012 |
Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> |
cfg80211: track monitor interfaces count Implements .set_monitor_enabled(wiphy, enabled). Notifies driver upon change of interface layout. If only monitor interfaces become present it is called with 2nd argument being true. If non-monitor interface appears then 2nd argument is false. Driver is notified only upon change. This makes it more obvious about the fact that cfg80211 supports single monitor channel. Once we implement multi-channel we don't want to allow setting monitor channel while other interface types are running. Otherwise it would be ambiguous once we start considering num_different_channels. Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
c30a3d38 |
|
28-Jun-2012 |
Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> |
cfg80211: track ibss fixed channel IBSS may hop between channels. It is necessary to account this special case when considering interface combinations. Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
f4489ebe |
|
28-Jun-2012 |
Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> |
cfg80211: add channel tracking for AP and mesh We need to know which channel is used by a running AP and mesh for channel context accounting and finding matching/active interface combination. STA/IBSS have current_bss already which allows us to check which channel a vif is tuned to. Non-fixed channel IBSS can be handled with additional changes. Monitor mode is going to be handled differently. Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
bf0c111e |
|
22-Jun-2012 |
Mahesh Palivela <maheshp@posedge.com> |
cfg80211: allow advertising VHT capabilities Allow drivers to advertise their VHT capabilities and export them to userspace via nl80211. Signed-off-by: Mahesh Palivela <maheshp@posedge.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
dfb89c56 |
|
27-Jun-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: don't allow WoWLAN support without CONFIG_PM When CONFIG_PM is disabled, no device can possibly support WoWLAN since it can't go to sleep to start with. Due to this, mac80211 had even rejected the hardware registration. By making all the code and data for WoWLAN depend on CONFIG_PM we can promote this runtime error to a compile-time error. Add #ifdef around all WoWLAN code to remove it in systems that don't need it as they never suspend. Cc: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com> Acked-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
88e920b4 |
|
21-Jun-2012 |
Thomas Pedersen <c_tpeder@qca.qualcomm.com> |
nl80211: specify RSSI threshold in scheduled scan Support configuring an RSSI threshold in dBm (s32) when requesting scheduled scan, below which a BSS won't be reported by the cfg80211 driver. Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <c_tpeder@qca.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
728b19e5 |
|
13-Jun-2012 |
Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com> |
{nl,cfg,mac}80211: implement dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval As defined in section 13.10.9.3 Case D (802.11-2012), this control variable is used to limit the mesh STA to send only one PREQ to a root mesh STA within this interval of time (in TUs). The default value for this variable is set to 2000 TUs. However, for current implementation, the maximum configurable of dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval is restricted by dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout. Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com> [line-break commit log] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
ac1073a6 |
|
13-Jun-2012 |
Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com> |
{nl,cfg,mac}80211: implement dot11MeshHWMProotInterval and dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout Add the mesh configuration parameters dot11MeshHWMProotInterval and dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout to be used by proactive PREQ mechanism. Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com> [line-break commit log] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
73c3df3b |
|
13-Jun-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211/nl80211: fix kernel-doc Add missing entries to nl80211.h and fix the kernel-doc notation in cfg80211.h. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
a4f606ea |
|
10-Jun-2012 |
Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com> |
{nl,cfg,mac}80211: fix the coding style related to mesh parameters fix the coding style related to mesh parameters, especially the indentation, as pointed out by Johannes Berg. Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
3ddd53f3 |
|
10-Jun-2012 |
Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com> |
cfg80211: add missing kernel-doc for mesh configuration structure Add the missing kernel-doc for mesh configuration parameters as pointed out by Johannes Berg. Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
e8c9bd5b |
|
06-Jun-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: clarify set_channel APIs Now that we've removed all uses of the set_channel API except for the monitor channel and in libertas, clarify this. Split the libertas mesh use into a new libertas_set_mesh_channel() operation, just to keep backward compatibility, and rename the normal set_channel() to set_monitor_channel(). Also describe the desired set_monitor_channel() semantics more clearly. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
cc1d2806 |
|
16-May-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: provide channel to join_mesh function Just like the AP mode patch, instead of setting the channel and then joining the mesh network, provide the channel to join the network on to the join_mesh() function. Like in AP mode, you can also give the channel to the join-mesh nl80211 command now. Unlike AP mode, it picks a default channel if none was given. As libertas uses mesh mode interfaces but has no join_mesh callback and we can't simply break it, keep some compatibility code for that case and configure the channel directly for it. In the non-libertas case, where we store the channel until join, allow setting it while the interface is down. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
aa430da4 |
|
16-May-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: provide channel to start_ap function Instead of setting the channel first and then starting the AP, let cfg80211 store the channel and provide it as one of the AP settings. This means that now you have to set the channel before you can start an AP interface, but since hostapd/wpa_supplicant always do that we're OK with this change. Alternatively, it's now possible to give the channel as an attribute to the start-ap nl80211 command, overriding any preset channel. Cc: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
d58e7e37 |
|
16-May-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: simplify cfg80211_can_beacon_sec_chan API Change cfg80211_can_beacon_sec_chan() to return true if there is no secondary channel to simplify all the current users of it. They all check the channel type before calling the function because it returns false if there's no secondary channel. Also actually document the return value. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
294a20e0 |
|
10-May-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: fix cfg80211_can_beacon_sec_chan prototype It should return bool, not int. The function even does return true/false. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
70c33eaa |
|
30-Apr-2012 |
Ashok Nagarajan <ashok@cozybit.com> |
{nl,cfg,mac}80211: Allow user to see/configure HT protection mode This patch introduces a new mesh configuration parameter "ht_opmode" and will allow user to check the current HT protection mode selected. Users could configure the protection mode by the command "iw mesh_iface set mesh_param mesh_ht_protection_mode=2". The default protection mode of mesh is set to non-HT mixed mode. Signed-off-by: Ashok Nagarajan <ashok@cozybit.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
d6199218 |
|
23-Apr-2012 |
Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> |
cfg80211: Add framework to support ethtool stats. Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
8e8b41f9 |
|
15-Mar-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: enforce lack of interface combinations My grand plan to allow drivers to gradually move over to advertising virtual interface combinations and only enforce with drivers that do want it enforced doesn't seem to be working out, only Christian ever added the advertising (to carl9170), nobody else did. Begin enforcing combinations in cfg80211 so that users can rely on the information reported about a device. Cc: "Luis R. Rodriguez" <mcgrof@qca.qualcomm.com> Cc: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> Cc: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qca.qualcomm.com> Cc: Senthil Balasubramanian <senthilb@qca.qualcomm.com> Cc: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com> Cc: Jiri Slaby <jirislaby@gmail.com> Cc: Nick Kossifidis <mickflemm@gmail.com> Cc: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com> Cc: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com> Cc: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@wantstofly.org> Cc: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com> Cc: Gertjan van Wingerde <gwingerde@gmail.com> Cc: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com> Cc: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
d91df0e3 |
|
03-Apr-2012 |
Pontus Fuchs <pontus.fuchs@gmail.com> |
cfg80211: Add channel information to NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE If the current channel is known, add frequency and channel type to NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Signed-off-by: Pontus Fuchs <pontus.fuchs@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
5314526b |
|
06-Apr-2012 |
Thomas Pedersen <c_tpeder@qca.qualcomm.com> |
cfg80211: add channel switch notify event The firmware may decide to switch channels while already beaconing, e.g. in response to a cfg80211 connect request on a different vif. Add this event to notify userspace when an AP or GO interface has successfully migrated to a new channel, so it can update its configuration accordingly. Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <c_tpeder@qca.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
6d52563f |
|
04-Apr-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211/mac80211: enable proper device_set_wakeup_enable handling In WoWLAN, we only get the triggers when we actually get to suspend. As a consequence, drivers currently don't know that the device should enable wakeup. However, the device_set_wakeup_enable() API is intended to be called when the wakeup is enabled, not later when needed. Add a new set_wakeup() call to cfg80211 and mac80211 to allow drivers to properly call device_set_wakeup_enable. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
d299a1f2 |
|
31-Mar-2012 |
Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> |
{nl,cfg}80211: Support for mesh synchronization Report Toffset to userspace. Let userspace select the mesh synchronization method. Signed-off-by: Marco Porsch <marco.porsch@s2005.tu-chemnitz.de> Signed-off-by: Pavel Zubarev <pavel.zubarev@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
a3304b0a |
|
28-Mar-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211/nl80211: clarify TX queue API With the plan to change mac80211's queue API to not map ACs to queues 1:1, it seems necessary to clarify some APIs that act on ACs rather than on queues to spell that out explicitly. Do this. Also verify that the AC number given is valid. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
66266b3a |
|
15-Mar-2012 |
John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> |
cfg80211: allow CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC in station_info The station_info struct had demanded dBm signal values, but the cfg80211 wireless extensions implementation was also accepting "unspecified" (i.e. RSSI) unit values while the nl80211 code was completely unaware of them. Resolve this by formally allowing the "unspecified" units while making nl80211 ignore them. Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
|
#
7b8bcff2 |
|
13-Mar-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: clarify timestamp in cfg80211_inform_bss This is intended to be the timestamp sent by the peer in the beacon/probe response, not any form of host timestamp. Clarify the documentation and variable names. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
4486ea98 |
|
07-Mar-2012 |
Bala Shanmugam <bkamatch@qca.qualcomm.com> |
cfg80211: Add background scan period attribute. Receive background scan period as part of connect command and pass the same to the driver. Signed-off-by: Bala Shanmugam <bkamatch@qca.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
8097e149 |
|
05-Mar-2012 |
Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com> |
cfg80211: expose cfg80211_calculate_bitrate() Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com> Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
804483e9 |
|
05-Mar-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211/mac80211: report signal strength for mgmt frames Add the signal strength (in dBm only for now) to frames that are received via nl80211's various frame APIs. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Acked-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
1b658f11 |
|
02-Mar-2012 |
Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qca.qualcomm.com> |
cfg80211: Add an attribute to set inactivity timeout in AP mode This patch adds an attribute, NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT, to set the inactivity timeout which can be used to remove the station in AP mode. This can be passed in NL80211_CMD_START_AP and used by the drivers which have AP MLME in firmware but don't support get_station() properly. To disable inactivity timer in userspace, wpa_s for example, there is a new flag, NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER, in nl80211_feature_flags through which drivers can register their capability to use the inactivity timeout to free the stations. Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qca.qualcomm.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
c04a4ff7 |
|
01-Mar-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: fix kernel-doc I forgot to update the kernel-doc in my patch to redesign AP mode APIs, fix that now. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
55335137 |
|
28-Feb-2012 |
Ashok Nagarajan <ashok@cozybit.com> |
{nl,cfg,mac}80211: Implement RSSI threshold for mesh peering Mesh peer links are established only if average rssi of the peer candidate satisfies the threshold. This is not in 802.11s specification but was requested by David Fulgham, an open80211s user. This is a way to avoid marginal peer links with stations that are barely within range. This patch adds a new mesh configuration parameter, mesh_rssi_threshold. This feature is supported only for hardwares that report signal in dBm. Signed-off-by: Ashok Nagarajan <ashok@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
187f1882 |
|
23-Nov-2011 |
Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com> |
BUG: headers with BUG/BUG_ON etc. need linux/bug.h If a header file is making use of BUG, BUG_ON, BUILD_BUG_ON, or any other BUG variant in a static inline (i.e. not in a #define) then that header really should be including <linux/bug.h> and not just expecting it to be implicitly present. We can make this change risk-free, since if the files using these headers didn't have exposure to linux/bug.h already, they would have been causing compile failures/warnings. Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
|
#
63c9c5e7 |
|
24-Feb-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: remove cookies from callbacks In "cfg80211: no cookies in cfg80211_send_XXX()" Holger Schurig removed the cookies in the calls from mac80211 to cfg80211, but the ones in the other direction were left in. Remove them now. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
8860020e |
|
13-Feb-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: restructure AP/GO mode API The AP/GO mode API isn't very clearly defined, it has "set beacon" and "new beacon" etc. Modify the API to the following: * start AP -- all settings * change beacon -- new beacon data * stop AP -- stop AP mode operation This also reflects in the nl80211 API, rename the commands there correspondingly (but keep the old names for compatibility.) Overall, this makes it much clearer what's going on in the API. Kalle developed the ath6kl changes, I created the rest of the patch. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
267335d6 |
|
31-Jan-2012 |
Antonio Quartulli <ordex@autistici.org> |
cfg80211/mac80211: userspace peer authorization in IBSS If the IBSS network is RSN-protected, let userspace authorize the stations instead of adding them as AUTHORIZED by default. Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <ordex@autistici.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
4c0c0b75 |
|
20-Jan-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: export cfg80211_ref_bss This is needed by mac80211 to keep a reference to a BSS alive for the auth process. Remove the old version of cfg80211_ref_bss() since it's not actually used. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
95de817b |
|
20-Jan-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: stop tracking authenticated state To track authenticated state seems to have been a design mistake in cfg80211. It is possible to have out of band authentication (FT), tracking multiple authentications caused more problems than it ever helped, and the implementation in mac80211 is too complex. Remove all this complexity, and let userspace do whatever it wants to, mac80211 can deal with that just fine. Association is still tracked of course, but authentication no longer is. Local auth state changes are thus no longer of value, so ignore them completely. This will also help implement SAE -- asking the driver to do an authentication is now almost equivalent to sending an authentication frame, with the exception of shared key authentication which is still handled completely. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
24db78c0 |
|
28-Jan-2012 |
Simon Wunderlich <simon.wunderlich@s2003.tu-chemnitz.de> |
nl80211: add support for mcs masks Allow to set mcs masks through nl80211. We also allow to set MCS rates but no legacy rates (and vice versa). Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de> Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
15f0ebc2 |
|
21-Jan-2012 |
Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org> |
kernel-doc: fix new warnings in cfg80211.h Fix new kernel-doc warnings: Warning(include/net/cfg80211.h:1165): No description found for parameter 'channel_type' Warning(include/net/cfg80211.h:2090): No description found for parameter 'probe_resp_offload' Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net> Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
94f90656 |
|
20-Jan-2012 |
Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com> |
{nl,cfg,mac}80211: Add support of setting non-forwarding entity in Mesh A mesh node that joins the mesh network is by default a forwarding entity. This patch allows the mesh node to set as non-forwarding entity. Whenever dot11MeshForwarding is set to 0, the mesh node can prevent itself from forwarding the traffic which is not destined to him. Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
eccc068e |
|
11-Jan-2012 |
Hong Wu <Hong.Wu@dspg.com> |
wireless: Save original maximum regulatory transmission power for the calucation of the local maximum transmit power The local maximum transmit power is the maximum power a wireless device allowed to transmit. If Power Constraint is presented, the local maximum power equals to the maximum allowed power defined in regulatory domain minus power constraint. The maximum transmit power is maximum power a wireless device capable of transmitting, and should be used in Power Capability element (7.3.2.16 IEEE802.11 2007). The transmit power from a wireless device should not greater than the local maximum transmit power. The maximum transmit power was not calculated correctly in the current Linux wireless/mac80211 when Power Constraint is presented. Signed-off-by: Hong Wu <hong.wu@dspg.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
2f6c76aa |
|
21-Jan-2012 |
Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org> |
kernel-doc: fix new warnings in cfg80211.h Fix new kernel-doc warnings: Warning(include/net/cfg80211.h:1165): No description found for parameter 'channel_type' Warning(include/net/cfg80211.h:2090): No description found for parameter 'probe_resp_offload' Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net> Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
|
#
a85e1d55 |
|
09-Dec-2011 |
Paul Stewart <pstew@chromium.org> |
cfg80211: Return beacon loss count in station If station info contains a beacon loss count, return it to userspace. Signed-off-by: Paul Stewart <pstew@chromium.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
061acaae |
|
07-Dec-2011 |
Luis R. Rodriguez <rodrigue@qca.qualcomm.com> |
cfg80211: allow following country IE power for custom regdom cards By definition WIPHY_FLAG_STRICT_REGULATORY was intended to allow the wiphy to adjust itself to the country IE power information if the card had no regulatory data but we had no way to tell cfg80211 that if the card also had its own custom regulatory domain (these are typically custom world regulatory domains) that we want to follow the country IE's noted values for power for each channel. We add support for this and document it. This is not a critical fix but a performance optimization for cards with custom regulatory domains that associate to an AP with sends out country IEs with a higher EIRP than the one on the custom regulatory domain. In practice the only driver affected right now are the Atheros drivers as they are the only drivers using both WIPHY_FLAG_STRICT_REGULATORY and WIPHY_FLAG_CUSTOM_REGULATORY -- used on cards that have an Atheros world regulatory domain. Cards that have been programmed to follow a country specifically will not follow the country IE power. So although not a stable fix distributions should consider cherry picking this. Cc: compat@orbit-lab.org Cc: Paul Stewart <pstew@google.com> Cc: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com> Cc: Senthilkumar Balasubramanian <senthilb@qca.qualcomm.com> Reported-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@qca.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
bdd90d5e |
|
13-Dec-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: validate nl80211 station handling better The nl80211 station handling code is a bit messy and doesn't do a lot of validation. It seems like this could be an issue for drivers that don't use mac80211 to validate everything. As cfg80211 doesn't keep station state, move the validation of allowing supported_rates to change for TDLS only in station mode to mac80211. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
adbde344 |
|
08-Dec-2011 |
Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qca.qualcomm.com> |
cfg80211: Fix race in bss timeout It is quite possible to run into a race in bss timeout where the drivers see the bss entry just before notifying cfg80211 of a roaming event but it got timed out by the time rdev->event_work got scehduled from cfg80211_wq. This would result in the following WARN-ON() along with the failure to notify the user space of the roaming. The other situation which is happening with ath6kl that runs into issue is when the driver reports roam to same AP event where the AP bss entry already got expired. To fix this, move cfg80211_get_bss() from __cfg80211_roamed() to cfg80211_roamed(). [158645.538384] WARNING: at net/wireless/sme.c:586 __cfg80211_roamed+0xc2/0x1b1() [158645.538810] Call Trace: [158645.538838] [<c1033527>] warn_slowpath_common+0x65/0x7a [158645.538917] [<c14cfacf>] ? __cfg80211_roamed+0xc2/0x1b1 [158645.538946] [<c103354b>] warn_slowpath_null+0xf/0x13 [158645.539055] [<c14cfacf>] __cfg80211_roamed+0xc2/0x1b1 [158645.539086] [<c14beb5b>] cfg80211_process_rdev_events+0x153/0x1cc [158645.539166] [<c14bd57b>] cfg80211_event_work+0x26/0x36 [158645.539195] [<c10482ae>] process_one_work+0x219/0x38b [158645.539273] [<c14bd555>] ? wiphy_new+0x419/0x419 [158645.539301] [<c10486cb>] worker_thread+0xf6/0x1bf [158645.539379] [<c10485d5>] ? rescuer_thread+0x1b5/0x1b5 [158645.539407] [<c104b3e2>] kthread+0x62/0x67 [158645.539484] [<c104b380>] ? __init_kthread_worker+0x42/0x42 [158645.539514] [<c151309a>] kernel_thread_helper+0x6/0xd Reported-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qca.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
54858ee5b |
|
30-Nov-2011 |
Alexander Simon <an.alexsimon@googlemail.com> |
nl80211: Parse channel type attribute in an ibss join request Prepare cfg80211 for IBSS HT: * extend cfg80211 ibss struct with channel_type * Check if extension channel can be used * Export can_beacon_sec_chan for use in mac80211 (will be called from ibss.c later). Signed-off-by: Alexander Simon <an.alexsimon@googlemail.com> [siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de: Updates] * fix cfg80211_can_beacon_ext_chan comment * remove implicit channel_type enum assumptions * remove radar channel flags check * add HT IBSS feature flag * reword commit message Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de> Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de> Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
1432de07 |
|
28-Nov-2011 |
Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@qca.qualcomm.com> |
cfg80211: clarify set tx power mBm documentation Tons of drivers missed that we use mBm and not dBm... Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@qca.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
dca7e943 |
|
24-Nov-2011 |
Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com> |
{nl,cfg,mac}80211: implement dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval As per 802.11mb 13.9.11.3 Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
4bb62344 |
|
24-Nov-2011 |
Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com> |
{nl,cfg,mac}80211: Allow Setting Multicast Rate in Mesh Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
1d9d9213 |
|
18-Nov-2011 |
Simon Wunderlich <simon.wunderlich@s2003.tu-chemnitz.de> |
wireless: Add NoAck per tid support This patch contains the configuration changes in nl80211/cfg80211. Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de> Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
7e7c8926 |
|
18-Nov-2011 |
Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> |
wireless: Support ht-capabilities over-rides. This allows users to disable features such as HT, HT40, and to modify the MCS, AMPDU, and AMSDU settings for drivers that support it. The MCS, AMPDU, and AMSDU features that may be disabled are are reported in the phy-info netlink message as a mask. Attemping to disable features that are not supported will take no affect, but will not return errors. This is to aid backwards compatibility in user-space apps that may not be clever enough to deal with parsing the the capabilities mask. This patch only enables the infrastructure. An additional patch will enable the feature in mac80211. Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
dd76986b |
|
18-Nov-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211/mac80211: Revert "move information element parsing logic to cfg80211" No other driver ever ended up using this, and the commit forgot to move the prototype so no driver could have used it. Revert it, if any driver shows up and needs it it can be moved again, but until then it's more efficient to have it in mac80211 where the only user is. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
7c4ef712 |
|
18-Nov-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: add flags for off-channel capabilities Currently mac80211 implements these for all devices, but given restrictions of some devices that isn't really true, so prepare for being able to remove the capability for some mac80211 devices. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Acked-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
00f740e1 |
|
10-Nov-2011 |
Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> |
nl80211: Pass probe response data to drivers Pass probe-response data from usermode via beacon parameters. Signed-off-by: Guy Eilam <guy@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
87bbbe22 |
|
10-Nov-2011 |
Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> |
nl80211: Add probe response offload attribute Notify user-space about probe-response offloading support in the driver. A wiphy flag is used to indicate support and a bitmap of protocols determines which protocols are supported. Signed-off-by: Guy Eilam <guy@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
e999882a |
|
09-Nov-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211/cfg80211: report monitor channel in wireless extensions Just add API to get the channel & report it. Trivial really. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
1f074bd8 |
|
06-Nov-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
nl80211: advertise socket TX status capability The new wifi socket TX capability should be supported by wifi drivers, let them advertise whether they do or not. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
e247bd90 |
|
04-Nov-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211/mac80211: allow management TX to not wait for ACK For probe responses it can be useful to not wait for ACK to avoid retransmissions if the station that sent the probe is already on the next channel, so allow userspace to request not caring about the ACK with a new nl80211 flag. Since mac80211 needs to be updated for the new function prototype anyway implement it right away -- it's just a few lines of code. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
b92ab5d8 |
|
04-Nov-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: add event for unexpected 4addr frames The frames are used by AP/STA WDS mode, and hostapd needs to know when such a frame was received to set up the VLAN appropriately to allow using it. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
5e760230 |
|
04-Nov-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: allow registering to beacons Add the ability to register to received beacon frames to allow implementing OLBC logic in userspace. The registration is per wiphy since there's no point in receiving the same frame multiple times. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
7f6cf311 |
|
04-Nov-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
nl80211: add API to probe a client When the AP SME in hostapd is used it wants to probe the clients when they have been idle for some time. Add explicit API to support this. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
562a7480 |
|
06-Nov-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
nl80211: advertise device AP SME Add the ability to advertise that the device contains the AP SME and what features it can support. There are currently no features in the bitmap -- probe response offload will be advertised by a few patches Arik is working on now (who took over from Guy Eilam) and a device with AP SME will typically implement and require response offload. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
28946da7 |
|
04-Nov-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
nl80211: allow subscribing to unexpected class3 frames To implement AP mode without monitor interfaces we need to be able to send a deauth to stations that send frames without being associated. Enable this by adding a new nl80211 event for such frames that an application can subscribe to. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
ef100682 |
|
27-Oct-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: annotate cfg80211_inform_bss This function returns a referenced BSS struct (or NULL), annotate with __must_check. It seems that a lot of drivers get this completely wrong and leak all BSS structs as a result. Reported-by: Adam Mikuta <Adam.Mikuta@tieto.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
c26887d2 |
|
08-Nov-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: fix missing kernel-doc Two new struct members were not documented, fix that. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
bb6e753e |
|
13-Oct-2011 |
Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com> |
nl80211: Add sta_flags to the station info Reuse the already existing struct nl80211_sta_flag_update to specify both, a flag mask and the flag set itself. This means nl80211_sta_flag_update is now used for setting station flags and also for getting station flags. Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
109086ce |
|
28-Sep-2011 |
Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> |
nl80211: support sending TDLS commands/frames Add support for sending high-level TDLS commands and TDLS frames via NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER and NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT, respectively. Add appropriate cfg80211 callbacks for lower level drivers. Add wiphy capability flags for TDLS support and advertise them via nl80211. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Cc: Kalyan C Gaddam <chakkal@iit.edu> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
3b9ce80c |
|
27-Sep-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211/mac80211: apply station uAPSD parameters selectively Currently, when hostapd sets the station as authorized we also overwrite its uAPSD parameter. This obviously leads to buggy behaviour (later, with my patches that actually add uAPSD support). To fix this, only apply those parameters if they were actually set in nl80211, and to achieve that add a bitmap of things to apply. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
f70f01c2 |
|
25-Sep-2011 |
Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> |
cfg80211/mac80211: add netdev param to set_txq_params() tx params are currently configured per hw, although they should be configured per interface. Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
e9f935e3 |
|
25-Sep-2011 |
Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com> |
nl80211/cfg80211: Add support to disable CCK rate for management frame Add a new nl80211 attribute to specify whether to send the management frames in CCK rate or not. As of now the wpa_supplicant is disabling CCK rate at P2P init itself. So this patch helps to send P2P probe request/probe response/action frames being sent at non CCK rate in 2GHz without disabling 11b rates. This attribute is used with NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands to disable CCK rate for management frame transmission. Cc: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
c9df56b4 |
|
16-Sep-2011 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> |
cfg80211/nl80211: Add PMKSA caching candidate event When the driver (or most likely firmware) decides which AP to use for roaming based on internal scan result processing, user space needs to be notified of PMKSA caching candidates to allow RSN pre-authentication to be used. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
0c28ec58 |
|
15-Sep-2011 |
Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> |
cfg80211: add cfg80211_find_vendor_ie() function Add function to find vendor-specific ie (along with vendor-specific ie struct definition and P2P OUI values) Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
910868db |
|
11-Sep-2011 |
Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> |
nl80211/cfg80211/mac80211: fix wme docs Add/fix some missing docs. Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
fd235913 |
|
08-Sep-2011 |
Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org> |
wireless: fix kernel-doc warning in net/cfg80211.h Fix kernel-doc warning in net/cfg80211.h: Warning(include/net/cfg80211.h:1884): No description found for parameter 'registered' Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
a1f1c21c |
|
31-Aug-2011 |
Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> |
nl80211/cfg80211: add match filtering for sched_scan Introduce filtering for scheduled scans to reduce the number of unnecessary results (which cause useless wake-ups). Add a new nested attribute where sets of parameters to be matched can be passed when starting a scheduled scan. Only scan results that match any of the sets will be returned. At this point, the set consists of a single parameter, an SSID. This can be easily extended in the future to support more complex matches. Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
cedb5412 |
|
31-Aug-2011 |
Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> |
nl80211/cfg80211: add WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD flag add WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD flag to indicate uapsd support on AP mode. Advertise it to userspace by including a new NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD attribute. Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
f4b34b55 |
|
29-Aug-2011 |
Vivek Natarajan <nataraja@qca.qualcomm.com> |
cfg80211/nl80211: Indicate roaming feature capability to userspace. When the rssi of the current AP drops, both wpa_supplicant and the firmware may do a background scan to find a better AP and try to associate. Since firmware based roaming is faster, inform wpa_supplicant to avoid roaming and let the firmware decide to roam if necessary. For fullmac drivers like ath6kl, it is just enough to provide the ESSID and the firmware will decide on the BSSID. Since it is not possible to do pre-auth during roaming for fullmac drivers, the wpa_supplicant needs to completely disconnect with the old AP and reconnect with the new AP. This consumes lot of time and it is better to leave the roaming decision to the firmware. Signed-off-by: Vivek Natarajan <nataraja@qca.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
d2f15287 |
|
08-Sep-2011 |
Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org> |
wireless: fix kernel-doc warning in net/cfg80211.h Fix kernel-doc warning in net/cfg80211.h: Warning(include/net/cfg80211.h:1884): No description found for parameter 'registered' Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
|
#
4a711a85 |
|
25-Aug-2011 |
Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com> |
cfg80211: document wiphy->registered Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
c75786c9 |
|
23-Aug-2011 |
Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> |
nl80211/cfg80211: add STA WME parameters Add new NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME nested attribute that contains wme params needed by the low-level driver (uapsd_queues and max_sp). Add these params to the station_parameters struct as well. Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
16dd7267 |
|
09-Aug-2011 |
Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> |
{nl,cfg,mac}80211: let userspace make meshif mesh gate Allow userspace to set NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS attribute, which will advertise this mesh node as being a mesh gate. NL80211_HWMP_ROOTMODE must be set or this will do nothing. Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
0507e159 |
|
09-Aug-2011 |
Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> |
{nl,cfg,mac}80211: let userspace set RANN interval Allow userspace to set Root Announcement Interval for our mesh interface. Also, RANN interval is now in proper units of TUs. Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
8db09850 |
|
12-Aug-2011 |
Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com> |
mac80211: update mesh peering frame format This patch updates the mesh peering frames to the format specified in the recently ratified 802.11s standard. Several changes took place to make this happen: - Change RX path to handle new self-protected frames - Add new Peering management IE - Remove old Peer Link IE - Remove old plink_action field in ieee80211_mgmt header These changes by themselves would either break peering, or work by coincidence, so squash them all into this patch. Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
ecb44335 |
|
12-Aug-2011 |
Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com> |
mac80211: fix suspend/resume races with unregister hw Do not call ->suspend, ->resume methods after we unregister wiphy. Also delete sta_clanup timer after we finish wiphy unregister to avoid this: WARNING: at lib/debugobjects.c:262 debug_print_object+0x85/0xa0() Hardware name: 6369CTO ODEBUG: free active (active state 0) object type: timer_list hint: sta_info_cleanup+0x0/0x180 [mac80211] Modules linked in: aes_i586 aes_generic fuse bridge stp llc autofs4 sunrpc cpufreq_ondemand acpi_cpufreq mperf ext2 dm_mod uinput thinkpad_acpi hwmon sg arc4 rt2800usb rt2800lib crc_ccitt rt2x00usb rt2x00lib mac80211 cfg80211 i2c_i801 iTCO_wdt iTCO_vendor_support e1000e ext4 mbcache jbd2 sd_mod crc_t10dif sr_mod cdrom yenta_socket ahci libahci pata_acpi ata_generic ata_piix i915 drm_kms_helper drm i2c_algo_bit video [last unloaded: microcode] Pid: 5663, comm: pm-hibernate Not tainted 3.1.0-rc1-wl+ #19 Call Trace: [<c0454cfd>] warn_slowpath_common+0x6d/0xa0 [<c05e05e5>] ? debug_print_object+0x85/0xa0 [<c05e05e5>] ? debug_print_object+0x85/0xa0 [<c0454dae>] warn_slowpath_fmt+0x2e/0x30 [<c05e05e5>] debug_print_object+0x85/0xa0 [<f8a808e0>] ? sta_info_alloc+0x1a0/0x1a0 [mac80211] [<c05e0bd2>] debug_check_no_obj_freed+0xe2/0x180 [<c051175b>] kfree+0x8b/0x150 [<f8a126ae>] cfg80211_dev_free+0x7e/0x90 [cfg80211] [<f8a13afd>] wiphy_dev_release+0xd/0x10 [cfg80211] [<c068d959>] device_release+0x19/0x80 [<c05d06ba>] kobject_release+0x7a/0x1c0 [<c07646a8>] ? rtnl_unlock+0x8/0x10 [<f8a13adb>] ? wiphy_resume+0x6b/0x80 [cfg80211] [<c05d0640>] ? kobject_del+0x30/0x30 [<c05d1a6d>] kref_put+0x2d/0x60 [<c05d056d>] kobject_put+0x1d/0x50 [<c08015f4>] ? mutex_lock+0x14/0x40 [<c068d60f>] put_device+0xf/0x20 [<c069716a>] dpm_resume+0xca/0x160 [<c04912bd>] hibernation_snapshot+0xcd/0x260 [<c04903df>] ? freeze_processes+0x3f/0x90 [<c049151b>] hibernate+0xcb/0x1e0 [<c048fdc0>] ? pm_async_store+0x40/0x40 [<c048fe60>] state_store+0xa0/0xb0 [<c048fdc0>] ? pm_async_store+0x40/0x40 [<c05d0200>] kobj_attr_store+0x20/0x30 [<c0575ea4>] sysfs_write_file+0x94/0xf0 [<c051e26a>] vfs_write+0x9a/0x160 [<c0575e10>] ? sysfs_open_file+0x200/0x200 [<c051e3fd>] sys_write+0x3d/0x70 [<c080959f>] sysenter_do_call+0x12/0x28 Cc: stable@kernel.org Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
9946ecfb |
|
10-Aug-2011 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> |
nl80211/cfg80211: Add extra IE configuration to AP mode setup The NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON command is, in practice, requesting AP mode operations to be started. Add new attributes to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS IE, P2P IE) for drivers that build Beacon, Probe Response, and (Re)Association Response frames internally (likely in firmware). Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
5fb628e9 |
|
10-Aug-2011 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> |
nl80211/cfg80211: Add crypto settings into NEW_BEACON This removes need from drivers to parse the beacon tail/head data to figure out what crypto settings are to be used in AP mode in case the Beacon and Probe Response frames are fully constructed in the driver/firmware. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
32e9de84 |
|
10-Aug-2011 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> |
nl80211/cfg80211: Allow SSID to be specified in new beacon command This makes it easier for drivers that generate Beacon and Probe Response frames internally (in firmware most likely) in AP mode. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
0879fa44 |
|
09-Aug-2011 |
Yogesh Ashok Powar <yogeshp@marvell.com> |
cfg80211/mac80211: move information element parsing logic to cfg80211 Moving the parsing logic for retrieving the information elements stored in management frames, e.g. beacons or probe responses, and making it available to other cfg80211 drivers. Signed-off-by: Yogesh Ashok Powar <yogeshp@marvell.com> Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com> Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
f612cedf |
|
11-Aug-2011 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> |
nl80211/cfg80211: Make addition of new sinfo fields safer Add a comment pointing out the use of enum station_info_flags for all new struct station_info fields. In addition, memset the sinfo buffer to zero before use on all paths in the current tree to avoid leaving uninitialized pointers in the data. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
040bdf71 |
|
10-Aug-2011 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
cfg80211: fix a crash in nl80211_send_station mac80211 leaves sinfo->assoc_req_ies uninitialized, causing a random pointer memory access in nl80211_send_station. Instead of checking if the pointer is null, use sinfo->filled, like the rest of the fields. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
50d3dfb7 |
|
07-Aug-2011 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> |
cfg80211/nl80211: Send AssocReq IEs to user space in AP mode When user space SME/MLME (e.g., hostapd) is not used in AP mode, the IEs from the (Re)Association Request frame that was processed in firmware need to be made available for user space (e.g., RSN IE for hostapd). Allow this to be done with cfg80211_new_sta(). Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
262eb9b2 |
|
13-Jul-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: split wext compatibility to separate header A lot of drivers erroneously use wext constants and don't notice since cfg80211.h includes them. Make this more split up so drivers needing wext compatibility from cfg80211 need to explicitly include that from cfg80211-wext.h. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
34850ab2 |
|
18-Jul-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: allow userspace to control supported rates in scan Some P2P scans are not allowed to advertise 11b rates, but that is a rather special case so instead of having that, allow userspace to request the rate sets (per band) that are advertised in scan probe request frames. Since it's needed in two places now, factor out some common code parsing a rate array. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
5a865bad |
|
13-Jul-2011 |
Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> |
nl80211/cfg80211: add max_sched_scan_ie_len in the hw description Some chips may support different lengths of user-supplied IEs with a single scheduled scan command than with a single normal scan command. To support this, this patch creates a separate hardware description element that describes the maximum size of user-supplied information element data supported in scheduled scans. Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
93b6aa69 |
|
13-Jul-2011 |
Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> |
nl80211/cfg80211: add max_sched_scan_ssids in the hw description Some chips can scan more SSIDs with a single scheduled scan command than with a single normal scan command (eg. wl12xx chips). To support this, this patch creates a separate hardware description element that describes the amount of SSIDs supported in scheduled scans. Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
77dbbb13 |
|
13-Jul-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
nl80211: advertise GTK rekey support, new triggers Since we now have the necessary API in place to support GTK rekeying, applications will need to know whether it is supported by a device. Add a pseudo-trigger that is used only to advertise that capability. Also, add some new triggers that match what iwlagn devices can do. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
af71ff85 |
|
09-Jul-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: fix docbook Looks like I forgot to document the "gfp" parameter to cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify, add it. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
e5497d76 |
|
05-Jul-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211/nl80211: support GTK rekey offload In certain circumstances, like WoWLAN scenarios, devices may implement (partial) GTK rekeying on the device to avoid waking up the host for it. In order to successfully go through GTK rekeying, the KEK, KCK and the replay counter are required. Add API to let the supplicant hand the parameters to the driver which may store it for future GTK rekey operations. Note that, of course, if GTK rekeying is done by the device, the EAP frame must not be passed up to userspace, instead a rekey event needs to be sent to let userspace update its replay counter. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
a66b98db |
|
22-Jun-2011 |
Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> |
mac80211: fix rx->key NULL dereference during mic failure Sometimes when reporting a MIC failure rx->key may be unset. This code path is hit when receiving a packet meant for a multicast address, and decryption is performed in HW. Fortunately, the failing key_idx is not used for anything up to (and including) usermode, so we allow ourselves to drop it on the way up when a key cannot be retrieved. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Cc: stable@kernel.org Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
71063f0e |
|
20-May-2011 |
Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com> |
nl80211: add testmode dump support This adds dump support to testmode. The testmode dump support in nl80211 requires using two of the six cb->args, the rest can be used by the driver to figure out where the dump position is at or to store other data across invocations. Signed-off-by: Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
1ba01458 |
|
22-May-2011 |
Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com> |
wireless: fix cfg80211.h new kernel-doc warnings Fix new kernel-doc warnings in <net/cfg80211.h>: Warning(linux-2.6.39-git5/include/net/cfg80211.h:560): No description found for parameter 'bss_param' Warning(linux-2.6.39-git5/include/net/cfg80211.h:1555): Enum value 'WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_SCHED_SCAN' not described in enum 'wiphy_flags' Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
ed9d0102 |
|
16-May-2011 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> |
cfg80211: Use consistent BSS matching between scan and sme cfg80211 scan code adds separate BSS entries if the same BSS shows up on multiple channels. However, sme implementation does not use the frequency when fetching the BSS entry. Fix this by adding channel information to cfg80211_roamed() and include it in cfg80211_get_bss() calls. Please note that drivers using cfg80211_roamed() need to be modified to fully implement this fix. This commit includes only minimal changes to avoid compilation issues; it maintains the old (broken) behavior for most drivers. ath6kl was the only one that I could test, so I updated it to provide the operating frequency in the roamed event. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
8b3becad |
|
13-May-2011 |
Yogesh Ashok Powar <yogeshp@marvell.com> |
cfg80211: make stripping of 802.11 header optional from AMSDU Currently the devices that have already stripped IEEE 802.11 header from the AMSDU SKB can not use ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s routine. This patch enhances ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s() API by changing mandatory removing of IEEE 802.11 header from AMSDU to optional. Signed-off-by: Yogesh Ashok Powar <yogeshp@marvell.com> Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
57cf8043 |
|
13-May-2011 |
Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> |
nl80211: Move peer link state definition to nl80211 These definitions need to be exposed now that we can set the peer link states via NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE. They were already being (opaquely) reported by NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE. Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
7527a782 |
|
13-May-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: advertise possible interface combinations Add the ability to advertise interface combinations in nl80211. This allows the driver to indicate what the combinations are that it supports. "Combinations" of just a single interface are implicit, as previously. Note that cfg80211 will enforce that the restrictions are met, but not for all drivers yet (once all drivers are updated, we can remove the flag and enforce for all). When no combinations are actually supported, an empty list will be exported so that userspace can know if the kernel exported this info or not (although it isn't clear to me what tools using the info should do if the kernel didn't export it). Since some interface types are purely virtual/software and don't fit the restrictions, those are exposed in a new list of pure SW types, not subject to restrictions. This mainly exists to handle AP-VLAN and monitor interfaces in mac80211. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
85a9994a |
|
12-May-2011 |
Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> |
cfg80211/mac80211: avoid bounce back mac->cfg->mac on sched_scan_stopped When sched_scan_stopped was called by the driver, mac80211 calls cfg80211, which in turn was calling mac80211 back with a flag "driver_initiated". This flag was used so that mac80211 would do the necessary cleanup but would not call the driver. This was enough to prevent the bounce back between the driver and mac80211, but not between mac80211 and cfg80211. To fix this, we now do the cleanup in mac80211 before calling cfg80211. To help with locking issues, the workqueue was moved from cfg80211 to mac80211. Reported-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
56d1893d |
|
09-May-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: restrict AP beacon intervals Multiple virtual AP interfaces can currently try to use different beacon intervals, but that just leads to problems since it won't actually be done that way by drivers. Return an error in this case to make sure it won't be done wrong. Also, ignore attempts to change the DTIM period or beacon interval during the lifetime of the BSS. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
bbe6ad6d |
|
11-May-2011 |
Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> |
cfg80211/nl80211: add interval attribute for scheduled scans Introduce NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL as a required attribute for NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN. This value informs the driver at which intervals the scheduled scan cycles should be executed. Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
807f8a8c |
|
11-May-2011 |
Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> |
cfg80211/nl80211: add support for scheduled scans Implement new functionality for scheduled scan offload. With this feature we can scan automatically at certain intervals. The idea is that the hardware can perform scan automatically and filter on desired results without waking up the host unnecessarily. Add NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN commands to the nl80211 interface. When results are available they are reported by NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS events. The userspace is informed when the scheduled scan has stopped with a NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED event, which can be triggered either by the driver or by a call to NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN. Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
9c3990aa |
|
03-May-2011 |
Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> |
nl80211: Let userspace drive the peer link management states. Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
b130e5ce |
|
03-May-2011 |
Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> |
nl80211: Introduce NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE Introduce a new configuration option to support AMPE from userspace. Prior to this series we only supported authentication in userspace: an authentication daemon would authenticate peer candidates in userspace and hand them over to the kernel. From that point the mesh stack would take over and establish a peer link (Mesh Peering Management). These patches introduce support for Authenticated Mesh Peering Exchange in userspace. The userspace daemon implements the AMPE protocol and on successfull completion create mesh peers and install encryption keys. Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
ff1b6e69 |
|
04-May-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
nl80211/cfg80211: WoWLAN support This is based on (but now quite far from) the original work from Luis and Eliad. Add support for configuring WoWLAN triggers, and getting the configuration out again. Changes from the original patchset are too numerous to list, but one important change needs highlighting: the suspend() callback is passed NULL for the trigger configuration if userspace has not configured WoWLAN at all. Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
f0dc7999 |
|
03-May-2011 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> |
cfg80211: Remove unused wiphy flag The only user of WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_SEPARATE_DEFAULT_KEYS was removed and consequently, this flag can be removed, too. In addition, a single capability flag was not enough to indicate this capability clearly since the device behavior may be different based on which operating mode is being used. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
ebe27c91 |
|
08-Apr-2011 |
Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mshajakhan@atheros.com> |
{mac|nl}80211: Add station connected time Add station connected time in debugfs. This will be helpful to get a measure of stability of the connection and for debugging stress issues Cc: Senthilkumar Balasubramanian <Senthilkumar.Balasubramanian@Atheros.com> Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mshajakhan@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
c93b5e71 |
|
07-Apr-2011 |
Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> |
nl80211: New notification to discover mesh peer candidates. Notify userspace when a beacon/presp is received from a suitable mesh peer candidate for whom no sta information exists. Userspace can then decide to create a sta info for the candidate. If userspace is not ready to authenticate the peer right away, it can create the sta info with the authenticated flag unset and set it later. Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
15d5dda6 |
|
07-Apr-2011 |
Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> |
cfg80211/nl80211: Add userspace authentication flag to mesh setup During mesh setup, use NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag to create a secure mesh and route management frames to userspace. Also, NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY now returns a flag NL80211_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH if the wiphy's mesh implementation supports routing of mesh auth frames to userspace. This is useful for forward compatibility between old kernels and new userspace tools. Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
581a8b0f |
|
07-Apr-2011 |
Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> |
nl80211: rename NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE To NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE. This reflects our ability to insert any ie into a mesh beacon, not simply path selection ies. Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
f4263c98 |
|
31-Mar-2011 |
Paul Stewart <pstew@chromium.org> |
nl80211: Add BSS parameters to station This allows user-space monitoring of BSS parameters for the associated station. This is useful for debugging and verifying that the paramaters are as expected. [Exactly the same as before but bundled into a single message] Signed-off-by: Paul Stewart <pstew@chromium.org> Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
ec15e68b |
|
23-Mar-2011 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> |
cfg80211: Add nl80211 event for deletion of a station entry Indicate an NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION event when a station entry in mac80211 is deleted to match with the NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION event that is used when the entry was added. This is needed, e.g., to allow user space to remove a peer from RSN IBSS Authenticator state machine to avoid re-authentication and re-keying delays when the peer is not reachable anymore. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
858022aa |
|
18-Mar-2011 |
Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com> |
wireless: fix 80211 kernel-doc warnings Fix many of each of these warnings: Warning(include/net/cfg80211.h:519): No description found for parameter 'rxrate' Warning(include/net/mac80211.h:1163): bad line: Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com> Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
3677713b |
|
07-Mar-2011 |
John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> |
wireless: add support for ethtool_ops->{get,set}_ringparam Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
c8dcfd8a |
|
27-Feb-2011 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
cfg80211: add a field for the bitrate of the last rx data packet from a station Also fix a typo in the STATION_INFO_TX_BITRATE description Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
59eb21a6 |
|
16-Jan-2011 |
Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org> |
cfg80211: Extend channel to frequency mapping for 802.11j Extend channel to frequency mapping for 802.11j Japan 4.9GHz band, according to IEEE802.11 section 17.3.8.3.2 and Annex J. Because there are now overlapping channel numbers in the 2GHz and 5GHz band we can't map from channel to frequency without knowing the band. This is no problem as in most contexts we know the band. In places where we don't know the band (and WEXT compatibility) we assume the 2GHz band for channels below 14. This patch does not implement all channel to frequency mappings defined in 802.11, it's just an extension for 802.11j 20MHz channels. 5MHz and 10MHz channels as well as 802.11y channels have been omitted. The following drivers have been updated to reflect the API changes: iwl-3945, iwl-agn, iwmc3200wifi, libertas, mwl8k, rt2x00, wl1251, wl12xx. The drivers have been compile-tested only. Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org> Signed-off-by: Brian Prodoehl <bprodoehl@gmail.com> Acked-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
f52555a4 |
|
06-Jan-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: add mesh join/leave callback docs When I made the patch to add mesh join/leave I didn't pay attention to docs because it was a proof of concept, and then when we actually did merge it I forgot -- add docs now. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
7f531e03 |
|
15-Dec-2010 |
Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org> |
cfg80211: Separate available antennas for RX and TX As has been pointed out by Daniel Halperin some devices (e.g. Intel IWL5100) can only TX from a subset of RX antennas, so use separate availability masks for RX and TX. Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
c80d545d |
|
16-Dec-2010 |
Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> |
mac80211: Let userspace enable and configure vendor specific path selection. Userspace will now be allowed to toggle between the default path selection algorithm (HWMP, implemented in the kernel), and a vendor specific alternative. Also in the same patch, allow userspace to add information elements to mesh beacons. This is accordance with the Extensible Path Selection Framework specified in version 7.0 of the 802.11s draft. Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
24bdd9f4 |
|
16-Dec-2010 |
Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> |
mac80211: Rename mesh_params to mesh_config to prepare for mesh_setup Mesh parameters can be to setup a mesh or to configure it. This patch renames the ambiguous name mesh_params to mesh_config in preparation for mesh_setup. Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
2784fe91 |
|
15-Dec-2010 |
Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> |
cfg80211: fix null pointer dereference with a custom regulatory request Once we moved the core regulatory request to the queue and let the scheduler process it last_request will have been left NULL until the schedular decides to process the first request. When this happens and we are loading a driver with a custom regulatory request like all Atheros drivers we end up with a NULL pointer dereference. We fix this by checking if the request was a custom one. BUG: unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at 0000000000000004 IP: [<ffffffffa016de87>] freq_reg_info_regd.clone.2+0x27/0x130 [cfg80211] PGD 71f91067 PUD 712b2067 PMD 0 Oops: 0000 [#1] PREEMPT SMP last sysfs file: /sys/devices/pci0000:00/0000:00:1d.7/usb2/2-1/firmware/2-1/loading CPU 0 Modules linked in: ath9k_htc(+) ath9k_common ath9k_hw ath <etc> Pid: 3094, comm: insmod Tainted: G W 2.6.37-rc5-wl #16 INVALID/28427ZQ RIP: 0010:[<ffffffffa016de87>] [<ffffffffa016de87>] freq_reg_info_regd.clone.2+0x27/0x130 [cfg80211] RSP: 0018:ffff88007045db78 EFLAGS: 00010282 RAX: 0000000000000000 RBX: ffffffffa047d9a0 RCX: ffff88007045dbd0 RDX: 0000000000004e20 RSI: 000000000024cde0 RDI: ffff8800700483e0 RBP: ffff88007045db98 R08: ffffffffa02f5b40 R09: 0000000000000001 R10: 000000000000000e R11: 0000000000000001 R12: 0000000000000000 R13: ffff88007004e3b0 R14: 0000000000000000 R15: ffff880070048340 FS: 00007f635a707700(0000) GS:ffff880077400000(0000) knlGS:0000000000000000 CS: 0010 DS: 0000 ES: 0000 CR0: 000000008005003b CR2: 0000000000000004 CR3: 00000000708a9000 CR4: 00000000000006f0 DR0: 0000000000000000 DR1: 0000000000000000 DR2: 0000000000000000 DR3: 0000000000000000 DR6: 00000000ffff0ff0 DR7: 0000000000000400 Process insmod (pid: 3094, threadinfo ffff88007045c000, task ffff8800713e3ec0) Stack: ffffffffa047d9a0 0000000000000000 ffff88007004e3b0 0000000000000000 ffff88007045dc08 ffffffffa016e147 000000007045dc08 0000000000000002 ffff8800700483e0 ffffffffa02f5b40 ffff88007045dbd8 0000000000000000 Call Trace: [<ffffffffa016e147>] wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory+0x137/0x1d0 [cfg80211] [<ffffffffa047a690>] ? ath9k_reg_notifier+0x0/0x50 [ath9k_htc] [<ffffffffa02f47f7>] ath_regd_init+0x347/0x430 [ath] [<ffffffffa047b1f5>] ath9k_htc_probe_device+0x6c5/0x960 [ath9k_htc] [<ffffffffa0472a2c>] ath9k_htc_hw_init+0xc/0x30 [ath9k_htc] [<ffffffffa04747e6>] ath9k_hif_usb_probe+0x216/0x3b0 [ath9k_htc] [<ffffffffa03bb6bc>] usb_probe_interface+0x10c/0x210 [usbcore] [<ffffffff812aec26>] driver_probe_device+0x96/0x1c0 [<ffffffff812aedf3>] __driver_attach+0xa3/0xb0 [<ffffffff812aed50>] ? __driver_attach+0x0/0xb0 [<ffffffff812adaae>] bus_for_each_dev+0x5e/0x90 [<ffffffff812ae8c9>] driver_attach+0x19/0x20 [<ffffffff812ae438>] bus_add_driver+0x168/0x320 [<ffffffff812af071>] driver_register+0x71/0x140 [<ffffffff811fc4a8>] ? __raw_spin_lock_init+0x38/0x70 [<ffffffffa03ba39c>] usb_register_driver+0xdc/0x190 [usbcore] [<ffffffffa03a2000>] ? ath9k_htc_init+0x0/0x4f [ath9k_htc] [<ffffffffa047499e>] ath9k_hif_usb_init+0x1e/0x20 [ath9k_htc] [<ffffffffa03a202b>] ath9k_htc_init+0x2b/0x4f [ath9k_htc] [<ffffffff8100212f>] do_one_initcall+0x3f/0x180 [<ffffffff8109ef5b>] sys_init_module+0xbb/0x200 [<ffffffff8100bf52>] system_call_fastpath+0x16/0x1b Code: <etc, who cares> RIP [<ffffffffa016de87>] freq_reg_info_regd.clone.2+0x27/0x130 [cfg80211] RSP <ffff88007045db78> CR2: 0000000000000004 ---[ end trace 79e4193601c8b713 ]--- Reported-by: Sujith Manoharan <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
cf4e594e |
|
15-Dec-2010 |
Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> |
nl80211: Add notification for dropped Deauth/Disassoc Add a new notification to indicate that a received, unprotected Deauthentication or Disassociation frame was dropped due to management frame protection being in use. This notification is needed to allow user space (e.g., wpa_supplicant) to implement SA Query procedure to recover from association state mismatch between an AP and STA. This is needed to avoid getting stuck in non-working state when MFP (IEEE 802.11w) is used and a protected Deauthentication or Disassociation frame is dropped for any reason. After that, the station would silently discard any unprotected Deauthentication or Disassociation frame that could be indicating that the AP does not have association for the STA (when the Reason Code would be 6 or 7). IEEE Std 802.11w-2009, 11.13 describes this recovery mechanism. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
a293911d |
|
14-Dec-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
nl80211: advertise maximum remain-on-channel duration With the upcoming hardware offload implementation, some devices will have a different maximum duration for the remain-on-channel command. Advertise the maximum duration in mac80211, and make mac80211 set it. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
dbd2fd65 |
|
09-Dec-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211/nl80211: separate unicast/multicast default TX keys Allow userspace to specify that a given key is default only for unicast and/or multicast transmissions. Only WEP keys are for both, WPA/RSN keys set here are GTKs for multicast only. For more future flexibility, allow to specify all combiations. Wireless extensions can only set both so use nl80211; WEP keys (connect keys) must be set as default for both (but 802.1X WEP is still possible). Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
a7ffac95 |
|
07-Dec-2010 |
Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org> |
cfg80211: Add antenna availability information Add a field to wiphy for the hardware to report the availble antennas for configuration. Only if this is set to something bigger than zero, will the anntenna configuration ops be executed. Allthough this could be a simple number of antennas, I defined it as a bitmap of antennas which are available for configuration, since it's more consistent with the rest of the antenna API and there could be cases where the hardware allows only configuration of certain antennas. As it does not make much of a difference in size or normal usage, I think it's better to be able to support this, in case the need arises. The antenna configuration is now also checked against the availabe antennas and rejected if it does not match. Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org> -- v3: always apply available antenna mask (for "all" antennas case). v2: reject antenna configurations which don't match the available antennas Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
50b12f59 |
|
18-Nov-2010 |
Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com> |
cfg80211: Add new BSS attribute ht_opmode Add a new BSS attribute to allow hostapd to set the current HT opmode. Otherwise drivers won't be able to set up protection for HT rates in AP mode. Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
541a45a1 |
|
02-Dec-2010 |
Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org> |
nl80211/mac80211: Report signal average Extend nl80211 to report an exponential weighted moving average (EWMA) of the signal value. Since the signal value usually fluctuates between different packets, an average can be more useful than the value of the last packet. This uses the recently added generic EWMA library function. -- v2: fix ABI breakage and change factor to be a power of 2. Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
29cbe68c |
|
03-Dec-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211/mac80211: add mesh join/leave commands Instead of tying mesh activity to interface up, add join and leave commands for mesh. Since we must be backward compatible, let cfg80211 handle joining a mesh if a mesh ID was pre-configured when the device goes up. Note that this therefore must modify mac80211 as well since mac80211 needs to lose the logic to start the mesh on interface up. We now allow querying mesh parameters before the mesh is connected, which simply returns defaults. Setting them (internally renamed to "update") is only allowed while connected. Specify them with the new mesh join command instead where needed. In mac80211, beaconing must now also follow the mesh enabled/not enabled state, which is done by testing the mesh ID. Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
f9e10ce4 |
|
03-Dec-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: require add_virtual_intf to return new dev cfg80211 used to do all its bookkeeping in the notifier, but some new stuff will have to use local variables so make the callback return the netdev pointer. Tested-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
45904f21 |
|
03-Dec-2010 |
Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> |
nl80211/mac80211: define and allow configuring mesh element TTL The TTL in path selection information elements is different from the mesh ttl used in mesh data frames. Version 7.03 of the 11s draft calls this ttl 'Element TTL'. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
547025d5 |
|
02-Dec-2010 |
Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org> |
cfg80211: Add documentation for antenna ops The last patch with the same title was for mac80211 ops, accidentally. Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
f7ca38df |
|
25-Nov-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
nl80211/cfg80211: extend mgmt-tx API for off-channel With p2p, it is sometimes necessary to transmit a frame (typically an action frame) on another channel than the current channel. Enable this through the CMD_FRAME API, and allow it to wait for a response. A new command allows that wait to be aborted. However, allow userspace to specify whether or not it wants to allow off-channel TX, it may actually want to use the same channel only. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
c063dbf5 |
|
24-Nov-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: allow using CQM event to notify packet loss This adds the ability for drivers to use CQM events to notify about packet loss for specific stations (which could be the AP for the managed mode case). Since the threshold might be determined by the driver (it isn't passed in right now) it will be passed out of the driver to userspace in the event. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
dd5b4cc7 |
|
22-Nov-2010 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
cfg80211/mac80211: improve ad-hoc multicast rate handling - store the multicast rate as an index instead of the rate value (reduces cpu overhead in a hotpath) - validate the rate values (must match a bitrate in at least one sband) Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
ccb14354 |
|
24-Nov-2010 |
John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> |
Revert "nl80211/mac80211: Report signal average" This reverts commit 86107fd170bc379869250eb7e1bd393a3a70e8ae. This patch inadvertantly changed the userland ABI. Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
86107fd1 |
|
15-Nov-2010 |
Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org> |
nl80211/mac80211: Report signal average Extend nl80211 to report an exponential weighted moving average (EWMA) of the signal value. Since the signal value usually fluctuates between different packets, an average can be more useful than the value of the last packet. This uses the recently added generic EWMA library function. Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
885a46d0 |
|
11-Nov-2010 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
cfg80211: add support for setting the ad-hoc multicast rate Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
afe0cbf8 |
|
09-Nov-2010 |
Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org> |
cfg80211: Add nl80211 antenna configuration Allow setting of TX and RX antennas configuration via nl80211. The antenna configuration is defined as a bitmap of allowed antennas to use. This API can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should not be used for other reasons like regulatory concerns or special setups. Separate bitmaps are used for RX and TX to allow configuring different antennas for receiving and transmitting. Each bitmap is 32 bit long, each bit representing one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first bit. If an antenna bit is set, this means the driver is allowed to use this antenna for RX or TX respectively; if the bit is not set the hardware is not allowed to use this antenna. Using bitmaps has the benefit of allowing for a flexible configuration interface which can support many different configurations and which can be used for 802.11n as well as non-802.11n devices. Instead of relying on some hardware specific assumptions, drivers can use this information to know which antennas are actually attached to the system and derive their capabilities based on that. 802.11n devices should enable or disable chains, based on which antennas are present (If all antennas belonging to a particular chain are disabled, the entire chain should be disabled). HT capabilities (like STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) should be calculated based on the available chains after applying the antenna masks. Should a 802.11n device have diversity antennas attached to one of their chains, diversity can be enabled or disabled based on the antenna information. Non-802.11n drivers can use the antenna masks to select RX and TX antennas and to enable or disable antenna diversity. While covering chainmasks for 802.11n and the standard "legacy" modes "fixed antenna 1", "fixed antenna 2" and "diversity" this API also allows more rare, but useful configurations as follows: 1) Send on antenna 1, receive on antenna 2 (or vice versa). This can be used to have a low gain antenna for TX in order to keep within the regulatory constraints and a high gain antenna for RX in order to receive weaker signals ("speak softly, but listen harder"). This can be useful for building long-shot outdoor links. Another usage of this setup is having a low-noise pre-amplifier on antenna 1 and a power amplifier on the other antenna. This way transmit noise is mostly kept out of the low noise receive channel. (This would be bitmaps: tx 1 rx 2). 2) Another similar setup is: Use RX diversity on both antennas, but always send on antenna 1. Again that would allow us to benefit from a higher gain RX antenna, while staying within the legal limits. (This would be: tx 0 rx 3). 3) And finally there can be special experimental setups in research and development even with pre 802.11n hardware where more than 2 antennas are available. It's good to keep the API simple, yet flexible. Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org> -- v7: Made bitmasks 32 bit wide and rebased to latest wireless-testing. Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
309075cf |
|
11-Nov-2010 |
Jussi Kivilinna <jussi.kivilinna@mbnet.fi> |
cfg80211: fix WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN bit WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN is BIT(7) as is WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL. Change to BIT(8). Signed-off-by: Jussi Kivilinna <jussi.kivilinna@mbnet.fi> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
749b527b |
|
20-Oct-2010 |
Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> |
cfg80211: fix allowing country IEs for WIPHY_FLAG_STRICT_REGULATORY We should be enabling country IE hints for WIPHY_FLAG_STRICT_REGULATORY even if we haven't yet recieved regulatory domain hint for the driver if it needed one. Without this Country IEs are not passed on to drivers that have set WIPHY_FLAG_STRICT_REGULATORY, today this is just all Atheros chipset drivers: ath5k, ath9k, ar9170, carl9170. This was part of the original design, however it was completely overlooked... Cc: Easwar Krishnan <easwar.krishnan@atheros.com> Cc: stable@kernel.org Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
271733cf |
|
12-Oct-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: notify drivers about frame registrations Drivers may need to adjust their filters according to frame registrations, so notify them about them. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
8610c29a |
|
08-Oct-2010 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
cfg80211: add channel utilization stats to the survey command Using these, user space can calculate a relative channel utilization with arbitrary intervals by regularly taking snapshots of the survey results. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
5a5c731a |
|
07-Oct-2010 |
Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> |
wireless: Set some stats used by /proc/net/wireless (wext) Some stats for /proc/net/wireless (and wext in general) are not being set. This patch addresses a few of those with values easily obtained from mac80211 core. Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
388ac775 |
|
07-Oct-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: constify WDS address There's no need for the WDS peer address to not be const, so make it const. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
b206b4ef |
|
06-Oct-2010 |
Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org> |
nl80211/mac80211: Add retry and failed transmission count to station info This information is already available in mac80211, we just need to export it via cfg80211 and nl80211. Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
e31b8213 |
|
05-Oct-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211/mac80211: allow per-station GTKs This adds API to allow adding per-station GTKs, updates mac80211 to support it, and also allows drivers to remove a key from hwaccel again when this may be necessary due to multiple GTKs. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
ea229e68 |
|
30-Sep-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: remove spurious __KERNEL__ ifdef The net/cfg80211.h header file isn't exported to userspace, so there's no need for any kind of __KERNEL__ protection in it. If it was exported, everything else in it would need protection as well, not just the logging stuff ... Cc:Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
17e5a808 |
|
29-Sep-2010 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
nl80211: allow drivers to indicate whether the survey data channel is in use Some user space applications only want to display survey data for the operating channel, however there is no API to get that yet. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
9c376639 |
|
20-Aug-2010 |
Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> |
include/net/cfg80211.h: wiphy_<level> messages use dev_printk The output becomes: [ 41.261941] ieee80211 phy0: Selected rate control algorithm 'minstrel_ht' Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
c0692b8f |
|
27-Aug-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: allow changing port control protocol Some vendor specified mechanisms for 802.1X-style functionality use a different protocol than EAP (even if EAP is vendor-extensible). Allow setting the ethertype for the protocol when a driver has support for this. The default if unspecified is EAP, of course. Note: This is suitable only for station mode, not for AP implementation. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
d70e9693 |
|
19-Aug-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: add some documentation Add some documentation for cfg80211. I'm hoping some of the regulatory documentation will be filled by somebody more familiar with it, hint hint! :) Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
2e161f78 |
|
12-Aug-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211/mac80211: extensible frame processing Allow userspace to register for more than just action frames by giving the frame subtype, and make it possible to use this in various modes as well. With some tweaks and some added functionality this will, in the future, also be usable in AP mode and be able to replace the cooked monitor interface currently used in that case. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
633adf1a |
|
12-Aug-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: mark ieee80211_hdrlen const This function analyses only its single, value-passed argument, and has no side effects. Thus it can be const, which makes mac80211 smaller, for example: text data bss dec hex filename 362518 16720 884 380122 5ccda mac80211.ko (before) 362358 16720 884 379962 5cc3a mac80211.ko (after) a 160 byte saving in text size, and an optimisation because the function won't be called as often. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
b7753c8c |
|
28-Jul-2010 |
Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com> |
cfg80211: fix dev <-> wiphy typo Cc: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
073730d7 |
|
26-Jul-2010 |
Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> |
wireless: Convert wiphy_debug macro to function Save a few bytes of text (allyesconfig) $ size drivers/net/wireless/built-in.o* text data bss dec hex filename 3924568 100548 871056 4896172 4ab5ac drivers/net/wireless/built-in.o.new 3926520 100548 871464 4898532 4abee4 drivers/net/wireless/built-in.o.old $ size net/wireless/core.o* text data bss dec hex filename 12843 216 3768 16827 41bb net/wireless/core.o.new 12328 216 3656 16200 3f48 net/wireless/core.o Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
e1db74fc |
|
26-Jul-2010 |
Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> |
include/net/cfg80211.h: Add wiphy_<level> printk equivalents Simplify logging messages for wiphy devices Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
c28991a0 |
|
19-Jul-2010 |
John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> |
wireless: correct sparse warning in wext-compat.c CHECK net/wireless/wext-compat.c net/wireless/wext-compat.c:1434:5: warning: symbol 'cfg80211_wext_siwpmksa' was not declared. Should it be static? Add declaration in cfg80211.h. Also add an EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL, since all the peer functions have it. Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
fa61cf70 |
|
22-Jun-2010 |
Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com> |
cfg80211/mac80211: Update set_tx_power to use mBm instead of dBm units In preparation for a TX power setting interface in the nl80211, change the .set_tx_power function to use mBm units instead of dBm for greater accuracy and smaller power levels. Also, already in advance move the tx_power_setting enumeration to nl80211. This change affects the .tx_set_power function prototype. As a result, the corresponding changes are needed to modules using it. These are mac80211, iwmc3200wifi and rndis_wlan. Cc: Samuel Ortiz <samuel.ortiz@intel.com> Cc: Jussi Kivilinna <jussi.kivilinna@mbnet.fi> Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com> Acked-by: Samuel Ortiz <samuel.ortiz@intel.com> Acked-by: Jussi Kivilinna <jussi.kivilinna@mbnet.fi> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
fbd2c8dc |
|
13-Jun-2010 |
Teemu Paasikivi <ext-teemu.3.paasikivi@nokia.com> |
mac80211: Set basic rates while joining ibss network This patch adds support to nl80211 and mac80211 to set basic rates when joining/creating ibss network. Original patch was posted by Johannes Berg on the linux-wireless posting list. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Teemu Paasikivi <ext-teemu.3.paasikivi@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
abe37c4b |
|
07-Jun-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
wireless: fix kernel-doc Fix a whole bunch of kernel-doc warnings and errors that crop up when running it on mac80211 and cfg80211; the latter isn't normally done so lots of bit-rot happened. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
252aa631 |
|
18-May-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
cfg80211: make action channel type optional When sending action frames, we want to verify that we do that on the correct channel. However, checking the channel type in addition can get in the way, since the channel type could change on the fly during an association, and it's not useful to have the channel type anyway since it has no effect on the transmission. Therefore, make it optional to specify so that if wanted, it can still be checked, but is not required. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
77c2061d |
|
18-May-2010 |
Walter Goldens <goldenstranger@yahoo.com> |
wireless: fix several minor description typos Signed-off-by: Walter Goldens <goldenstranger@yahoo.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
c2d9ba9b |
|
01-Jun-2010 |
Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> |
net: CONFIG_NET_NS reduction Use read_pnet() and write_pnet() to reduce number of ifdef CONFIG_NET_NS Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
f444de05 |
|
05-May-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
cfg80211/mac80211: better channel handling Currently (all tested with hwsim) you can do stupid things like setting up an AP on a certain channel, then adding another virtual interface and making that associate on another channel -- this will make the beaconing to move channel but obviously without the necessary IEs data update. In order to improve this situation, first make the configuration APIs (cfg80211 and nl80211) aware of multi-channel operation -- we'll eventually need that in the future anyway. There's one userland API change and one API addition. The API change is that now SET_WIPHY must be called with virtual interface index rather than only wiphy index in order to take effect for that interface -- luckily all current users (hostapd) do that. For monitor interfaces, the old setting is preserved, but monitors are always slaved to other devices anyway so no guarantees. The second userland API change is the introduction of a per virtual interface SET_CHANNEL command, that hostapd should use going forward to make it easier to understand what's going on (it can automatically detect a kernel with this command). Other than mac80211, no existing cfg80211 drivers are affected by this change because they only allow a single virtual interface. mac80211, however, now needs to be aware that the channel settings are per interface now, and needs to disallow (for now) real multi-channel operation, which is another important part of this patch. One of the immediate benefits is that you can now start hostapd to operate on a hardware that already has a connection on another virtual interface, as long as you specify the same channel. Note that two things are left unhandled (this is an improvement -- not a complete fix): * different HT/no-HT modes currently you could start an HT AP and then connect to a non-HT network on the same channel which would configure the hardware for no HT; that can be fixed fairly easily * CSA An AP we're connected to on a virtual interface might indicate switching channels, and in that case we would follow it, regardless of how many other interfaces are operating; this requires more effort to fix but is pretty rare after all Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
9043f3b8 |
|
26-Apr-2010 |
Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com> |
cfg80211: Remove default dynamic PS timeout value Now that the mac80211 is choosing dynamic ps timeouts based on the ps-qos network latency configuration, configure a default value of -1 as the dynamic ps timeout in cfg80211. This value allows the mac80211 to determine the value to be used. Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
fd8aaaf3 |
|
26-Apr-2010 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
cfg80211: add ap isolation support This is used to configure APs to not bridge traffic between connected stations. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
67272440 |
|
21-Apr-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
radiotap parser: fix endian annotation When I updated this from the corresponding userspace library, an annotation error crept in -- this variable needs to be annotated as little endian. No effect on code generation. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
d5cdfacb |
|
04-Apr-2010 |
Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> |
cfg80211: Add local-state-change-only auth/deauth/disassoc cfg80211 is quite strict on allowing authentication and association commands only in certain states. In order to meet these requirements, user space applications may need to clear authentication or association state in some cases. Currently, this can be done with deauth/disassoc command, but that ends up sending out Deauthentication or Disassociation frame unnecessarily. Add a new nl80211 attribute to allow this sending of the frame be skipped, but with all other deauth/disassoc operations being completed. Similar state change is also needed for IEEE 802.11r FT protocol in the FT-over-DS case which does not use Authentication frame exchange in a transition to another BSS. For this to work with cfg80211, an authentication entry needs to be created for the target BSS without sending out an Authentication frame. The nl80211 authentication command can be used for this purpose, too, with the new attribute to indicate that the command is only for changing local state. This enables wpa_supplicant to complete FT-over-DS transition successfully. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
d6dc1a38 |
|
23-Mar-2010 |
Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com> |
cfg80211: Add connection quality monitoring support to nl80211 Add support for basic configuration of a connection quality monitoring to the nl80211 interface, and basic support for notifying about triggered monitoring events. Via this interface a user-space connection manager may configure and receive pre-warning events of deteriorating WLAN connection quality, and start preparing for roaming in advance, before the connection is already lost. An example usage of such a trigger is starting scanning for nearby AP's in an attempt to find one with better connection quality, and associate to it before the connection characteristics of the existing connection become too bad or the association is even lost, leading in a prolonged delay in connectivity. The interface currently supports only RSSI, but it could be later extended to include other parameters, such as signal-to-noise ratio, if need for that arises. Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com> Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
ffb9eb3d |
|
17-Feb-2010 |
Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> |
nl80211: add power save commands The most needed command from nl80211, which Wireless Extensions had, is support for power save mode. Add a simple command to make it possible to enable and disable power save via nl80211. I was also planning about extending the interface, for example adding the timeout value, but after thinking more about this I decided not to do it. Basically there were three reasons: Firstly, the parameters for power save are very much hardware dependent. Trying to find a unified interface which would work with all hardware, and still make sense to users, will be very difficult. Secondly, IEEE 802.11 power save implementation in Linux is still in state of flux. We have a long way to still to go and there is no way to predict what kind of implementation we will have after few years. And because we need to support nl80211 interface a long time, practically forever, adding now parameters to nl80211 might create maintenance problems later on. Third issue are the users. Power save parameters are mostly used for debugging, so debugfs is better, more flexible, interface for this. For example, wpa_supplicant currently doesn't configure anything related to power save mode. It's better to strive that kernel can automatically optimise the power save parameters, like with help of pm qos network and other traffic parameters. Later on, when we have better understanding of power save, we can extend this command with more features, if there's a need for that. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
026331c4 |
|
14-Feb-2010 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> |
cfg80211/mac80211: allow registering for and sending action frames This implements a new command to register for action frames that userspace wants to handle instead of the in-kernel rejection. It is then responsible for rejecting ones that it decided not to handle. There is no unregistration, but the socket can be closed for that. Frames that are not registered for will not be forwarded to userspace and will be rejected by the kernel, the cfg80211 API helps implementing that. Additionally, this patch adds a new command that allows doing action frame transmission from userspace. It can be used either to exchange action frames on the current operational channel (e.g., with the AP with which we are currently associated) or to exchange off-channel Public Action frames with the remain-on-channel command. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
33e5a2f7 |
|
03-Feb-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
wireless: update radiotap parser Upstream radiotap has adopted the namespace proposal David Young made and I then took care of, for which I had adapted the radiotap parser as a library outside the kernel. This brings the in-kernel parser up to speed. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
c21dbf92 |
|
26-Jan-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
cfg80211: export cfg80211_find_ie This new function (previously a static function called just "find_ie" can be used to find a specific IE in a buffer of IEs. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
ef15aac6 |
|
19-Jan-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
cfg80211: export multiple MAC addresses in sysfs If a device has multiple MAC addresses, userspace will need to know about that. Similarly, if it allows the MAC addresses to vary by a bitmask. If a driver exports multiple addresses, it is assumed that it will be able to deal with that many different addresses, which need not necessarily match the ones programmed into the device; if a mask is set then the device should deal addresses within that mask based on an arbitrary "base address". To test it all and show how it is used, add support to hwsim even though it can't actually deal with addresses different from the default. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
34a6eddb |
|
06-Jan-2010 |
Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> |
cfg80211: Store IEs from both Beacon and Probe Response frames Store information elements from Beacon and Probe Response frames in separate buffers to allow both sets to be made available through nl80211. This allows user space applications to get access to IEs from Beacon frames even if we have received Probe Response frames from the BSS. Previously, the IEs from Probe Response frames would have overridden the IEs from Beacon frames. This feature is of somewhat limited use since most protocols include the same (or extended) information in Probe Response frames. However, there are couple of exceptions where the IEs from Beacon frames could be of some use: TIM IE is only included in Beacon frames (and it would be needed to figure out the DTIM period used in the BSS) and at least some implementations of Wireless Provisioning Services seem to include the full IE only in Beacon frames). The new BSS attribute for scan results is added to allow both the IE sets to be delivered. This is done in a way that maintains the previously used behavior for applications that are not aware of the new NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
13ae75b1 |
|
28-Dec-2009 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> |
nl80211: New command for setting TX rate mask for rate control Add a new NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK command and related attributes to provide support for setting TX rate mask for rate control. This uses the existing cfg80211 set_bitrate_mask operation that was previously used only with WEXT compat code (SIOCSIWRATE). The nl80211 command allows more generic configuration of allowed rates as a mask instead of fixed/max rate. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
37eb0b16 |
|
06-Jan-2010 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> |
cfg80211/mac80211: Use more generic bitrate mask for rate control Extend struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask to actually use a bitfield mask instead of just a single fixed or maximum rate index. This change itself does not modify the behavior (except for debugfs files), but it prepares cfg80211 and mac80211 for a new nl80211 command for setting which rates can be used in TX rate control. Since frames are now going through the rate control algorithm unconditionally, the internal IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RCALGO flag can now be removed. The RC implementations can use the rate_idx_mask value to optimize their behavior if only a single rate is enabled. The old max_rate_idx in struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control is maintained (but commented as deprecated) for backwards compatibility with existing RC implementations. Once these implementations have been updated to use the more generic rate_idx_mask, the max_rate_idx value can be removed. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
81077e82 |
|
21-Dec-2009 |
Lukáš Turek <8an@praha12.net> |
nl80211: Add new WIPHY attribute COVERAGE_CLASS The new attribute NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS sets IEEE 802.11 Coverage Class, which depends on maximum distance of nodes in a wireless network. It's required for long distance links (more than a few hundred meters). The attribute is now ignored by two non-mac80211 drivers, rndis and iwmc3200wifi, together with WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT and WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG. If it turns out to be a problem, we could split set_wiphy_params callback or add new capability bits. Signed-off-by: Lukas Turek <8an@praha12.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
98b62183 |
|
23-Dec-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211/cfg80211: add station events When, for instance, a new IBSS peer is found, userspace wants to be notified. Add events for all new stations that mac80211 learns about. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
9588bbd5 |
|
23-Dec-2009 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> |
cfg80211: add remain-on-channel command Add new commands for requesting the driver to remain awake on a specified channel for the specified amount of time (and another command to cancel such an operation). This can be used to implement userspace-controlled off-channel operations, like Public Action frame exchange on another channel than the operation channel. The off-channel operation should behave similarly to scan, i.e. the local station (if associated) moves into power save mode to request the AP to buffer frames for it and then moves to the other channel to allow the off-channel operation to be completed. The duration parameter can be used to request enough time to receive a response from the target station. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
eaf85ca7 |
|
30-Nov-2009 |
Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com> |
wireless: add ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s Move the A-MSDU handling code from mac80211 to cfg80211 so that more drivers can use it. The new created function ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s converts an A-MSDU frame to a list of 802.3 frames. Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
67fbb16b |
|
24-Nov-2009 |
Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com> |
nl80211: PMKSA caching support This is an interface to set, delete and flush PMKIDs through nl80211. Main users would be fullmac devices which firmwares are capable of generating the RSN IEs for the re-association requests, e.g. iwmc3200wifi. Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
a58ce43f |
|
18-Nov-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: avoid spurious deauth frames/messages With WEXT, it happens frequently that the SME requests an authentication but then deauthenticates right away because some new parameters came along. Every time this happens we print a deauth message and send a deauth frame, but both of that is rather confusing. Avoid it by aborting the authentication process silently, and telling cfg80211 about that. The patch looks larger than it really is: __cfg80211_auth_remove() is split out from cfg80211_send_auth_timeout(), there's no new code except __cfg80211_auth_canceled() (a one-liner) and the mac80211 bits (7 new lines of code). Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
9bc383de |
|
19-Nov-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
cfg80211: introduce capability for 4addr mode It's very likely that not many devices will support four-address mode in station or AP mode so introduce capability bits for both modes, set them in mac80211 and check them when userspace tries to use the mode. Also, keep track of 4addr in cfg80211 (wireless_dev) and not in mac80211 any more. mac80211 can also be improved for the VLAN case by not looking at the 4addr flag but maintaining the station pointer for it correctly. However, keep track of use_4addr for station mode in mac80211 to avoid all the derefs. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
5be83de5 |
|
18-Nov-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
cfg80211: convert bools into flags We've accumulated a number of options for wiphys which make more sense as flags as we keep adding more. Convert the existing ones. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
61fa713c |
|
10-Nov-2009 |
Holger Schurig <holgerschurig@gmail.com> |
cfg80211: return channel noise via survey API This patch implements the NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY command and an get_survey() ops that a driver can implement. The goal of this command is to allow a drivers to report channel survey data (e.g. channel noise, channel occupation). For now, only the mechanism to report back channel noise has been implemented. In future, there will either be a survey-trigger command --- or the existing scan-trigger command will be enhanced. This will allow user-space to request survey for arbitrary channels. Note: any driver that cannot report channel noise should not report any value at all, e.g. made-up -92 dBm. Signed-off-by: Holger Schurig <holgerschurig@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
63c5723b |
|
09-Nov-2009 |
Rui Paulo <rpaulo@gmail.com> |
mac80211: add nl80211/cfg80211 handling of the new mesh root mode option. Signed-off-by: Rui Paulo <rpaulo@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> Reviewed-by: Andrey Yurovsky <andrey@cozybit.com> Tested-by: Brian Cavagnolo <brian@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
d19b3bf6 |
|
09-Nov-2009 |
Rui Paulo <rpaulo@gmail.com> |
mac80211: replace "destination" with "target" to follow the spec Resulting object files have the same MD5 as before. Signed-off-by: Rui Paulo <rpaulo@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> Reviewed-by: Andrey Yurovsky <andrey@cozybit.com> Tested-by: Brian Cavagnolo <brian@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
8b787643 |
|
10-Nov-2009 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
nl80211: add a parameter for using 4-address frames on virtual interfaces Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
ce470613 |
|
13-Oct-2009 |
Holger Schurig <hs4233@mail.mn-solutions.de> |
cfg80211: no cookies in cfg80211_send_XXX() Get rid of cookies in cfg80211_send_XXX() functions. Signed-off-by: Holger Schurig <hs4233@mail.mn-solutions.de> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
dfce95f5 |
|
24-Sep-2009 |
Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> |
cfg80211: add firmware and hardware version to wiphy It's useful to provide firmware and hardware version to user space and have a generic interface to retrieve them. Users can provide the version information in bug reports etc. Add fields for firmware and hardware version to struct wiphy. (Dropped nl80211 bits for now and modified remaining bits in favor of ethtool. -- JWL) Cc: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
3d23e349 |
|
29-Sep-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
wext: refactor Refactor wext to * split out iwpriv handling * split out iwspy handling * split out procfs support * allow cfg80211 to have wireless extensions compat code w/o CONFIG_WIRELESS_EXT After this, drivers need to - select WIRELESS_EXT - for wext support - select WEXT_PRIV - for iwpriv support - select WEXT_SPY - for iwspy support except cfg80211 -- which gets new hooks in wext-core.c and can then get wext handlers without CONFIG_WIRELESS_EXT. Wireless extensions procfs support is auto-selected based on PROC_FS and anything that requires the wext core (i.e. WIRELESS_EXT or CFG80211_WEXT). Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
ad002395 |
|
18-Aug-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
cfg80211: fix dangling scan request checking My patch "cfg80211: fix deadlock" broke the code it was supposed to fix, the scan request checking. But it's not trivial to put it back the way it was, since the original patch had a deadlock. Now do it in a completely new way: queue the check off to a work struct, where we can freely lock. But that has some more complications, like needing to wait for it to be done before the wiphy/rdev can be destroyed, so some code is required to handle that. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
16cb9d42 |
|
12-Aug-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
cfg80211: allow driver to override PS default Sometimes drivers might have a good reason to override the PS default, like iwlwifi right now where it affects RX performance significantly at this point. This will allow them to override the default, if desired, in a way that users can still change it according to their trade-off choices, not the driver's, like would happen if the driver just disabled PS completely then. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
d5b96a6f |
|
08-Aug-2009 |
Pat Erley <pat-lkml@erley.org> |
mac80211: remove max_bandwidth This removes the max_bandwidth attribute. It is only ever written to, and is duplicated by max_bandwidth_khz in the regulatory code. Signed-off-by: Pat Erley <pat-lkml@erley.org> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
5ba63533 |
|
07-Aug-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
cfg80211: fix alignment problem in scan request The memory layout for scan requests was rather wrong, we put the scan SSIDs before the channels which could lead to the channel pointers being unaligned in memory. It turns out that using a pointer to the channel array isn't necessary anyway since we can embed a zero-length array into the struct. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
f5ea9120 |
|
07-Aug-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
nl80211: add generation number to all dumps In order for userspace to be able to figure out whether it obtained a consistent snapshot of data or not when using netlink dumps, we need to have a generation number in each dump message that indicates whether the list has changed or not -- its value is arbitrary. This patch adds such a number to all dumps, this needs some mac80211 involvement to keep track of a generation number to start with when adding/removing mesh paths or stations. The wiphy and netdev lists can be fully handled within cfg80211, of course, but generation numbers need to be stored there as well. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
f401a6f7 |
|
07-Aug-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
cfg80211: use reassociation when possible With the move of everything related to the SME from mac80211 to cfg80211, we lost the ability to send reassociation frames. This adds them back, but only for wireless extensions. With the userspace SME, it shall control assoc vs. reassoc (it already can do so with the nl80211 interface). I haven't touched the connect() implementation, so it is not possible to reassociate with the nl80211 connect primitive. I think that should be done with the NL80211_CMD_ROAM command, but we'll have to see how that can be handled in the future, especially with fullmac chips. This patch addresses only the immediate regression we had in mac80211, which previously sent reassoc. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
8b19e6ca |
|
30-Jul-2009 |
Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> |
cfg80211: enable country IE support to all cfg80211 drivers Since the bss is always set now once we are connected, if the bss has its own information element we refer to it and pass that instead of relying on mac80211's parsing. Now all cfg80211 drivers get country IE support, automatically and we reduce the call overhead that we had on mac80211 which called this upon every beacon and instead now call this only upon a successfull connection by a STA on cfg80211. Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
37184244 |
|
30-Jul-2009 |
Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> |
cfg80211: fix regression on beacon world roaming feature A regression was added through patch a4ed90d6: "cfg80211: respect API on orig_flags on channel for beacon hint" We did indeed respect _orig flags but the intention was not clearly stated in the commit log. This patch fixes firmware issues picked up by iwlwifi when we lift passive scan of beaconing restrictions on channels its EEPROM has been configured to always enable. By doing so though we also disallowed beacon hints on devices registering their wiphy with custom world regulatory domains enabled, this happens to be currently ath5k, ath9k and ar9170. The passive scan and beacon restrictions on those devices would never be lifted even if we did find a beacon and the hardware did support such enhancements when world roaming. Since Johannes indicates iwlwifi firmware cannot be changed to allow beacon hinting we set up a flag now to specifically allow drivers to disable beacon hints for devices which cannot use them. We enable the flag on iwlwifi to disable beacon hints and by default enable it for all other drivers. It should be noted beacon hints lift passive scan flags and beacon restrictions when we receive a beacon from an AP on any 5 GHz non-DFS channels, and channels 12-14 on the 2.4 GHz band. We don't bother with channels 1-11 as those channels are allowed world wide. This should fix world roaming for ath5k, ath9k and ar9170, thereby improving scan time when we receive the first beacon from any AP, and also enabling beaconing operation (AP/IBSS/Mesh) on cards which would otherwise not be allowed to do so. Drivers not using custom regulatory stuff (wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory()) were not affected by this as the orig_flags for the channels would have been cleared upon wiphy registration. I tested this with a world roaming ath5k card. Cc: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
1f9298f9 |
|
26-Jul-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
cfg80211: combine IWESSID handlers Since we now have handlers IWESSID for all modes, we can combine them into one. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
562e4822 |
|
26-Jul-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
cfg80211: combine IWAP handlers Since we now have IWAP handlers for all modes, we can combine them into one. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
0e82ffe3 |
|
26-Jul-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
cfg80211: combine iwfreq implementations Until now we implemented iwfreq for managed mode, we needed to keep the implementations separate, but now that we have all versions implemented we can combine them and export just one handler. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
463d0183 |
|
13-Jul-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
cfg80211: make aware of net namespaces In order to make cfg80211/nl80211 aware of network namespaces, we have to do the following things: * del_virtual_intf method takes an interface index rather than a netdev pointer - simply change this * nl80211 uses init_net a lot, it changes to use the sender's network namespace * scan requests use the interface index, hold a netdev pointer and reference instead * we want a wiphy and its associated virtual interfaces to be in one netns together, so - we need to be able to change ns for a given interface, so export dev_change_net_namespace() - for each virtual interface set the NETIF_F_NETNS_LOCAL flag, and clear that flag only when the wiphy changes ns, to disallow breaking this invariant * when a network namespace goes away, we need to reparent the wiphy to init_net * cfg80211 users that support creating virtual interfaces must create them in the wiphy's namespace, currently this affects only mac80211 The end result is that you can now switch an entire wiphy into a different network namespace with the new command iw phy#<idx> set netns <pid> and all virtual interfaces will follow (or the operation fails). Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
ca3dbc20 |
|
10-Jul-2009 |
Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com> |
cfg80211: update misleading comment In cfg80211_scan_request n_channels refers to the total number of channels to scan. Update the misleading comment accordingly. Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
fffd0934 |
|
08-Jul-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
cfg80211: rework key operation This reworks the key operation in cfg80211, and now only allows, from userspace, configuring keys (via nl80211) after the connection has been established (in managed mode), the IBSS been joined (in IBSS mode), at any time (in AP[_VLAN] modes) or never for all the other modes. In order to do shared key authentication correctly, it is now possible to give a WEP key to the AUTH command. To configure static WEP keys, these are given to the CONNECT or IBSS_JOIN command directly, for a userspace SME it is assumed it will configure it properly after the connection has been established. Since mac80211 used to check the default key in IBSS mode to see whether or not the network is protected, it needs an update in that area, as well as an update to make use of the WEP key passed to auth() for shared key authentication. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
667503dd |
|
06-Jul-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
cfg80211: fix locking Over time, a lot of locking issues have crept into the smarts of cfg80211, so e.g. scan completion can race against a new scan, IBSS join can race against leaving an IBSS, etc. Introduce a new per-interface lock that protects most of the per-interface data that we need to keep track of, and sprinkle assertions about that lock everywhere. Some things now need to be offloaded to work structs so that we don't require being able to sleep in functions the drivers call. The exception to that are the MLME callbacks (rx_auth etc.) that currently only mac80211 calls because it was easier to do that there instead of in cfg80211, and future drivers implementing those calls will, if they ever exist, probably need to use a similar scheme like mac80211 anyway... In order to be able to handle _deauth and _disassoc properly, introduce a cookie passed to it that will determine locking requirements. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
cb0b4beb |
|
06-Jul-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
cfg80211: mlme API must be able to sleep After the mac80211 mlme cleanup, we can require that the MLME functions in cfg80211 can sleep. This will simplify future work in cfg80211 a lot. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
c238c8ac |
|
06-Jul-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
cfg80211: dont use union for wext Otherwise it becomes very hard to reset the structs correctly since wext can be configured while the interface is down. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
3e5d7649 |
|
07-Jul-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
cfg80211: let SME control reassociation vs. association Since we don't really know that well in the kernel, let's let the SME control whether it wants to use reassociation or not, by allowing it to give the previous BSSID in the associate() parameters. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
19957bb3 |
|
02-Jul-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
cfg80211: keep track of BSSes In order to avoid problems with BSS structs going away while they're in use, I've long wanted to make cfg80211 keep track of them. Without the SME, that wasn't doable but now that we have the SME we can do this too. It can keep track of up to four separate authentications and one association, regardless of whether it's controlled by the cfg80211 SME or the userspace SME. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
517357c6 |
|
02-Jul-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
cfg80211: assimilate and export ieee80211_bss_get_ie This function from mac80211 seems generally useful, and I will need it in cfg80211 soon. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
8990646d |
|
01-Jul-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
cfg80211: implement get_wireless_stats By dropping the noise reporting, we can implement wireless stats in cfg80211. We also make the handler return NULL if we have no information, which is possible thanks to the recent wext change. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
9930380f |
|
01-Jul-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
cfg80211: implement IWRATE For now, let's implement that using a very hackish way: simply mirror the wext API in the cfg80211 API. This will have to be changed later when we implement proper bitrate API. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
ab737a4f |
|
01-Jul-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
cfg80211: implement IWAP for WDS This implements siocsiwap/giwap for WDS mode. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
bc92afd9 |
|
01-Jul-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
cfg80211: implement iwpower Just on/off and timeout, and with a hacky cfg80211 method until we figure out what we want, though this is probably sufficient as we want to use pm_qos for wifi everywhere. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
f2129354 |
|
01-Jul-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
cfg80211: managed mode wext compatibility This adds code to make it possible to use the cfg80211 connect() API with wireless extensions, and because the previous patch added emulation of that API with auth() and assoc(), by extension also supports wext on that. At the same time, removes code from mac80211 for wext, but doesn't yet clean up mac80211's mlme code more. Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <samuel.ortiz@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
6829c878 |
|
02-Jul-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
cfg80211: emulate connect with auth/assoc This adds code to cfg80211 so that drivers (mac80211 right now) that don't implement connect but rather auth/assoc can still be used with the nl80211 connect command. This will also be necessary for the wext compat code. Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <samuel.ortiz@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
b23aa676 |
|
01-Jul-2009 |
Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com> |
cfg80211: connect/disconnect API This patch introduces the cfg80211 connect/disconnect API. The goal here is to run the AUTH and ASSOC steps in one call. This is needed for some fullmac cards that run both steps directly from the target, after the host driver sends a connect command. Additionally, all the new crypto parameters for connect() are now also valid for associate() -- although associate requires the IEs to be used, the information can be useful for drivers and should be given. Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <samuel.ortiz@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
aff89a9b |
|
01-Jul-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
cfg80211: introduce nl80211 testmode command This introduces a new NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE for testing and calibration use with nl80211. There's no multiplexing like like iwpriv had, and the command is not available by default, it needs to be explicitly enabled in Kconfig and shouldn't be enabled in most kernels. The command requires a wiphy index or interface index to identify the device to operate on, and the new TESTDATA attribute. There also is API for sending replies to the command, and testmode multicast messages (on a testmode multicast group). I've also updated mac80211 to be able to pass through the command to the driver, since it itself doesn't implement the testmode command. Additionally, to give people an idea of how to use the command, I've added a little code to hwsim that makes use of the new command to set the powersave mode, this is currently done via debugfs and should remain there, and the testmode command only serves as an example of how to use this best -- with nested netlink attributes in the TESTDATA attribute. A hwsim testmode tool can be found at http://git.sipsolutions.net/hwsim.git/. This tool is BSD licensed so people can easily use it as a basis for their own internal fabrication and validation tools. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
7ebbe6bd |
|
01-Jul-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
cfg80211: remove wireless_dev->bssid This variable isn't necessary -- the wext code keeps track of the BSSID itself, and otherwise we have current_bss. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
e6d6e342 |
|
01-Jul-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
cfg80211: use proper allocation flags Instead of hardcoding GFP_ATOMIC everywhere, add a new function parameter that gets the flags from the caller. Obviously then I need to update all callers (all of them in mac80211), and it turns out that now it's ok to use GFP_KERNEL in almost all places. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
f1f74825 |
|
18-Jun-2009 |
David Kilroy <kilroyd@googlemail.com> |
cfg80211: add wrapper function to get wiphy from priv pointer Signed-off-by: David Kilroy <kilroyd@googlemail.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
e36d56b6 |
|
09-Jun-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
cfg80211: pass netdev to change_virtual_intf If there was a reason I'm passing the ifidx I cannot remember it any more and don't see one now, so let's just pass the pointer itself. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
1f87f7d3 |
|
02-Jun-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
cfg80211: add rfkill support To be easier on drivers and users, have cfg80211 register an rfkill structure that drivers can access. When soft-killed, simply take down all interfaces; when hard-killed the driver needs to notify us and we will take down the interfaces after the fact. While rfkilled, interfaces cannot be set UP. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
7643a2c3 |
|
02-Jun-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
cfg80211: move txpower wext from mac80211 This patch introduces new cfg80211 API to set the TX power via cfg80211, puts the wext code into cfg80211 and updates mac80211 to use all that. The -ENETDOWN bits are a hack but will go away soon. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
e31a16d6 |
|
21-May-2009 |
Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com> |
wireless: move some utility functions from mac80211 to cfg80211 The patch moves some utility functions from mac80211 to cfg80211. Because these functions are doing generic 802.11 operations so they are not mac80211 specific. The moving allows some fullmac drivers to be also benefit from these utility functions. Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <samuel.ortiz@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
e3da574a |
|
18-May-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
cfg80211: allow wext to remove keys that don't exist Some applications using wireless extensions expect to be able to remove a key that doesn't exist. One example is wpa_supplicant which doesn't actually change behaviour when running into an error while trying to do that, but it prints an error message which users interpret as wpa_supplicant having problems. The safe thing to do is not change the behaviour of wireless extensions any more, so when the driver reports -ENOENT let the wext bridge code return success to userspace. To guarantee this, also document that drivers should return -ENOENT when the key doesn't exist. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
cf5aa2f1 |
|
16-May-2009 |
David Kilroy <kilroyd@googlemail.com> |
cfg80211: mark wiphy->privid as pointer to const This allows drivers to use a const pointer as the privid without a cast. Signed-off-by: David Kilroy <kilroyd@gmail.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
3dcf670b |
|
16-May-2009 |
David Kilroy <kilroyd@googlemail.com> |
cfg80211: mark ops as pointer to const This allows drivers to mark their cfg80211_ops tables const. Signed-off-by: David Kilroy <kilroyd@googlemail.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
689da1b3 |
|
01-May-2009 |
Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> |
wireless: rename IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_FAT_* to HT40-/+ This is more consistent with our nl80211 naming convention for HT40-/+. Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
038659e7 |
|
01-May-2009 |
Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> |
cfg80211: Process regulatory max bandwidth checks for HT40 We are not correctly listening to the regulatory max bandwidth settings. To actually make use of it we need to redesign things a bit. This patch does the work for that. We do this to so we can obey to regulatory rules accordingly for use of HT40. We end up dealing with HT40 by having two passes for each channel. The first check will see if a 20 MHz channel fits into the channel's center freq on a given frequency range. We check for a 20 MHz banwidth channel as that is the maximum an individual channel will use, at least for now. The first pass will go ahead and check if the regulatory rule for that given center of frequency allows 40 MHz bandwidths and we use this to determine whether or not the channel supports HT40 or not. So to support HT40 you'll need at a regulatory rule that allows you to use 40 MHz channels but you're channel must also be enabled and support 20 MHz by itself. The second pass is done after we do the regulatory checks over an device's supported channel list. On each channel we'll check if the control channel and the extension both: o exist o are enabled o regulatory allows 40 MHz bandwidth on its frequency range This work allows allows us to idependently check for HT40- and HT40+. Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
3f77316c |
|
11-May-2009 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> |
nl80211: Add IEEE 802.1X PAE control for station mode Add a new NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT flag for NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE to allow user space to indicate that it will control the IEEE 802.1X port in station mode. Previously, mac80211 was always marking the port authorized in station mode. This was enough when drop_unencrypted flag was set. However, drop_unencrypted can currently be controlled only with WEXT and the current nl80211 design does not allow fully secure configuration. Fix this by providing a mechanism for user space to control the IEEE 802.1X port in station mode (i.e., do the same that we are already doing in AP mode). Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
eccb8e8f |
|
11-May-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
nl80211: improve station flags handling It is currently not possible to modify station flags, but that capability would be very useful. This patch introduces a new nl80211 attribute that contains a set/mask for station flags, and updates the internal API (and mac80211) to mirror that. The new attribute is parsed before falling back to the old so that userspace can specify both (if it can) to work on all kernels. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
08645126 |
|
11-May-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
cfg80211: implement wext key handling Move key handling wireless extension ioctls from mac80211 to cfg80211 so that all drivers that implement the cfg80211 operations get wext compatibility. Note that this drops the SIOCGIWENCODE ioctl support for getting IW_ENCODE_RESTRICTED/IW_ENCODE_OPEN. This means that iwconfig will no longer report "Security mode:open" or "Security mode:restricted" for mac80211. However, what we displayed there (the authentication algo used) was actually wrong -- linux/wireless.h states that this setting is meant to differentiate between "Refuse non-encoded packets" and "Accept non-encoded packets". (Combined with "cfg80211: fix a couple of bugs with key ioctls". -- JWL) Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
cbe8fa9c |
|
09-May-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
cfg80211: put wext data into substructure To make it more apparent in the code what is for wext only (and needs to be #ifdef'ed) put all the info for wext into a substruct in each wireless_dev. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
4e943900 |
|
09-May-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
cfg80211: constify key mac address in ops The address pointed to by mac_addr can be marked as const. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
dc6382ce |
|
06-May-2009 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> |
nl80211 : Add support for configuring MFP NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE request must be able to indicate whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is being used. mac80211 was able to use MFP in client mode only with WEXT, but the new NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP attribute will allow this to be done with nl80211, too. Since we are currently using nl80211 for MFP only with drivers that use user space SME, only MFP disabled and required values are used. However, the NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP attribute is an enum that can be extended with MFP optional in the future, if that is needed with some drivers (e.g., if the RSN IE is generated by the driver). Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
1965c853 |
|
22-Apr-2009 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> |
nl80211: Add event for authentication/association timeout SME needs to be notified when the authentication or association attempt times out and MLME has stopped processing in order to allow the SME to decide what to do next. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
8e30bc55 |
|
22-Apr-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
nl80211: allow configuring IBSS beacon interval Make the JOIN_IBSS command look at the beacon interval attribute to see if the user requested a specific beacon interval, if not default to 100 TU (wext too). Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
b9a5f8ca |
|
20-Apr-2009 |
Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> |
nl80211: Add set/get for frag/rts threshold and retry limits Add new nl80211 attributes that can be used with NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY and NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY to manage fragmentation/RTS threshold and retry limits. Since these values are stored in struct wiphy, remove the local copy from mac80211 where feasible (frag & rts threshold). The retry limits are currently needed in struct ieee80211_conf, but these could be eventually removed since the driver should have access to the values in struct wiphy. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
d3236553 |
|
20-Apr-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
cfg80211: clean up includes Trying to separate header files into net/wireless.h and net/cfg80211.h has been a source of confusion. Remove net/wireless.h (because there also is the linux/wireless.h) and subsume everything into net/cfg80211.h -- except the definitions for regulatory structures which get moved to a new header net/regulatory.h. The "new" net/cfg80211.h is now divided into sections. There are no real changes in this patch but code shuffling and some very minor documentation fixes. I have also, to make things reflect reality, put in a copyright line for Luis to net/regulatory.h since that is probably exclusively written by him but was formerly in a file that only had my copyright line. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Cc: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
04a773ad |
|
19-Apr-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
cfg80211/nl80211: add IBSS API This adds IBSS API along with (preliminary) wext handlers. The wext handlers can only do IBSS so you need to call them from your own wext handlers if the mode is IBSS. The nl80211 API requires * an SSID * a channel (frequency) for the case that a new IBSS has to be created It optionally supports * a flag to fix the channel * a fixed BSSID The cfg80211 code also takes care to leave the IBSS before the netdev is set down. If wireless extensions are used, it also caches values when the interface is down and instructs the driver to join when the interface is set up. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
691597cb |
|
19-Apr-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
cfg80211/mac80211: move wext SIWMLME into cfg80211 Since we have ->deauth and ->disassoc we can support the wext SIWMLME call directly without driver wext handlers. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
de95a54b |
|
01-Apr-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: pass all probe request IEs to driver Instead of just passing the cfg80211-requested IEs, pass the locally generated ones as well. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
06aa7afa |
|
26-Mar-2009 |
Jussi Kivilinna <jussi.kivilinna@mbnet.fi> |
cfg80211: add cfg80211_inform_bss Added cfg80211_inform_bss() for full-mac devices to use. Signed-off-by: Jussi Kivilinna <jussi.kivilinna@mbnet.fi> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
a3b8b056 |
|
27-Mar-2009 |
Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> |
nl80211: Add Michael MIC failure event Define a new nl80211 event, NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE, to be used to notify user space about locally detected Michael MIC failures. This matches with the MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive. Since we do not actually have TSC in the skb anymore when mac80211_ev_michael_mic_failure() is called, that function is changed to take in the TSC as an optional parameter instead of as a requirement to include the TSC after the hdr field (which we did not really follow). For now, TSC is not included in the events from mac80211, but it could be added at some point. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
53b46b84 |
|
27-Mar-2009 |
Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> |
nl80211: Generate deauth/disassoc event for locally generated frames Previously, nl80211 mlme events were generated only for received deauthentication and disassociation frames. We need to do the same for locally generated ones in order to let applications know that we disconnected (e.g., when AP does not reply to a probe). Rename the nl80211 and cfg80211 functions (s/rx_//) to make it clearer that they are used for both received and locally generated frames. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
07f62d01 |
|
27-Mar-2009 |
Huang Weiyi <weiyi.huang@gmail.com> |
cfg80211: remove duplicated #include Remove duplicated #include in include/net/cfg80211.h. Signed-off-by: Huang Weiyi <weiyi.huang@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
a08c1c1a |
|
22-Mar-2009 |
Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> |
cfg80211: add feature to hold bss In beacon filtering there needs to be a way to not expire the BSS even when no beacons are received. Add an interface to cfg80211 to hold BSS and make sure that it's not expired. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
65fc73ac |
|
20-Mar-2009 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> |
nl80211: Remove NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE The functionality that NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE provided can now be achieved with cleaner design by adding IE(s) into NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN, NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE. Since this is a very recently added command and there are no known (or known planned) applications using NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE and taken into account how much extra complexity it adds to the IE processing we have now (and need to add in the future to fix IE order in couple of frames), it looks like the best option is to just remove the implementation of this command for now. The enum values themselves are left to avoid changing the nl80211 command or attribute numbers. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
636a5d36 |
|
19-Mar-2009 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> |
nl80211: Add MLME primitives to support external SME This patch adds new nl80211 commands to allow user space to request authentication and association (and also deauthentication and disassociation). The commands are structured to allow separate authentication and association steps, i.e., the interface between kernel and user space is similar to the MLME SAP interface in IEEE 802.11 standard and an user space application takes the role of the SME. The patch introduces MLME-AUTHENTICATE.request, MLME-{,RE}ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.request, and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request primitives. The authentication and association commands request the actual operations in two steps (assuming the driver supports this; if not, separate authentication step is skipped; this could end up being a separate "connect" command). The initial implementation for mac80211 uses the current net/mac80211/mlme.c for actual sending and processing of management frames and the new nl80211 commands will just stop the current state machine from moving automatically from authentication to association. Future cleanup may move more of the MLME operations into cfg80211. The goal of this design is to provide more control of authentication and association process to user space without having to move the full MLME implementation. This should be enough to allow IEEE 802.11r FT protocol and 802.11s SAE authentication to be implemented. Obviously, this will also bring the extra benefit of not having to use WEXT for association requests with mac80211. An example implementation of a user space SME using the new nl80211 commands is available for wpa_supplicant. This patch is enough to get IEEE 802.11r FT protocol working with over-the-air mechanism (over-the-DS will need additional MLME primitives for handling the FT Action frames). Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
6039f6d2 |
|
19-Mar-2009 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> |
nl80211: Event notifications for MLME events Add new nl80211 event notifications (and a new multicast group, "mlme") for informing user space about received and processed Authentication, (Re)Association Response, Deauthentication, and Disassociation frames in station and IBSS modes (i.e., MLME SAP interface primitives MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm, MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm, MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm, MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indicate, and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication). The event data is encapsulated as the 802.11 management frame since we already have the frame in that format and it includes all the needed information. This is the initial step in providing MLME SAP interface for authentication and association with nl80211. In other words, kernel code will act as the MLME and a user space application can control it as the SME. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
7db90f4a |
|
09-Mar-2009 |
Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> |
cfg80211: move enum reg_set_by to nl80211.h We do this so we can later inform userspace who set the regulatory domain and provide details of the request. Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
0fee54ca |
|
09-Mar-2009 |
Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> |
cfg80211: remove REGDOM_SET_BY_INIT This is not used as we can always just assume the first regulatory domain set will _always_ be a static regulatory domain. REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE will be the first request from cfg80211 for a regdomain and that then populates the first regulatory request. Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
fe33eb39 |
|
20-Feb-2009 |
Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> |
cfg80211: move all regulatory hints to workqueue All regulatory hints (core, driver, userspace and 11d) are now processed in a workqueue. Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
806a9e39 |
|
20-Feb-2009 |
Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> |
cfg80211: make regulatory_request use wiphy_idx instead of wiphy We do this so later on we can move the pending requests onto a workqueue. By using the wiphy_idx instead of the wiphy we can later easily check if the wiphy has disappeared or not. Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
4aa188e1 |
|
18-Feb-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211/cfg80211: move iwrange handler to cfg80211 The previous patch made cfg80211 generally aware of the signal type a given hardware will give, so now it can implement SIOCGIWRANGE itself, removing more wext stuff from mac80211. Might need to be a little more parametrized once we have more hardware using cfg80211 and new hardware capabilities. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
77965c97 |
|
18-Feb-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
cfg80211: clean up signal type It wasn't a good idea to make the signal type a per-BSS option, although then it is closer to the actual value. Move it to be a per-wiphy setting, update mac80211 to match. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
98c8a60a |
|
17-Feb-2009 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> |
nl80211: Provide access to STA TX/RX packet counters The TX/RX packet counters are needed to fill in RADIUS Accounting attributes Acct-Output-Packets and Acct-Input-Packets. We already collect the needed information, but only the TX/RX bytes were previously exposed through nl80211. Allow applications to fetch the packet counters, too, to provide more complete support for accounting. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
70692ad2 |
|
16-Feb-2009 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> |
nl80211: Optional IEs into scan request This extends the NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN command to allow applications to specify a set of information element(s) to be added into Probe Request frames with NL80211_ATTR_IE. This provides support for the MLME-SCAN.request primitive parameter VendorSpecificInfo and can be used, e.g., to implement WPS scanning. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
79420f09 |
|
10-Feb-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
cfg80211: add more flexible BSS lookup Add a more flexible BSS lookup function so that mac80211 or other drivers can actually use this for getting the BSS to connect to. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
d491af19 |
|
10-Feb-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
cfg80211: allow users to request removing a BSS This patch introduces cfg80211_unlink_bss, a function to allow a driver to remove a BSS from the internal list and make it not show up in scan results any more -- this is to be used when the driver detects that the BSS is no longer available. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
78c1c7e1 |
|
10-Feb-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
cfg80211: free_priv for BSS info When cfg80211 users have their own allocated data in the per-BSS private data, they will need to free this when the BSS struct is destroyed. Add a free_priv method and fix one place where the BSS was kfree'd rather than released properly. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
2a519311 |
|
10-Feb-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
cfg80211/nl80211: scanning (and mac80211 update to use it) This patch adds basic scan capability to cfg80211/nl80211 and changes mac80211 to use it. The BSS list that cfg80211 maintains is made driver-accessible with a private area in each BSS struct, but mac80211 doesn't yet use it. That's another large project. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
716f9392 |
|
22-Jan-2009 |
Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> |
cfg80211: pass more detailed regulatory request information on reg_notifier() Drivers may need more information than just who set the last regulatory domain, as such lets just pass the last regulatory_request receipt. To do this we need to move out to headers struct regulatory_request, and enum environment_cap. While at it lets add documentation for enum environment_cap. Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
0378b3f1 |
|
19-Jan-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
cfg80211: add PM hooks This should help implement suspend/resume in mac80211, these hooks will be run before the device is suspended and after it resumes. Therefore, they can touch the hardware as much as they want to. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
9aed3cc1 |
|
13-Jan-2009 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> |
nl80211: New command for adding extra IE(s) into management frames A new nl80211 command, NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE, can be used to add arbitrary IE data into the end of management frames. The interface allows extra IEs to be configured for each management frame subtype, but only some of them (ProbeReq, ProbeResp, Auth, (Re)AssocReq, Deauth, Disassoc) are currently accepted in mac80211 implementation. This makes it easier to implement IEEE 802.11 extensions like WPS and FT that add IE(s) into some management frames. In addition, this can be useful for testing and experimentation purposes. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
3cfcf6ac |
|
08-Jan-2009 |
Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> |
mac80211: 802.11w - Use BIP (AES-128-CMAC) Add mechanism for managing BIP keys (IGTK) and integrate BIP into the TX/RX paths. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
5394af4d |
|
08-Jan-2009 |
Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> |
mac80211: 802.11w - STA flag for MFP Add flags for setting STA entries and struct ieee80211_if_sta to indicate whether management frame protection (MFP) is used. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
094d05dc |
|
11-Dec-2008 |
Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com> |
mac80211: Fix HT channel selection HT management is done differently for AP and STA modes, unify to just the ->config() callback since HT is fundamentally a PHY property and cannot be per-BSS. Rename enum nl80211_sec_chan_offset as nl80211_channel_type to denote the channel type ( NO_HT, HT20, HT40+, HT40- ). Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
420e7fab |
|
11-Dec-2008 |
Henning Rogge <hrogge@googlemail.com> |
nl80211: Add signal strength and bandwith to nl80211station info This patch adds signal strength and transmission bitrate to the station_info of nl80211. Signed-off-by: Henning Rogge <rogge@fgan.de> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
e60c7744 |
|
26-Nov-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
cfg80211: handle SIOCGIWMODE/SIOCSIWMODE further reducing wext code in mac80211. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
fee52678 |
|
26-Nov-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
cfg80211: handle SIOCGIWNAME This patch moves the SIOCGIWNAME handling from mac80211 to cfg80211. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
72bdcf34 |
|
26-Nov-2008 |
Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> |
nl80211: Add frequency configuration (including HT40) This patch adds new NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY attributes NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SEC_CHAN_OFFSET to allow userspace to set the operating channel (e.g., hostapd for AP mode). Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
b219cee1 |
|
30-Oct-2008 |
Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> |
cfg80211: make use of reg macros on REG_RULE Ensure regulatory converstion macros safely accept multiple arguments and make REG_RULE() use them. Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
31888487 |
|
30-Oct-2008 |
Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> |
nl80211: Add TX queue parameter configuration Add a new attribute, NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, that can be used with NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY for userspace (e.g., hostapd) to set TX queue parameters (txop, cwmin, cwmax, aifs). Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
90c97a04 |
|
30-Oct-2008 |
Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> |
nl80211: Add basic rate configuration for AP mode Add a new attribute, NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES, that can be used with NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS for userspace (e.g., hostapd) to set which rates are in the basic rate set. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
93da9cc1 |
|
21-Oct-2008 |
colin@cozybit.com <colin@cozybit.com> |
Add nl80211 commands to get and set o11s mesh networking parameters The two new commands are NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS and NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS. There is a new attribute enum, NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS, which enumerates the various mesh configuration parameters. Moved struct mesh_config from mac80211/ieee80211_i.h to net/cfg80211.h. nl80211_get_mesh_params and nl80211_set_mesh_params unpack the netlink messages and ask the driver to get or set the configuration. This is done via two new function stubs, get_mesh_params and set_mesh_params, in struct cfg80211_ops. Signed-off-by: Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
60719ffd |
|
16-Sep-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
cfg80211: show interface type This patch makes cfg80211 show the interface in the nl80211 information about a specific interface. API users are required to keep the type updated (everything else is fairly complicated) but you will get a warning if you fail to keep it updated. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
b2e1b302 |
|
10-Sep-2008 |
Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> |
cfg80211: Add new wireless regulatory infrastructure This adds the new wireless regulatory infrastructure. The main motiviation behind this was to centralize regulatory code as each driver was implementing their own regulatory solution, and to replace the initial centralized code we have where: * only 3 regulatory domains are supported: US, JP and EU * regulatory domains can only be changed through module parameter * all rules were built statically in the kernel We now have support for regulatory domains for many countries and regulatory domains are now queried through a userspace agent through udev allowing distributions to update regulatory rules without updating the kernel. Each driver can regulatory_hint() a regulatory domain based on either their EEPROM mapped regulatory domain value to a respective ISO/IEC 3166-1 country code or pass an internally built regulatory domain. We also add support to let the user set the regulatory domain through userspace in case of faulty EEPROMs to further help compliance. Support for world roaming will be added soon for cards capable of this. For more information see: http://wireless.kernel.org/en/developers/Regulatory/CRDA For now we leave an option to enable the old module parameter, ieee80211_regdom, and to build the 3 old regdomains statically (US, JP and EU). This option is CONFIG_WIRELESS_OLD_REGULATORY. These old static definitions and the module parameter is being scheduled for removal for 2.6.29. Note that if you use this you won't make use of a world regulatory domain as its pointless. If you leave this option enabled and if CRDA is present and you use US or JP we will try to ask CRDA to update us a regulatory domain for us. Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
36aedc90 |
|
25-Aug-2008 |
Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> |
mac80211/cfg80211: HT capabilities for NEW_STA Allow userspace (e.g., hostapd) to set HT capabilities for associated STAs. This is based on a patch from Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com> (only the NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY for NEW_STA part is included here). Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
9f1ba906 |
|
07-Aug-2008 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> |
mac80211/cfg80211: Add BSS configuration options for AP mode This change adds a new cfg80211 command, NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS, to allow AP mode BSS parameters to be changed from user space (e.g., hostapd). The drivers using mac80211 are expected to be modified with separate changes to use the new BSS info parameter for short slot time in the bss_info_changed() handler. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
2ec600d6 |
|
23-Feb-2008 |
Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com> |
nl80211/cfg80211: support for mesh, sta dumping Added support for mesh id and mesh path operation as well as station structure dumping. Signed-off-by: Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
66f7ac50 |
|
31-Jan-2008 |
Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> |
nl80211: Add monitor interface configuration flags This allows precise control over what a monitor interface shows. Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
fd5b74dc |
|
18-Dec-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
cfg80211/nl80211: implement station attribute retrieval After a station is added to the kernel's structures, userspace has to be able to retrieve statistics about that station, especially whether the station was idle and how much bytes were transferred to and from it. This adds the necessary code to nl80211. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
5727ef1b |
|
18-Dec-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
cfg80211/nl80211: station handling This patch adds station handling to cfg80211/nl80211. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
ed1b6cc7 |
|
18-Dec-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
cfg80211/nl80211: add beacon settings This adds the necessary API to cfg80211/nl80211 to allow changing beaconing settings. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
41ade00f |
|
18-Dec-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
cfg80211/nl80211: introduce key handling This introduces key handling to cfg80211/nl80211. Default and group keys can be added, changed and removed; sequence counters for each key can be retrieved. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
55682965 |
|
20-Sep-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[NL80211]: add netlink interface to cfg80211 Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
179f831b |
|
10-Jul-2007 |
Andy Green <andy@warmcat.com> |
[PATCH] cfg80211: Radiotap parser Generic code to walk through the fields in a radiotap header, accounting for nasties like extended "field present" bitfields and alignment rules Signed-off-by: Andy Green <andy@warmcat.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
43fb45cb |
|
24-Apr-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[WIRELESS] cfg80211: Update comment for locking. This patch adds a comment that was part of my rtnl locking patch for cfg80211 but which I forgot for the merge. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
704232c2 |
|
23-Apr-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[WIRELESS] cfg80211: New wireless config infrastructure. This patch creates the core cfg80211 code along with some sysfs bits. This is a stripped down version to allow mac80211 to function, but doesn't include any configuration yet except for creating and removing virtual interfaces. This patch includes the nl80211 header file but it only contains the interface types which the cfg80211 interface for creating virtual interfaces relies on. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|